Veritasradio
Contents
About
Veritas Radio is an interview-based radioshow, hosted by Mel Fàbregas. Mel ultimate goal is: "The transmutation of human consciousness from ignorance and darkness to truth and enlightenment." All the interviews and topics are based around that goal, with a kind and professional manner. The interviews started in December, 2008 and continues up to the present days, with 400+ interviews so far, with highly respecred researchers, Ph.D's from the field of: sicence, UFO's, paranormal, parapolitics, conspiracies, spiritualism, alternative healing, etc.
Episodes
Season 1
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 1 (December 5, 2008) | Dr. Milton Torres |
UFO Crash Retrievals and Technology | Dr. Milton Torres discussed his 1957 experience when he was ordered to take off and shoot down a UFO. His incident was recently declassified by the British Ministry of Defense and he is finally sharing his story after 50 years (more below). This was Veritas' premiere episode. | Link |
| Episode 2 (December 19, 2008) | Stephen Bassett |
Barack Obama: The Disclosure President | Stephen Bassett discussed the possibilities of "Disclosure" during the Obama administration and why he believes Barack Obama will be the UFO Disclosure president. | Link |
| Episode 3 (January 9, 2009) | Dr. Louis Turi |
The Modern Day Nostradamus: Predictions for 2009 and Beyond | Dr. Turi discussed his multiple experience with extraterrestrials, which ultimately gave him the ability to see the future through the "Cosmic Code". He also gave some predictions for 2009, 2012 and beyond. | Link |
| Episode 4 (January 16, 2009) | Allan Sturm |
ULOs: Unidentified Lunar Objects in NASA Photography | Allan Sturm discussed his research and shared his image analysis with the audience about ULOs (Unidentified Lunar Objects in NASA Photography). Allan spent years analyzing NASA images and he has come to the conclusion that these anomalies need to be further investigated. | Link |
| Episode 5 (January 23, 2009 ) | Stanton Friedman |
Flying Saucers and Science | Stanton Friedman discussed his new book "Flying Saucers and Science" and a number of other fascinating topics, including NASA, the Roswell Crash, and the reasons why Disclosure may not be a good idea after all... | Link |
| Episode 6 (January 30, 2009) | Edgar Mithcell, Ph.D. |
The Way of The Explorer | Astronaut, scientist, and author Dr. Edgar Mitchell discussed his experiences being part of the Apollo 14 mission, growing up and being close to the Roswell UFO crash of 1947, his views on ET visitation, and his research into the nature of consciousness. | Link |
| Episode 7 (February 7, 2009) | Angelia Joiner |
The Stephenville Lights | Angelia Joiner is the former reporter for Empire Tribune who covered the Stephenville, Texas UFO case. As a consequence of being a true journalist and seeking the truth, her own newspaper terminated her employment, although this story and her coverage raised the newspaper's circulation to new precedents. | Link |
| Episode 8 (February 6, 2009) | Michael Salla, Ph.D. |
Exposing U.S. Government Policies on Extraterrestrial Life | Among multiple topics, Dr. Salla discussed his new book "Exposing U.S. Government Policies on Extraterrestrial Life: The Challenge of Exopolitics." He discussed new findings related to the UFO landing at Holloman Air Force Base, ancient technology, government cover ups and more... | Link |
| Episode 9 (February 13, 2009) | John Lear |
Who Lives on the Moon? | John Lear discussed a myriad of topics including the Moon, his time in Southeast Asia with the CIA, ET reversed engineered technology and more. In addition, we discussed the secret space program and how the Space Shuttle takes 72 hours to dock with the International Space Station because the Shuttle docks with other secret space stations to unload cargo. | Link |
| Episode 10 (February 20, 2009) | Sgt. Clifford Stone (Ret.) |
UFO Crash Retrievals and Technology | UFO researcher and former U.S. Army Sergeant, Clifford Stone spoke about his covert work with the military, helping to recover crashed discs, and communicating with ETs. In one such operation, he said his team came upon a heel-shaped craft that was embedded in the ground, and an alien, similar to what is described as a "grey," lying outside the ship. | Link |
| Episode 11 (February 27, 2009) | Jim Sparks |
The Keepers | Jim Sparks discussed his eighteen years as an alien abductee. Sparks, whose conscious recall experiences are documented in his book, The Keepers, explained that he initially resisted being abducted, but gradually shifted into a mode of cooperation. | Link |
| Episode 12 (March 6 , 2009) | Grant Cameron |
UFOs and Presidents | UFO researcher and author Grant Cameron presented stories and documentation of U.S. Presidents and their involvement with UFO phenomena. He also discussed various presidential candidates and their UFO related experiences. Many of the current candidates, when asked about UFOs are issuing a standard response, he noted. For instance, after Dennis Kucinich was asked about his UFO sighting, he said that yes, UFOs are real, but he doesn't believe they are related to ETs traveling here. | Link |
| Episode 13 (March 13, 2009) | Richard Dolan |
UFOs and The National Security State | UFO researcher and author Richard Dolan discussed a plethora of topics, ranging from UFOs, national security, New World Order, September 11, government conspiracies, and much more. He also talked about his new and soon-to-be released book: UFOs and the National Security State - Part 2. | Link |
| Episode 14 (March 20, 2009) | Robert Morning Sky |
The Terra Papers Solution | This is Robert Morning Sky's third appearance. In his own words: In 2003, I made my last public appearance. I chose to place all my focus on performing honorings and spending time with elders who were willing to share their wisdom. I am truly the most fortunate man I know. In these last 8+ years, I have had the honor and privilege of learning from the Semsiye elders, the most extraordinary people I have ever met. A few years ago, I asked for permission to weave their many stories together so as to produce a much greater overview of the shaman’s history of our world. It had been our intent to start to release some of these united stories this year. However, three years ago, my ‘lady of fire’ fell victim to cancer. She did not make it. Frankly, I gave up. I had no desire to continue. I let everything go. I gave my works to my elder ‘El Vastago’. A few months ago, he and some of the Semsiye elders asked me to resume my efforts to release the work we had been putting together. They have assured me that my grand-father and my ‘lady of fire’ would absolutely want me to continue. I am sure they are right. What you will see and hear on this website has been seen and approved by my elders. For the Semsiye elders, for my grandfather, for my ‘lady of fire’, for my family and for the children of the future... I will try again. I shall do my best... For thousands of years, Semsiye elders, the keepers of the earliest ancient wisdom stories have remained in seclusion. Men of power have sought their wisdom secrets in order to pierce the veil that separates the ‘real world’ from the ‘other world’. By piercing the veil, they hope to acquire the power to control. The Semsiye elders have continued to hold fast to what they know. I am honored to have been in their presence and to have learned from them. I have been granted permission to tell their stories my way, but only if I do not change either the essence or the message of the story in any way. For years, the elders and I worked together trying to find a way to unite their many stories. I am honored and appreciative that the Semsiye elders have approved all of what I will be sharing with you. I am also honored to have met people who have been ‘behind the scenes’ in today’s world who have been willing to step forward to share some of what they know with me. Some of the stories you will hear are ‘hypotheticals’ that are based on what these individuals have shared. Please...out of respect for the Semsiye elders and for the work that we have all put into making these audios, please do not repost or duplicate these audios without permission. We need your support if we are to continue. Disclaimer: After investigating the claims presented in this an all of Robert Morning Sky's interviews we have concluded that the characters discussed and presented by Mr. Robert Morning Sky, including, but not limited to "El Vastago", "Don Genaro", and the "Semsiye Elders" are all fictional characters created by Morning Sky. "Don Genaro" was discussed during the 2009 interview. Morning Sky was asked about this character and could not answer the question appropriately. "El Vastago" was discussed during the 2010 interview and Morning sky could not answer the question appropriately. "The Semsiye Elders" were discussed during the most recent interview (2012). He was asked where these "elders" where located at and he did not an appropriate answer either. We also found e-mails where Mr. Morning Sky himself is impersonating "El Vastago". The e-mails originated from Mr. Morning Sky's e-mail account and I.P. address. It is for this reason and the lack of transparency displayed by Morning Sky that we are no longer having Mr. Morning Sky on this program. Furthermore, we have asked Mr. Morning Sky on several occasions to confirm the existence and location of all the characters and he has never responded with a satisfactory answer. We conclude that these individuals do not exist, are fictional and are the creation of Mr. Morning Sky to sensationalize his claims. The above puts Mr. Morning Sky's entire research and material discussed over the years into question. Although the interviews are still available on this Web site, they are presented for entertainment purposes only and a high degree of discernment must be exercised. | Link |
| Episode 15 (March 27, 2009) | Pane "Astralwalker" Andov |
Extraordinary Powers in Humans | Astralwalker discussed his psionic abilities and out of the body experiences, contact with extraterrestrials, shadow government, the Elite, what is going on at the moment, and what is coming our way, Nexus wave, 2012 issue, Maya connection, Crop Circles and the messages, Space Shuttle missions UFO encounters to a solution to our equation - achieving collective consciousness through Global Meditation and impacting the fractal structure of this Matrix for the better. | Link |
| Episode 16 (April 3, 2009) | Norio Hayakawa |
The UFO Landing at Holloman Air Force Base | Norio Hayakawa discussed Area 51, the Dulce Base: Fact or Fiction, and the UFO phenomenon. Recently, Norio coordinated the Dulce Base convention in New Mexico and it was a huge success, to the point the local fire department had to move the conference elsewhere. The Dulce Military Base continues to be one of the most interesting topics for UFO researchers. | Link |
| Episode 17 (April 10, 2009) | Nassim Haramein |
Crossing the Event Horizon | Nassim has spent most of his life researching the fundamental geometry of hyperspace, studying a variety of fields from theoretical physics, cosmology, quantum mechanics, biology and chemistry to anthropology and ancient civilizations. Combining this knowledge with a keen observation of the behavior of nature, he discovered a specific geometric array that he found to be fundamental to creation, and the foundation for his Unified Field Theory emerged. | Link |
| Episode 18 (April 18, 2009) | Robert Emenegger |
The UFO Landing at Holloman Air Force Base | Robert Emenegger's story is potentially one of the best UFO stories of all time. The UFO landing at Holloman Air Force Base. Bob Emenegger, a natural skeptic, and his business partner, are invited by the U.S. Military to receive UFO footage filmed by the same military to be used in their film. | Link |
| Episode 19 (April 24, 2009) | David Sereda |
Mona Lisa's Little Secret / Harmonic Codes | David Sereda discussed a multitude of topics, ranging from the hidden harmonic codes of the universe, the pyramids, energy crystals, anti-gravity, extraterrestrial communication and his latest film: Mona Lisa's Little Secret. | Link |
| Episode 20 (May 1, 2009) | Catherine Austin Fitts |
Financial Coup d'Etat | Catherine Austin Fitts discussed the Federal Reserve, the black budget, the war on drugs, the missing trillions, and what really happened to the economy. She discussed how the "swine flu" could have been a financial hit on Mexico. She took us from the days growing up in Philadelphia and how crime grew parallel to the Dow Jones. She advocates self-sufficiency and transferring of funds to local (non-Federal Reserve banks). | Link |
| Episode 21 (May 1 & 8, 2009) | Clif High |
The Web Bot Project | This show was extracted from Clif High's first and second appearances on VERITAS in 2009. Clif discussed the latest predictive language pointing to the financial collapse of the United States, as well as the centralized federal government. Sovereign states are now federal districts. 2012. The dollar disintegration as a reserve currency, and much more. This is one Clif High's most memorable appearances anywhere. | Link |
| Episode 22 (May 8, 2009) | Paola Harris |
Exopolitics: All The Above | Paola came back for a full show and discussed the ramifications Exopolitics have. Paola discussed the X-Conference, the Disclosure process, different UFO cases and witnesses, and her new book: Exopolitics - All The Above. | Link |
| Episode 23 (May 15, 2009) | James Fox |
I Know What I Saw | James Fox discussed his new film documentary "I Know What I Saw" and his experience as a documentary filmmaker. He also shared aspects of his best interviews, including the Phoenix Lights, which still has plenty of information that has not been released and involves former Gov. Seimington and others. He believes Ricky Sorrells (Stephenville, Texas) is the most credible witness he has ever interviewed. James discussed his first UFO encounter and when no one, including his family, did not believe what he saw, he decided to start a crusade to find out what was behind this phenomenon. | Link |
| Episode 24 (May 22, 2009) | Dr. Fred Bell |
NASA Rocket Scientist, Inventor and Healer | Dr. Fred Bell is a former NASA rocket scientist, healer, inventor, musician, international renowned speaker, and much more. He discussed a plethora of topics, ranging from the secret space program, weather and bio-warfare, NAZI UFOs, Martial Law, virus manufacturing, how to live a balanced life, his contacts with extraterrestrial and much more. Dr. Fred Bell passed away on September 25, 2011. | Link |
| Episode 25 (May 29, 2009) | Nick Pope |
Diary of a Real X-Files Investigator | There is Fox Mulder, X-Files investigator of the famous Fox TV series, and there is Nick Pope, the real-life X-Files Investigator from the British Ministry of Defense. Nick undertook the responsibilities of the UFO desk for a number of years. Is the fact a UFO desk existed in a government proof that UFOs are real? Nick discussed his years performing investigative duties regarding paranormal phenomena, UFOs, crop circles, etc. | Link |
| Episode 26 (June 5, 2009) | Alfred Lambremont Webre |
Everything Exopolitics | Alfred Lambremont Webre is at the forefront of efforts to create protocols for beginning contact with intelligent near-earth (off-planet) beings to help take earth off the “quarantine” list. He posits that we are at the brink of an evolutionary shift in human consciousness that would make us welcome in the universal community of intelligent species. Among Webre’s many accomplishments and endeavors was creating a position for himself with the famed SRI (Stanford Research Institute) with the express task of developing communication with extra-terrestrial beings under the Carter Administration. Having had a close encounter himself, President Carter made the following statement on June 16, 1977: "We cast this message into the cosmos... Of the 200 billion stars in the Milky Way galaxy, some - perhaps many - may have inhabited planet and space faring civilizations. If one such civilization intercepts Voyager and can understand these recorded contents, here is our message: We are trying to survive our time so we may live into yours. We hope someday, having solved the problems we face, to join a community of galactic civilizations. This record represents our hope and our determination and our goodwill in a vast and awesome universe." In the year 2001, Alfred founded ICIS, the Institute for Cooperation in Space, along with Carol Rosin, a protégé of Werner von Braun. Together they were successful in helping introduce the Ban on Space Based Weapons treaty under Congressman Dennis Kucinich. | Link |
| Episode 27 (June 12, 2009) | Yvonne Smith |
Chosen: The Abduction Special (Part 1) | Yvonne Smith is internationally known in UFO circles as "hypnotherapist Yvonne". She observed that many of the post-traumatic stress disorder cases being referred to her involved subjects with similar patterns of UFO abduction encounters, Yvonne founded Close Encounters Resource Organization [CERO] in 1992 as a support group for such individuals in She is also on the board of the Organization for Paranormal Understanding and Support (OPUS) to further her support for such subjects. Show includes two abduction regression hypnotherapy session audio clips from two brothers who were abducted at a very young age. | Link |
| Episode 28 (June 19, 2009) | Stephen Bassett |
Disclosure: Phase III | Stephen Bassett discussed the latest phase of the Million Fax on Washington initiative. He also discussed the "what if" scenario of a post Disclosure world. According to Mr. Bassett, we are as close to Disclosure as we have ever been since the beginning of the Truth Embargo (1947 - Present). | Link |
| Episode 29 (June 26, 2009) | Whitley Strieber |
Chosen: The Abduction Special. Part II | Known abductee and best-selling author, Whitley Strieber, shared his abduction experience, our government involvement and various other incidents regarding our military, secrecy and how contact is being handled via abductions due to the fact the government has perpetuated the truth embargo. He also shared a very controversial theory of what he believes caused the Air France jet crash. | Link |
| Episode 30 (July 3, 2009) | Colin Andrews |
Crop Circles & 2012 | The father of the term "Crop Circles" is back from a five-year public retreat Colin Andrews is back. During this full show, Colin discussed the latest on crop circles; his feud with the British Royal Family; the mysterious death of two crop circle investigators, consciousness, 2012, and much more. | Link |
| Episode 31 (July 10, 2009) | Timothy Good |
Need to Know: UFOs, The Military and Intelligence | Authority on the alien presence, Timothy Good (1), discussed cases from his newest book Need to Know: UFOs, the Military and Intelligence, which covers incidents from the 1930s to the present. Sightings of UFOs were reported by the British Air Force during WWII, including a gigantic object seen by a Lancaster bomber crew over France in 1944, he detailed. Further, Good noted in 1945, two years before Roswell, two boys witnessed the crash of an alien craft, and saw small occupants darting about. Among Good's other revelations: New evidence has emerged about Eisenhower's alleged 1954 meeting with aliens-- reportedly the beings demonstrated the ability to make their craft invisible. During the Korean War, a UFO that was under attack sent out a beam of light irradiating soldiers, and making them ill. Between 1961-62, JFK requested to see alien bodies associated with a crash site, and his assassination may have had some relation to this. | Link |
| Episode 32 (July 17, 2009) | Jo Ann Richards |
The Secret Military Space Program | Jo Ann Richards discussed the information her husband, Mark Richards, who is currently imprisoned for allegedly committing a murder he did not commit. She stated there is a secret military space program and her husband was a military space pilot. We discussed bases on the Moon, space wars, underground bases, the Vatican, Nazi Antarctica base and much more. | Link |
| Episode 33 (June 24, 2009) | G. Edward Griffin |
The Creature from Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve | G. Edward Griffin is a writer and documentary film producer with many successful titles to his credit. Listed in Who’s Who in America, he is well known because of his talent for researching difficult topics and presenting them in clear terms that all can understand. He has dealt with such diverse subjects as archaeology and ancient Earth history, the Federal Reserve System and international banking, terrorism, internal subversion, the history of taxation, U.S. foreign policy, the science and politics of cancer therapy, the Supreme Court, and the United Nations. His better-known works include The Creature from Jekyll Island, World without Cancer, The Discovery of Noah’s Ark, Moles in High Places, The Open Gates of Troy, No Place to Hide, The Capitalist Conspiracy, More Deadly than War, The Grand Design, The Great Prison Break, and The Fearful Master. Mr. Griffin is a graduate of the University of Michigan where he majored in speech and communications. In preparation for writing his book on the Federal Reserve System, he enrolled in the College for Financial Planning located in Denver, Colorado. His goal was not to become a professional financial planner but to better understand the real world of investments and money markets. He obtained his CFP designation (Certified Financial Planner) in 1989. Mr. Griffin is a recipient of the coveted Telly Award for excellence in television production, a Contributing Editor of The New American magazine, the creator of the Reality Zone Audio Archives, and is President of American Media, a publishing and video production company in Southern California. He has served on the board of directors of The National Health Federation and The International Association of Cancer Victors and Friends and is Founder and President of The Cancer Cure Foundation. He is also the founder and president of Freedom Force International. | Link |
| Episode 34 (July 31, 2009) | Bernard Thouanel |
The Cometa Report | Bernard Thouanel discussed the Cometa Report and shared some of his best interviews with government and military personnel. His conclusion states that governments are not interested in the UFO/extraterrestrial explanation; they are interested in their application to gain an edge. Topics discussed: The Cometa Report, Military Testimonials, Roswell is a Distraction. | Link |
| Episode 35 (August 7, 2009) | A. Ralph Epperson |
The Unseen Hand & The New World Order | Ralph Epperson has studied the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States of America for many years and has discovered what he calls THE FATAL FLAW inside the document. He believes that this information is not known to the American people... and that he has decided to do all he can to make it public. He also believes that once the American people understand this, what is happening in the United States will make sense. So, may I ask that you see if you can find a copy of the Declaration of Independence and The Constitution. According to Ralph, The New World Order has been ruling the world for 6,000 years. | Link |
| Episode 36 (August 14, 2009) | Robert Morningstar |
Does the Moon Have a Moon? | Robert Morningstar discussed a vast array of topics, including the philosophies and techniques he sues to remain centered and healthy. He recounted his brother's abduction experience and the steps he took the help him. Why the government continues the secrecy and the purpose for the extraterrestrials for coming here. Nazism was based on Tibetan Buddhism. Topics: History of UFOs. Real Apollo discoveries suppressed by NASA for over four decades. Abduction experience and treatment. Why is ufology important? What is the purpose of the E.T.'s for coming to Earth? Nazism was based on Tibetan Buddhism. Reasons why the truth being hidden from the people. The Kennedy assassination. JFK JR's assassination. Does the Moon have a Moon? | Link |
| Episode 37 (August 21, 2009) | Kevin Smith |
The Kevin Smith Show | Kevin Smith joined us to share his story. From his time as a deputy sheriff in Louisiana, all the way to his time in the international police, and how a two-week Kosovo snowstorm propelled Kevin to create what is now an international phenomenon - The Kevin Smith Show. It was a pleasure to interview another truth seeker host. | Link |
| Episode 38 (August 28, 2009) | Lou Baldin |
Interview with an Extraterrestrial | Lou Baldin, known in many internet forums as "Sleeper" has been one of the most enigmatic personalities surrounding the UFO topic in later years. After years of answering questions and giving us two great publications (In League with a UFO and A Day with an Extraterrestrial) Lou Baldin has granted his first radio interview. Lou discussed his life from "birth" in Italy, all the way to now. This interview will create mental paradigm shifts to all listeners. It is not the traditional UFO researcher sharing his/her investigations, but from someone who shares his personal experience. | Link |
| Episode 39 (September 4, 2009) | Sanni Ceto |
An alien hybrid with a message for humankind | Sanni Ceto is the author of two books... Stranded on Earth: The Story of a Roswell Crash Survivor and Zeti Child, Lost Upon a One Star World... both autobiographies of her experiences and past-life memories. A hybrid is technically a cross between two different species of plants, animals or beings. ET hybrids comprise a blending of characteristics from both species. In the case of an Esassani, which is a cross between a human and a Gray, such traits include the narrow face and albino hair from the Gray species, combined with earthling traits, such as being prone to earthling illnesses, and other things. Hybrids are not as robust as their full-blood parents. This mixture of their genes and DNA is flawed, due to interspecies incompatibility. Hybrids are created to prolong the Grays' existence as a way to carry on their dominant DNA into the future, by combining both species, which ultimately will enable the Earth people's DNA to survive as well, even after their planet and culture have been destroyed. | Link |
| Episode 40 (September 11, 2009) | A.C. Griffith |
Chemtrails | A.C. Griffith discussed the WHO, the WHAT and the WHY of the "Chemtrail" phenomenon. For years, since chemtrails became noticed, A.C. Griffith has investigated and has penetrated deep into the system behind the spraying. He has reviewed air quality reports reporting levels hundreds beyond what is accepted by the E.P.A. (Environmental Protection Agency) and D.E.Q. (Department of Environmental Quality). He has contacted government organization and their response is always the same: We are not spraying anything and what you are seeing in the skies are condensation trails (contrails). We discussed the "swine flu" and the possibility of mandatory vaccinations, the impending collapse of the US dollar as a reserve currency and much more... | Link |
| Episode 41 (September 18, 2009) | Clif High |
The Web Bot Project and the Latest ALTA Report | This is Clif High's third appearance on VERITAS in 2009. Clif discussed the latest predictive language pointing to the financial collapse of the United States, as well as the centralized federal government. Sovereign states are now federal districts. 2012. The dollar disintegration as a reserve currency, and much more. This is one Clif High's most memorable appearances anywhere. | Link |
| Episode 42 (September 25, 2009) | Dr. Rauni Leena Luukanen-Kilde |
Mind Control, Death and The New World Order | Dr. Rauni-Leena Luukanen-Kilde discussed mind control, death and the New World Order in a 3.5-hour show. Dr. Kilde discussed what mind control is and the types of mind control used against the population. Dr. Kilde also discussed that there is no death and all the attempts on her life, as she continues to spread the truth. According to Dr. Kilde, her parents and best friends were killed and her mother warned her to stop talking. However, she is on a mission and Veritas is proud to have this brave woman on the show. | Link |
| Episode 43 (October 2, 2009) | Comm. Sgt. Maj. Robert O. Dean |
UFOs & The Military | Robert "Bob" Dean is an officer and a gentleman. Bob discussed all aspects of his military career, contact with extraterrestrials and even described his experience aboard an alien ship. The UFO topic is proud to have Bob Dean as one of its most important ambassadors. Bob came disclosed a few stories that he has not shared before. We are honored to have Bob Dean on the show. | Link |
| Episode 44 (October 9, 2009) | Andrew Basiago |
The Discovery of Life on Mars | This is a three-hour edition of VERITAS with Andrew Basiago, Andy discussed his participation as a child in Project Pegasus. He also discussed the existence of Tesla teleportation technology, which has been sequestered by the United States military and could change the paradigm we live in, by rendering our transportation system useless and providing an enormous boost to the planet's environment. This teleportation/time-travel technology was also responsible for taking Andy to a future in which he would be identified as the discoverer of life on Mars. | Link |
| Episode 45 (October 16, 2009) | Dr. Leonard Horowitz & Sherri Kane |
Behind the Swine Flu "Pandemic" | Drug-industry investigators have uncovered documents exposing an international drug ring, operating from New York City, is behind the H1N1 swine flu fright and vaccination preparations. Dr. Leonard G. Horowitz and Sherri Kane, an investigative journalist, have released evidence in legal affidavits that leaders of a private global biotechnology “trust” are behind the pandemic flu, including its origin and alleged prevention via vaccinations. | Link |
| Episode 46 (October 23, 2009) | Dr. Steven Greer |
Making E.T. Contact | Dr. Steven Greer discussed why his disclosure movement has taken a turn to a grassroots level, as opposed to pursuing the full government release of information. We discussed how from May 9, 2001 to the present, disclosure has actually occurred, but it is up to us to find the pieces that have been released. | Link |
| Episode 47 (October 30, 2009) | Jim Nichols |
UFOs: Case Files Revealed | Jim Nichols is one of the most renowned UFO illustrators of modern time and a respected UFO researcher. Jim discussed various UFO cases, including the alleged treaty with extraterrestrials by President Eisenhower. From World War II, the Nazis, 2012 and more. Jim believes that we live in a different reality than the reality the technology inside a military base may provide to finally break the paradigms we live in. | Link |
| Episode 48 (November 6, 2009) | Neil Freer |
Sapiens Rising: The View from 2100 | The futurist, futant view of the new human and new human society beyond cultures, nations and civilizations; beyond democracy, socialism, communism and money, beyond competition under the illusion of limited resources; beyond the godspell Babel-factoring religions; beyond the old new age. How we will live as enlightened, generic humans having restored our history as a genetically created species part homo erectus and part Anunnaki/Nefilim, reaching planetary peace and unity to meet the conditions for matriculation into stellar society. Whatever we can comprehend we can transcend. Whatever we can conceive we can achieve. Sapiens Rising presents a metascenario, the largest picture of our current consciousness revolution and the wild card memes and technologies that afford us the means to transcend and achieve cosmic consciousness and our place among the stars. Whatever we can conceive we can achieve. Whatever we can comprehend we can transcend. | Link |
| Episode 49 (November 13, 2009) | Stan Romanek |
Awake & Abducted | There have been well over 100 individually unique experiences that Stan has encountered since December of 2000, some, which remain unexplainable. Being abducted is only one of many experiences. There have been hundreds of witnesses for dozens of events that defy our current understanding of reality. Witnesses, photographs, videotapes, physical evidence, police reports and scientific analysis have confirmed the validity of these experiences beyond reasonable doubt. Scientists from top universities have been analyzing various aspects of this case for several years with amazing results. The sheer volume of bizarre information, including highly sophisticated scientific equations pertaining to space travel and more, is creating quite a stir in the scientific community. Unraveling what is likely the world’s biggest unfolding mystery in the history of man is certain to revise our understanding of mankind and the complex universe we live in. Some of Stan's abductions have occurred while he is fully awake. | Link |
| Episode 50 (November 20, 2009) | Dr. Paul LaViolette |
Secrets of Antigravity Propulsion | Dr. Paul LaViolette, discussed the physics behind anti-gravity propulsion technology and showed how it is not only possible, but is currently being used in secret projects by our own government. "We're sort of being held in a 'technology cage,' on purpose, for fear of change," he said about what he believes to be a decades-long clandestine development of anti-gravity technology by the United States. "A lot of this work has been going on since the end of WWII, if not before," LaViolette said about the quest to break the bonds of gravity. He detailed some of the early experiments conducted by Nikola Tesla and T. Townsend Brown, who both used electricity to affect gravity. LaViolette noted that, in the mid-1950's, numerous aviation companies were not only attempting to develop anti-gravity technology but were quite open and enthusiastic about it - until 1959. "Suddenly it was like a blackout in the media," he observed. This sudden silence, LaViolette surmised, was at the behest of the US government. He asserted that the B2 Stealth Bomber is a contemporary craft that utilizes anti-gravity capabilities. LaViolette speculated that it uses jet engines to take off, but then makes use of anti-gravity propulsion to maneuver. This, he said, adds an additional layer to the jet's stealth capabilities since, if his theories were correct, it could "go into the stratosphere, or beyond, and then just come down directly over the country they were entering." | Link |
| Episode 51 (November 27, 2009) | Judy Wood, Ph.D. |
Directed Energy Technology | Millions of people don't doubt that the 9/11 stories communicated to us to date are not true. Did you know that there is missing rubble from the towers? Did you know that it is impossible for the towers to fall at essentially the speed of gravity? Did you know that there was a level three (3) hurricane right off of the coast of N.Y. [Erin] at the time of 911 that left right after the towers demise that was not reported to us? Did you know that all sorts of unaccountable/unexplainable issues with cars, fire engines, and others motor vehicles that had nothing to do with the towers happened? Is it possible for steel beams to vanish into powder or...? Dr. Wood provides answers to these and many more questions. | Link |
Season 2
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 52 (December 4, 2009 ) | Dr. Brian O'Leary |
The Energy Solution Revolution | Dr. Brian O'Leary discussed a variety of topics, ranging from his time as a NASA astronaut, his near-death experience, alternative energy sources, black projects, the Brooking Institution Report, Project from Iron Mountain, suppression of new energy sources, his interactions with Carl Sagan, and why he moved to the southern hemisphere, specifically, Vilcabamba, Ecuador | Link |
| Episode 53 (December 11, 2009) | Dr. Nick Begich |
The Ultimate Brave New World | Lecturer and author Dr. Nick Begich discussed the latest on the hazards of cell phones in children, HAARP, mind control, invasion of privacy. Today's science-fiction may be tomorrow science-fact, he commented. He raised ethical concerns over the use of information and the possible implications this may have on the future society. He discussed what the data mining operations by entities like Google and Facebook are doing to account for all your moves, trends, habits, etc. | Link |
| Episode 54 (December 18, 2009) | Clif High |
The Final Countdown... | This is Clif High's fourth appearance on VERITAS in 2009. Clif discussed the latest predictive language pointing to the financial collapse of the United States, cataclysm, biological warfare on the population, 2012 and the disintegration of the United States federal government as we know it. Clif discussed the ability to survive using threat management, as opposed to fear. | Link |
| Episode 55 (December 19, 2009) | Zecharia Sitchin |
The Coming of Nibiru | This is a brief interview with famous researcher and author Zecharia Sitchin. He discussed his latest publication: The Earth Chronicles Handbook. It is a compilation of all his work. Zecharia Sitchin, like Albert Einstein, has devoted his life to uncovering a "unified field theory," a single, elegant explanation/equation at the heart of all things and their interactions, in Einstein's case, and in all things related to humanity and its interactions in the case of Sitchin. The difference between them is that Zecharia Sitchin discovered his universal field theory of humanity and even planetary evolution, while Einstein, despite his history-changing theories, died before he could achieve his life's dream. As the volumes of The Earth Chronicles kept coming and the material therein became ever more encompassing, many readers have asked for a guidebook to be able to find who is who and what is what at a glance. The Earth Chronicles Handbook is both a useful tool for navigating through the 2,300 pages of the seven Earth Chronicles books, and an exceptional compendium that provides in alphabetical order data from all parts of the world, indicating for each entry its cultural source. A unique encyclopedia of ancient civilizations and their space connections, it is a book that anyone who has Zecharia’s previous ones should have, and others just interested in ancient times would want to have. | Link |
| Episode 56 (December 25, 2009) | Crystal Clark |
Who Are We Really 101 (Part 1) | Crystal Clark rediscovered an ancient sacred science that she believes is not only the key to understanding the past, but also the key to ensuring we don’t repeat it. In this two-part interview, we go beyond the idea that all things are connected, by taking a look at how these connections work in accordance with the sacred science, which may indicate that it is mankind who collectively affects the Sun and causes Sun spots, not the other way around. How might this change our view of dire predictions for 2012, and how can we tap into the sacred or higher self to take back the power that will allow us to change the future? Furthermore, if the sacred science really provides an understanding of the Laws of Creation, purposefully hidden from the public for thousands of years, how will the powers that be maintain control if we remember who we are and what we came here to do, and use knowledge of the sacred science to do it? Is this what the powers that be have been so afraid of, and is the current economic depression another attempt to prevent a spiritual awakening what would completely rob them of their power? | Link |
| Episode 57 (January 1, 2010) | Crystal Clark |
Who Are We Really 101 (Part 2) | Crystal Clark rediscovered an ancient sacred science that she believes is not only the key to understanding the past, but also the key to ensuring we don’t repeat it. In this two-part interview, we go beyond the idea that all things are connected, by taking a look at how these connections work in accordance with the sacred science, which may indicate that it is mankind who collectively affects the Sun and causes Sun spots, not the other way around. How might this change our view of dire predictions for 2012, and how can we tap into the sacred or higher self to take back the power that will allow us to change the future? Furthermore, if the sacred science really provides an understanding of the Laws of Creation, purposefully hidden from the public for thousands of years, how will the powers that be maintain control if we remember who we are and what we came here to do, and use knowledge of the sacred science to do it? Is this what the powers that be have been so afraid of, and is the current economic depression another attempt to prevent a spiritual awakening what would completely rob them of their power? | Link |
| Episode 58 (January 8, 2010) | Dr. David Jacobs |
The Abduction-Hybrid Agenda | Dr. David Jacobs discussed the alien hybridization program and the possibilities of alien species taking control of planet Earth. For decades, abduction research has looked into the possibility of a hybridization program in which a race is being modified until perfection is achieved. Could it be that this program is intended for the colonization of planet Earth? Could the aliens be preparing to turn on "the switch" that will allow these hybrids who walk among us to rule the planet. | Link |
| Episode 59 (January 15, 2009) | Nick Redfern |
Contactees: A History of Alien-Human Interaction | We are not alone...and Nick Redfern can prove it. Contactees contains the fascinating stories of the select group of people chosen by visitors to Earth to spread their message. Are aliens really among us? Don't be too quick to dismiss their claims. Truman Bethurum was divorced by his wife because she believed he was having close encounters of a very personal kind with a beautiful extra-terrestrial "space captain" named Aura Rhanes. Is he nuts? Prescient? An omen? A band of eerily human-looking, blond-haired aliens - later known as the Space-Brothers - informed other contactees that they were concerned by our warlike ways and wished us to live in peace with one another. Acting on the advice of the Space-Brothers, contactees such as George Van Tassel and George Adamski went out and spread the extra-terrestrial word to anyone and everyone who would listen. And many did, including U.S. government agencies. More than half a century later, the contactees are still among us, still telling their tales of personal alien encounters, and still maintaining their cult-like status in the world of Ufology. Nick Redfern's Contactees relates their thought-provoking, illuminating, controversial, and sometimes bizarre stories in all their appropriately out-of-this-world glory. | Link |
| Episode 60 (January 22, 2009) | Kerry Cassidy & Bill Ryan |
Project Camelot | Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan are the founders of Project Camelot. During just a few years, Kerry and Bill have conducted and amassed an impressive collection of interviews from researchers, witnesses and whistle-blowers from all over the world. During this interview Kerry and Bill discussed how Project Camelot was formed, as well as the future vision and upcoming directional changes. Many topics were discussed, including Project Serpo, 2012, the Illuminati, the secret space program, and a discussion of past guests, future challenges for humankind and hope. | Link |
| Episode 61 (January 29, 2010) | Dr. J.J. Hurtak and Dr. Desiree Hurtak |
Questions of Life and The Keys of Enoch® for 2010 and Beyond | The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch® is a paraphysical "code-book". t is a text of higher consciousness experience which explains how the human race is connected with a more advanced higher evolutionary structure of universal intelligence. The linkage is made through 64 areas of future science, that defines the course of human development. The book covers a cosmology that is now being confirmed by a wide spectrum of independent scientific confirmations. Is there a Divine Mind consistent with the laws of science as we know them? Is there a higher purpose or overview to Life apart from the relative drama we experience day by day? Where would you look for answers to these questions? In the search for the meaning of life and the next chapter of the consciousness evolution, The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch® delineates how to dialog with the universal consciousness. The Keys provide insights that give us hope, purpose and joy, as well as an understanding towards the advances in consciousness and physics. We have provided both extensive commentaries, music and graphic visualizations which help to give answers to these and many more questions vital for this time of vast and awesome planetary change. | Link |
| Episode 62 (February 5, 2010) | Stephen Bassett |
Exopolitical Year in Review | Stephen Bassett discussed the disclosure movement and why the Obama administration has not proceeded with the formal acknowledgement of the extra-terrestrial presence on planet Earth, given the fact they have the best opportunity of doing so. In addition, Bassett discussed the exopolitical movement and summarized the year. Different post-disclosure scenarios were discussed, rendering this show a must for the disclosure movement. | Link |
| Episode 63 (February 12, 2010) | Richard Dolan |
UFO History | Author and researcher Richard Dolan shared material from his new book UFOs and the National Security State Vol. 2, which delves into UFO history and cases from the years 1973-1991. The 1970s saw the major UFO organizations, such as MUFON, try to take a more scientific approach in their investigations, while at the same writers such as Jacques Vallee and John Keel were introducing new ideas to the field like inter-dimensionality. The strengthening of the Freedom for Information Act (FOIA) by the mid-70s allowed for some government and military documentation of UFOs to be made public, he noted. | Link |
| Episode 64 (February 26, 2010) | Dr. Brooks Agnew |
HAARP, Earthquakes, 2012, and The Hollow Earth | Doctor of Physics, Brooks Agnew discussed that HAARP can be used for weather manipulation and for causing earthquakes and even in the battlefield to subdue the enemy. He also discussed possible cataclysms that may occur around 2012, and offered an update on his planned North Pole Inner Earth Expedition. The current timetable is to embark on the expedition in August 2009, traveling to the Arctic region aboard a nuclear-powered icebreaker. A helicopter and ship stored in the icebreaker will be used to advance scout for a hole that might exist in the curvature of the crust, he detailed. Agnew said ancient Mesoamericans described visits from the 'Shining Ones' - possible ETs, who may have given them the knowledge of astronomy, architecture and agriculture. One of the Mayans' complex calendrical systems ends in 2012, coinciding with the Earth aligning with a black hole in the centre of the galaxy, he outlined. This positioning will cause planets to heat up in the solar system, and potentially wreak havoc with our climate, he said. Dr. Agnew also discussed his north pole expedition in search for inner earth. | Link |
| Episode 65 (February 26, 2010) | A.J. Gevaerd |
UFO Cases: Best of Brazil | Long-time UFO researcher and publisher, A.J. Gevaerd joined Veritas directly from Curitiba, Brazil to discuss the latest and most important cases in Brazil. A.J. discussed Operation Saucer, which involved the Brazilian military and reported a close encounter of the third kind. Citizens of the state of Pará, in the Amazon, were so upset with the harassment coming from cylindrical objects that they went to the governor who demanded the Brazilian military's involvement. A.J. also discussed what is known as Brazil's Roswell: The Varginha Incident. In addition, A.J. discussed a mutilation case involving, not cattle, but a human being. | Link |
| Episode 66 (March 5, 2010) | Jordan Maxwell |
Uncensored | Researcher of the occult Jordan Maxwell discussed secret societies, symbols, and astro-theology. Religion is incorporated into an economic and political movement, Maxwell declared, and the American public has been deliberately dumbed down so people at the top have more freedom to do what they want. These people at the top, Maxwell continued, aren't interested in power or money but in the very souls or life force of humanity. We're being invaded by "other world intelligences" | Link |
| Episode 67 (March 12, 2010) | Barry King |
Disclosure...From the Inside (Part I) | Barry King discussed his childhood experiences with projects and experiences with UFO/alien/paranormal. His work as civilian within Ufology. His connections with intelligence/military at the Peasemore and other facilities, PLF's (programmed life forms) and other created life forms, mind controlling technology, genetics, augmented beings, psy-ops unit and operations to do with public education regarding UFO/alien, offshoots to unit in combat situations. His own abduction experiences behind the scenes being an insider, contacts made, situations experienced, danger at every turn. What it’s like being within the black programs and the training programming gone through ultimate/final disclosure topics. In addition, Barry discussed the new breed of whistle-blowers, bring in the 'experts' Stargate technologies.......Iran/Iraq Stagecraft and use of PLFs in false flags. Dugway Proving ground OPI (off planet intelligence) controls, the good and not so good hybrids, those working with benign ETI The 5 and DNA linked artifacts, planet shields and destroyers, scaremongering re vaccines, 5992nd Psi-Ops Unit and Operation 'Mountain Haze', the public indoctrination program, behind the official face of Pine Gap, busting the myths, Thomas Castello (The Dulce Base) busting the myths, Majestic opening the doors on UK/US/Canada run genetics program, Cold war ARV (advanced remote viewing) from Peasemore and linked facilities past/future ARV from Peasemore facility, Instances of remote influencing experienced, ETI crash retrievals carried out by 5992nd Unit NSA/CIA/MI5/MOSSAD hit squads, MILABs from the inside, and much more. | Link |
| Episode 68 (March 19, 2010) | Barry King |
Disclosure...From the Inside (Part II) | Barry King discussed his childhood experiences with projects and experiences with UFO/alien/paranormal. His work as civilian within Ufology. His connections with intelligence/military at the Peasemore and other facilities, PLF's (programmed life forms) and other created life forms, mind controlling technology, genetics, augmented beings, psy-ops unit and operations to do with public education regarding UFO/alien, offshoots to unit in combat situations. His own abduction experiences behind the scenes being an insider, contacts made, situations experienced, danger at every turn. What it’s like being within the black programs and the training programming gone through ultimate/final disclosure topics. In addition, Barry discussed the new breed of whistle-blowers, bring in the 'experts' Stargate technologies.......Iran/Iraq Stagecraft and use of PLFs in false flags. Dugway Proving ground OPI (off planet intelligence) controls, the good and not so good hybrids, those working with benign ETI The 5 and DNA linked artifacts, planet shields and destroyers, scaremongering re vaccines, 5992nd Psi-Ops Unit and Operation 'Mountain Haze', the public indoctrination program, behind the official face of Pine Gap, busting the myths, Thomas Castello (The Dulce Base) busting the myths, Majestic opening the doors on UK/US/Canada run genetics program, Cold war ARV (advanced remote viewing) from Peasemore and linked facilities past/future ARV from Peasemore facility, Instances of remote influencing experienced, ETI crash retrievals carried out by 5992nd Unit NSA/CIA/MI5/MOSSAD hit squads, MILABs from the inside, and much more. | Link |
| Episode 69 (March 26, 2010) | Prof. John Searl with filmmaker Bradley Lockerman and chief engineer Fernando Morris |
The Man Who Can Save The Planet | Recounting his remarkable story, Prof. Searl detailed how he first conceived of the device via a series of recurring dreams. Years later, he assembled the early prototypes of the invention and saw that it mysteriously floated, non-stop, upwards. Eventually, Searl managed to develop a means of controlling the device. It was during this time that sightings of his experiments in England were dubbed 'UFOs' by an unsuspecting public as well as the newspapers who knew of his work but desired to keep it under wraps. Should the technology ultimately be used to create a vehicle, he claimed that it could travel from London to New York in 15 minutes and a trip to the moon or the ISS would be the equivalent of a "bus ride." On why the device has yet to be harnessed by companies or governments, Searl explained that one issue surrounds ownership of the creation because "once they see it, they want to own it." As such, Searl said that he has to "protect the technology so the whole world owns it, not a particular group." To that end, he has resisted getting a patent on the machine in order to keep the precise details of the invention secret. Additionally, he noted that, despite seeing the invention at work, experts simply could not believe that it was a magnetic powered device. "They are brainwashed to a particular concept," Searl lamented. For those that do believe, Lockerman observed, there is a different kind of effect: one of sadness that such a device is not being put to good use. | Link |
| Episode 70 (April 2, 2010) | Michael Tsarion |
Architects of Control | Alternative historian Michael Tsarion discussed humankind's future, as carried out by unseen elite or controllers. Some say we live in a virtual world or a prison planet, but we are trained not to find out. And even if we wake up, what can we do to remove the shackles? He discusses the following statement: “Here stands the New Man. His conception of reality is a dance of electronic images fired into his forebrain, a gossamer construction of his masters, designed so that he will not-under any circumstances-perceive the actual. His happiness is delivered to him through a tube or an electronic connection. His God lurks behind an electronic curtain; when the curtain is pulled away we find the CIA sorcerer, the media manipulator. | Link |
| Episode 71 (April 9, 2010) | Dr. Richard Sauder |
Underground Bases & The Black Budget | Dr. Richard Sauder, the world's premier investigator of underground bases and tunnels discusses his latest and most in-depth publication. This show will discuss the following questions: Where are the secret underground bases? How far down do they go? What leaks are coming from the classified world? What has the U.S. Navy planned for beneath the ocean floor? Are there bases beneath the ocean? What's going on beneath Washington, D.C.? Are there high-speed, underground maglev systems? What is the connection with UFOs and the alien question? Dr. Sauder goes where no other researcher has gone before. This show is a must for any and all who are seeking to understand the full magnitude of the Matrix-like reality of our civilization. He discusses the black budget world of super-secret projects and clandestine underground, and undersea, bases and tunnels, and the vast sums of money siphoned off from the economy to build them. | Link |
| Episode 72 (April 16, 2010) | Melinda Leslie |
Abductions and Covert Ops | Researcher/experiencer Melinda Leslie discussed her recent work on abductees who claim to have been interrogated, and sometimes re-abducted by covert/military operatives, after their initial alien encounter. The phenomenon, often referred to as MILABS (military mind control and abduction), can occur in several stages. Starting off on a low level with hearing noises like someone is listening in on phone calls, it can graduate to being watched and followed, confronted and told not to speak out, and harassed by low-flying black helicopters, she detailed. Some abductees encounter a "minders scenario" in which an operative wins their trust with insider information about their alien interactions, but then can become controlling and manipulative, she said. | Link |
| Episode 73 (April 23, 2010) | Clif High |
Shape of Things to Come Volume 0 Issue 4 | Clif High discussed predictions about the economy, and U.S. and world events for the summer of 2010 and beyond. The predictions are based on High's Web Bot technology which gives archetype descriptors of future events by tracking language pattern changes within Internet discussions forums. Here are some of the highlights of what they see coming: *No warfare between Israel and Iran, at least not until November. *Six very large earthquakes are yet to come during the rest of 2010. *A major tipping point will occur between November 8th – 11th, 2010, followed by a 2-3 months release period. This tipping point appears to be US-centric, and could be a dramatic world-changing event like 9-11 that will have rippling after-effects. The collapse of the dollar might occur in November. *From July 8th, 2010 onward, civil unrest will take place, possibly driven by food prices skyrocketing, and the devaluation of the dollar. *A second depression, triggered by mass layoffs, bankruptcies, and the popping of the "derivatives bubble," will see people moving out of cities. *After March 2011, the revolution wave will settle down into a period of reformation. *A "data gap" has been found between early 2012 running through May 2013. One explanation is that "our civilization gets knocked back to a pre-electronic state," such as brought about by devastating solar activity. *A new benign form of capitalism will emerge during 2017-2020. | Link |
| Episode 74 (April 30, 2010) | Nick Bryant |
The Franklin Scandal: A Story of Powerbrokers, Child Abuse & Betrayal | The interview discusses the chilling exposé of corporate corruption and government cover-ups, this account of a nationwide child-trafficking and pedophilia ring in the United States tells a sordid tale of corruption in high places. The scandal originally surfaced during an investigation into Omaha, Nebraska's failed Franklin Federal Credit Union and took the author beyond the Midwest and ultimately to Washington, DC. Implicating businessmen, senators, major media corporations, the CIA, and even the venerable Boys Town organization, this extensively researched report includes first-hand interviews with key witnesses and explores a controversy that has received scant media attention. | Link |
| Episode 75 (May 7, 2010) | Niara Terela Isley |
Military Abductions (MILABS) | It is clear that in 1980 the “Military Industrial Complex” that President Eisenhower warned the nation about in 1961, and the “shadowy Government” that Sen. Inouye warned the nation about in 1977 impacted the life of Niara in a deep way while she was serving in the USAF in Nevada. Niara has been an alien abductee/contactee since early childhood. During Jan-Mar 1980 while serving in the USAF in Nevada she was subjected to rapes, un-authorized drug injections, and threats to not remember what she did in the line of duty after seeing several UFO’s in the Tonopah area above her manned RADAR site. During that time, she was taken by gunpoint to her daily duty station. Among ET-Alien abduction experiences, lurking in the shadows, a renegade MILABS force has been working to collect data. MILABS is the Military Re-abduction of ET abductees. MILABS personnel have gone unchecked and unauthorized into the lives of many people, causing harm and psychological terror. | Link |
| Episode 76 (May 14, 2010) | Dolores Cannon |
The Convoluted Universe | Dolores recounted how she discovered the "Lost Knowledge" by tapping into the subconscious minds of her subjects. Many messages from the spirit/alien world came loud and clear and sometimes the same, although the subjects being regressed were different and had no connection with each other. During this show we discussed the purpose of reincarnation and what the final goal is for all of us. | Link |
| Episode 77 (May 21, 2010) | Richard C. Hoagland |
NASA: Fact or Fiction? | Richard C. Hoagland discussed the decades of NASA deception. Since its inception NASA has been a division of the Department of Defense and is not authorized to disclose any information without the ultimate consent of the Executive Branch: The President / The White House. Therefore, NASA is not a civilian agency; it is a military agency. The only difference is that their craft do not carry guns. Astronauts are not only heroes, but are also victims who have been forced to forget what they saw on the Moon. | Link |
| Episode 78 (May 28, 2010) | Jay Weidner |
Life-After Death, Ancient Texts, & The Vril | Author, filmmaker, and hermetic scholar Jay Weidner discussed his documentary about life-after-death, as well as his research into an ancient group known as the Aryans or the Vril, who migrated to Mars. His film, Infinity: The Ultimate Trip features such people as Dannion Brinkley and Gregg Braden exploring concepts of the afterlife and reincarnation. Weidner said he made the film to help people not be afraid to die, and to no longer be afraid to live their lives freely. "Once we realize that there's no such thing as death, then I think we're going to be liberated from the political and social environment that we've been thrust into," he said. In the film, Brinkley reported that the government has investigated near-death experiences but has refused to tell the public what they've found, because it's in their interests to control the populace through fear. | Link |
| Episode 79 (June 4, 2010) | James Horak |
Solving the Gulf Crisis and Its Possible False Flag Opportunity for the NWO | This is a special edition of Veritas. The first segment includes "Mike" (pseudonym). Mike is someone who has a multi-decade career at a Fortune 100 company. Mike has come up with an invention that not only can stop the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, but can also prevent future disasters. The show proceeds with James Horak, who discussed his experience with the US military and what happened after he left the service. We discussed a plethora of subjects, including the possibility that the Gulf of Mexico oil spill may have been a false flag event perpetrated by the New World Order. James provided a worst-case scenario if the spill continues. The elites have built underground cities, not to avert a cataclysmic event, but to be protected from the ensuing civil unrest after the population discovers the depopulation plans. Could the oil spill had been an error and the New World Order has found an opportunity to advance their plans? | Link |
| Episode 80 (June 11, 2010) | Dr. Joseph Farrell |
Nazi, Inc.: The Business Plan Continues | Joseph Farrell joined us for a discussion on the connection between UFOs and the Nazi's Third Reich, and presented a very different scenario of what crashed in Roswell, New Mexico in July of 1947. "If, two years after the end of World War II, something Nazi crashes in the New Mexico desert," he said, "then, yes, that's going to get the American military to panic." This panic, Farrell believes, caused them to create the "UFO v. weather balloon" debate which has persisted to this day and, thus, pushed all other theories into the peripheral. He detailed a number of issues surrounding the Roswell story which suggest that the downed craft was of terrestrial, but non-American, origin. For instance, Farrell noted that witnesses, who saw the Roswell debris, observed numbers on the wreckage. This, he surmised, suggests an Earthly origin since it is highly unlikely that ETs would be using our symbols for their numeric system. On the subject of the beings allegedly recovered from the crash, he asserted that, based on the vast majority of the accounts, there is "nothing that compels to the fact that these were extra-terrestrial beings. We simply have very odd-looking humans." Apparently, this idea was shared by the Army personnel who arrived at the scene, since Farrell said that one witness claims that the recovery team attempted to speak Japanese and German to the crash victims. Taking these aspects of the event into account, Farrell advanced his alternative theory that the downed craft at Roswell was really a version of the erstwhile Nazi project known as The Bell. According to his research, work on the Bell can be traced from Germany to Argentina following World War II. To that end, he revealed that immediately following the Roswell crash, the US Army re-opened the security classification files of the former Nazis that were brought to America via Project Paperclip. Additionally, he cited the testimony of Col. Philip Corso, who Farrell contends, "hints, repeatedly throughout his book, that there is some apparent Nazi 'look' to the technology that they had recovered." Ultimately, Farrell theorized that the displaced Nazis were "sending a message to their former enemy that 'we have a technology that you cannot touch.' | Link |
| Episode 81 (June 18, 2010) | James Gilliland |
Contact Has Begun | James Gilliland discussed his self imposed retreat from the UFO community. The rumors about James ceasing conferences and courses at his ranch are unfounded. He strongly believes the UFO community has been infiltrated and that is why he decided to continue pursuing "Disclosure" on his own. We discussed how to circumvent the establishment in order ascend and raise our vibrations. We also discussed current headlines, including chemtrails and the Gulf of Mexico oil disaster. Included is Dr. Brooks Agnew's experience at James Gilliland's Ranch and James' perspective of that incredible but witnessed event. | Link |
| Episode 82 (June 25, 2010) | Jim Marrs |
The Trillion Dollar Conspiracy | Marrs addressed the idea of a "shadow government," and described how the same families or financial powers, centered in Wall St. or London, "created communism in Russia...national socialism in Germany, and now they are pushing us into Marxist socialism in this country," in their conspiracy to control the world. He also previewed his forthcoming book, The Trillion Dollar Conspiracy, which looks at how the New World Order, man-made diseases, and "zombie banks" are destroying America. | Link |
| Episode 83 (July 2, 2010) | Robert Morning Sky |
2012 and Beyond | This is Robert Morning Sky's third appearance. After investigating the claims presented in this an all of Robert Morning Sky's interviews we have concluded, that the characters discussed and presented by Mr. Robert Morning Sky, including, but not limited to "El Vastago", "Don Genaro", and the "Semsiye Elders" are all fictional characters created by Morning Sky. "Don Genaro" was discussed during the 2009 interview. Morning Sky was asked about this character and could not answer the question appropriately. "El Vastago" was discussed during the 2010 interview and Morning sky could not answer the question appropriately. "The Semsiye Elders" were discussed during the most recent interview (2012). He was asked where these "elders" where located at and he did not an appropriate answer either. We also found e-mails where Mr. Morning Sky himself is impersonating "El Vastago". The e-mails originated from Mr. Morning Sky's e-mail account and I.P. address. It is for this reason and the lack of transparency displayed by Morning Sky that we are no longer having Mr. Morning Sky on this program. Furthermore, we have asked Mr. Morning Sky on several occasions to confirm the existence and location of all the characters and he has never responded with a satisfactory answer. We conclude that these individuals do not exist, are fictional and are the creation of Mr. Morning Sky to sensationalize his claims. The above puts Mr. Morning Sky's entire research and material discussed over the years into question. Although the interviews are still available on this Web site, they are presented for entertainment purposes only and a high degree of discernment must be exercised. | Link |
| Episode 84 (July 5, 2010) | Dr. Brooks Agnew |
Ecological, Economic, and Societal Implications of the Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill | The following synopsis/analyses was provided by Sharon Lorraine: This is by far one of the most logically connected fact-based interviews I’ve heard to date. The sources are not anonymous, and the facts are verifiable. Hosted by Mel Fabregas, with guest author Dr. Brooks Agnew and geologist Benjamin Cavallari. The terminology discussed in this radio program is defined in sequence as the program moves forward in my explanation essay and definitions below. See more. | Link |
| Episode 85 (July 9, 2010) | George Ure |
Urban Survival | During George Ure's first appearance on Veritas we discussed many topics, including the Gulf of Mexico oil disaster, the economy, possible war with Iran, and more importantly, what you can do to weather this confluence of events. The future belongs to those who prepare. It's not fear mongering; it's thinking ahead. George analyzes data on a daily basis and projects the future. This is common sense advice to anyone who may be affected by all the scenarios developing; especially November 2010. | Link |
| Episode 86 (July 16, 2010) | Daniel Estulin |
The Bilderberg Group and The Shadow Masters | Daniel Estulin, author of The True Story of the Bilderberg Group, discussed how he was invited to speak at the European Parliament by Mario Borghezio, the most senior Member of European Parliament from Italy. The European Parliament is one of the most powerful legislatures in the world. Estulin’s talk is equivalent to addressing a joint session of Congress. In fact, never before has Bilderberg as a subject seen the light of day in front of such a highly respectable audience - elected senators of European nations. Estulin was part of a presentation titled Bilderberg Group – Towards Creation of One World Company Ltd., given by the author, as well as Borghezio, Nigel Farage (Member of European Parliament for South East England) and Gerard Batten (Member of European Parliament for London). Estulin is the world’s top authority on the Bilderberg Group. Because of the worldwide appeal of the author’s book (over 3.5 million sold in nearly 50 languages), this once incredibly powerful and highly secretive organization is now a private forum of lesser stature. Who knows what the group will now transmogrify itself into? “This is an opportunity to bring Bilderberg into the mainstream,” said Estulin. “A subject that was once considered to be in the domain of conspiracy theories is now being taken very seriously indeed.” The Bilderberg Group is an annual, invitation-only conference with over 100 of the globe’s most influential movers and shakers, including heads of state, business tycoons and others. It is closed to the public and the press. This year the conference will be held from the 3rd to the 6th of June in Sitges, Spain. He also talked about his new book "Shadow Masters", which examines how behind-the-scenes collaboration between government, intelligence services, and drug traffickers has lined the pockets of big business and Western banks. Among the examples cited are the cozy relationship between Victor Bout, the largest weaponry dealer in the world, and George Bush’s administration; the NGOs who are plundering Darfur with the help of big multinationals seeking to take over the oilfields around the country; the ties that the Muslim Brotherhood maintains with the White House despite their involvement with the March 11th attacks in Madrid; and the embezzlement of more than $2.8 million from the International Monetary Fund by Roman Abramovich, the biggest oligarch in Russia. | Link |
| Episode 87 (July 23, 2010) | Antonio Huneeus |
The Vatican E.T. Connection | Antonio Huneeus discusses the Vatican Extraterrestrial Connection, which includes UFO sightings in Rome going all the way back to 214 B.C. Among the topics discussed, he describes in detail a famous report in 1954 when a formation of unidentified objects flew right on top of St. Peter’s square and made a St. Andrew’s cross for a few seconds. It seems that UFOs are still flying over the Roman airspace and particularly the area around Vatican City. | Link |
| Episode 88 (July 30, 2010) | Lisa Renee |
Ascension | The Mechanics Behind Creation –Spiritual Science -How Consciousness moves through a Time and Space Matrix. Energy is Conscious, Consciousness is Energy (The Intelligence Fields). Timelines and Dimensional Planes are the Same. Skipping forward in Time as we change the focus of our consciousness. Humanity is moving to another reality, dimension or time during this 2012 cycle. Ascension Cycle = every 26,556 years (Align to Galactic Core). 3D Planet Earth entered Galactic (Off Planet) Frequency Cycle in 2008 (1987-2007 Planetary Cycle-7 planes) | Link |
| Episode 89 (August 6, 2010) | Michael Schratt |
That's Classified: Military Secrets Revealed | Michael Schratt discussed a number of military aircraft that have been classified as top secret until recently. Michael has literally unearthed projects that were hidden from the public and had cost billions of dollars of taxpayer money. As a military aerospace historian, Michael's goal is to document these projects, but most importantly, he brings to light the fact that while our bridges, schools, and roads are in major disrepair, the military industrial complex continues to obtain the necessary funding that fuels conflict around the world, including the B2 bomber, which cost $2.2 billion to produce and is worth more than its weight in gold. There is a major disconnect between the people and our government, which is supposed to represent us. | Link |
| Episode 90 (August 12, 2010) | James Fox & Mel Fabregas |
Latest Gulf of Mexico Update III | James Fox, documentary filmmaker and Robert "Bob" Naman, analytical chemist, reported from the Gulf of Mexico area about the health hazards found. Mr. Naman discussed his analysis on several samples submitted. | Link |
| Episode 91 (August 13, 2010) | H.P. Albarelli |
The CIA's Secret Cold War Experiments and the Murder of Dr. Frank Olson | Following nearly a decade of research, this account solves the mysterious death of biochemist Frank Olson, revealing the identities of his murderers in shocking detail. It offers a unique and unprecedented look into the backgrounds of many former CIA, FBI, and Federal Narcotics Bureau officials—including several who actually oversaw the CIA’s mind-control programs from the 1950s to the 1970s. In retracing these programs, a frequently bizarre and always frightening world is introduced, colored and dominated by many factors—Cold War fears, the secret relationship between the nation’s drug enforcement agencies and the CIA, and the government’s close collaboration with the Mafia. | Link |
| Episode 92 (August 20, 2010) | Peter Levenda |
Sinister Forces & The Unholy Alliance | Peter Levenda discussed his research into the sinister forces that rule the world. A chronology of events has occurred for hundreds of years, and the hidden knowledge continues to be kept a few, in order to control the many. From ancient times, to the Nazis, to present day society, these sinister forces manage our daily lives. | Link |
| Episode 93 (August 25, 2010) | Jim Humble |
The FDA vs. Jim Humble's MMS | Aerospace engineer Jim Humble's third career started accidentally while on a gold prospecting trip in the jungle of Venezuela. There, using stabilized oxygen, he improvised an effective remedy for his colleagues who were stricken with malaria. As curious as he had always been in his life, he returned to his native US and wondered why the cure had worked so well. The answers to his own questions led him to the development of a more powerful form of oxygen therapy, chlorine dioxide, which he called Miracle Mineral Supplement. With a mission to help the human race whatever he did, Jim made it widely available in the form of sodium chlorite which the user 'activated' by adding lemon juice or vinegar - and medical teams conducted 100,000 research trials in Africa where it was found that MMS would frequently relieve the symptoms of malaria in as little as four hours. | Link |
| Episode 94 (August 27, 2010) | John Perkins |
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man | John Perkins has seen the signs of today's economic meltdown before. The subprime mortgage fiascos, the banking industry collapse, the rising tide of unemployment, the shuttering of small businesses across the landscape are all too familiar symptoms of a far greater disease. In his former life as an economic hit man, he was on the front lines both as an observer and a perpetrator of events, once confined only to the third world, that have now sent the United States—and in fact the entire planet—spiraling toward disaster. Tonight, we will be discussing John’s latest book. Here, Perkins pulls back the curtain on the real cause of the current global financial meltdown. He shows how we've been hoodwinked (which is the title of his new book) by the CEOs who run the corporatocracy—those few corporations that control the vast amounts of capital, land, and resources around the globe—and the politicians they manipulate. These corporate fat cats, Perkins explains, have sold us all on what he calls predatory capitalism, a misguided form of geopolitics and capitalism that encourages a widespread exploitation of the many to benefit a small number of the already very wealthy. Their arrogance, gluttony, and mismanagement have brought us to this perilous edge. The solution is not a "return to normal." But there is a way out. Perkins makes clear, that we can create a healthy economy that will encourage businesses to act responsibly, not only in the interests of their shareholders and corporate partners (and the lobbyists they have in their pockets), but in the interests of their employees, their customers, the environment, and society at large. Perkins assures that we can create a society that fosters a just, sustainable, and safe world for us and our children. Each one of us makes these choices every day. We hold the power, he says, "if only we recognize it." Tonight, John Perkins will share with us how we all have been Hoodwinked, how we arrived at this precarious point in our history but also what we must do to stop the global tailspin. | Link |
| Episode 95 (September 3, 2010) | Andrew Johnson |
Diary of a Truth Seeker | From early childhood, Andrew Johnson had an overly developed sense of wonder. He had a UFO sighting during his youth. In 2003, he watched Dr. Steven Greer's Disclosure Project video and expanded his pursuit of the truth. He then heard of Dr. Judy Wood and her evidence analysis about September 11, 2001. As a computer programmer and teacher, Andrew can connect the dots more than the average person. Andrew looks for clues that lead him to the big picture. During this show, we discussed 9/11, Chemtrails, Gary McKinnon, and life on Mars. This is truly the diary of a truth seeker. | Link |
| Episode 96 (September 10, 2010) | Dr. Judy Wood |
Where Did The Towers Go? The New Hiroshima | Dr. Judy Wood discussed her new book: Where Did The Towers Go? The Evidence of Directed Energy Technology on 9/11. For the record, I do not believe that our government is responsible for executing the events of 9/11/01 – nor do I believe that our government is not responsible for executing the events of 9/11/01. This is not a case of belief. This is a crime that should be solved by a forensic study of the evidence. Before it can be determined who did it, it must first be determined what was done and how it was done. The order of crime solving is to determine: 1) WHAT happened, then 2) HOW it happened (e.g., by what weapon), then 3) WHO did it. And only then can we address 4) WHY they did it (i.e. motive). Let us remember what is required to convict someone of a crime. You cannot convict someone of a crime based on belief. You cannot convict someone of a crime if you don’t even know what crime to charge them with. If you accuse someone of murder using a gun, you’d better be sure the body has a bullet hole in it. And yet before noon on 9/11/01, we were told who had done it and how it had been done, this before any investigation had even been conducted to determine what had been done. My own research, not speculation, is a forensics investigation of what happened to the WTC complex on 9/11/01. I don’t address who did it, nor am I concerned with that question. Before issues of that kind can be addressed, we must first determine what happened, and that is the objective of my research. By definition, research that is purely empirical cannot be about and has nothing to do with conspiracy theory of any kind. The fact that others (in the mainstream media, the alternative media, and the so-called “9/11 truth movement”) promote various theories about 9/11 is irrelevant to my research. On the other hand, to determine what happened, we must address all of the available evidence. Anyone declaring who did what or how they did it before they have determined what was done is merely promoting either speculation or propaganda. The popular chant, “9/11 was an inside job,” is, scientifically speaking, no different from the chant that “19 bad guys with box cutters did it” Neither one is the result of a scientific investigation supported by evidence that would be admissible in court. Neither identifies what crime was committed or how it was committed. So, let us consider the body of empirical evidence that must be explained in order to determine what happened.12 What is presented here is not a theory and it is not speculation. It is evidence. Here, then, is the evidence of what happened on 9/11/01. | Link |
| Episode 97 (September 17, 2010) | Leslie Kean |
UFOs: Generals, Pilots, and Government Officials Go On the Record | You are about to learn some shocking new truths behind one of the most intriguing mysteries of our time. The reality of UFOs—a subject of intense interest to the general public—has now been verified at the highest levels. UFOs: Generals, Pilots, and Government Officials Go on the Record (Harmony Books; August 10, 2010) pulls back the curtain on the incredible occurrences of unexplained behavior by unknown objects over many decades, and the results are astonishing. We know that of all UFO sightings reported, 95 percent can be explained as ordinary phenomena. However, within that remaining 5 percent, spectacular well-documented UFO events have been officially investigated, and no conventional explanations were found. Genuine unidentified flying objects are documented by government agencies, witnessed by pilots, and confirmed by Air Force generals. As stated by these authorities, they are solid, physical objects that appear to be metallic, luminous, and able to maneuver in ways that defy the known laws of physics. The evidence is insurmountable and undeniable. For ten years, investigative journalist Leslie Kean conducted a study of this still unexplained 5 percent. She reviewed hundreds of U.S. government documents, aviation reports and radar data. She carefully examined official case studies with corroborating physical evidence and scientifically analyzed photographs. | Link |
| Episode 98 (September 24, 2010) | Wayne Herschel |
The Hidden Records | Researcher of ancient mysteries, Wayne Herschel shared his theory that modern day humans are descendants of ETs who came to Earth 10,000 years ago. Various ancient civilizations, such as the Egyptians and Mayans, designed the locations of their pyramids, such that they reflected specific star constellations, he argued-- and in particular, two stars, both 16 light years away, were indicated as the ETs' home worlds. If the beings hadn't come here, Herschel believes that Earth would still be populated by the Neanderthals who would likely have not advanced much further. He said that shortly before arriving on Earth, the ETs colonized Mars, and that the artifacts of the Cydonia region. | Link |
| Episode 99 (October 1, 2010) | Hon. Paul Hellyer |
Light at the End of the Tunnel: A Survival Plan for the Human Species | Paul Hellyer’s story is an important contribution to the literature of modern western civilization. His experience in government, his interest in exopolitics and the issues of sustainability of civilization are significant areas of current discourse.” — Edgar Mitchell, Sc. D, Apollo 14 Astronaut. The year is 2010 and the world faces a long list of seemingly insurmountable problems. One of these is our reliance on fossil fuels for energy. A battle is raging between environmentalists, who fear the consequences of global warming, and the oil industry that profits handsomely from maintaining the status quo. It is a power struggle that, according to Paul Hellyer, author of Light at the End of the Tunnel, holds the future of planet Earth in the balance. “We have about ten years to reverse the present trend, after that it will be too late to preserve our planet as a hospitable habitat for the human species,” says Hellyer. “In these few short years we not only have to find new sources of clean energy, but also the vast sums of money that cash starved governments will need to finance the transition on a scale of an all-out mobilization to win the war of survival.” | Link |
| Episode 100 (October 8. 2010) | Anthony F. Sanchez |
UFO Highway | By Norio Hayakawa - Anthony Sanchez has spent over 20 years accumulating a wealth of pertinent information on the subject of the rumors behind UFOs in conjunction with some of the most significant military installations in the U.S., especially in the American Southwest. His new book, UFO Highway, is a fresh new look at the military's "connection" to the rumors about UFOs. This is not a book about whether UFOs exist or not. It is neither a book about "reptilians" eating humans in a secret underground facility. It goes beyond that. This book is filled with information previously not published in any other books of this nature. His fascinating, recent interview with a retired USAF colonel is probably one of the highlights of this book. This interesting interview took place, in May of 2010, only a few months before the completion of this book. Just like the author, Anthony Sanchez, I myself also have done an extensive research on similar topics for over twenty years, spending many years investigating locations such as Area 51 in Nevada and its connections with other important sites such as southern California's Edwards AFB and remote aerospace facilities in the Antelope Valley, most of which had the outward facade of radar cross section testing sites. | Link |
| Episode 101 (October 22, 2010) | Jim Nichols |
Aliens, Archons, and The Gnostic Grail | Jim Nichols is one of the most renowned UFO illustrators of modern time and a respected UFO researcher. Jim discussed the ET-Archon-Gnostic connection.Many religions and governments have omitted or removed factual data from the books. Could history have been mythologized to limit our potential? We discussed who the Archons are and what their mission on this planet was/is. Could they be the ones controlling our lives? | Link |
| Episode 102 (October 29, 2010) | Dr. Richard Sauder |
The Richard Sauder Briefing | The Richard Sauder Briefing, Introduction by Richard Sauder, PhD ©2010 – All Rights Reserved! The central reality of the early 21st Century is the total certainty of imminent, massive, deep-rooted change in every sphere of reality that is meaningful to the human race. This change will not be long in arriving, not at all, indeed, we are already being buffeted by the first, outlying squalls of the rapidly approaching level-five hurricane that will soon be upon us with the full force of its fury. The imperial warmongering of the USA government represents an attempt by a certain faction of the self-anointed, so-called global 'elite' to use the American military juggernaut as a violent tool to stage manage the oncoming turmoil. Their objective is to try to control a series of large, upcoming, epochal events that are essentially uncontrollable and unmanageable. But this will not deter those who fancy themselves to be humanity's 'superiors'. They will soldier on, literally, with their aircraft carrier battle groups, their nuclear missiles, their stealth bombers, their genetically engineered viruses, and their rampaging armies equipped with night vision goggles, GPS-coordinated weaponry, drunk on self-induced illusions of patriotism, nationalism, blood, guts and gore. It is a nightmarish vision they have and they want to impose it on the rest of the planet by brute force. Indeed, they have already begun to do this. If you are an Iraqi who was disemboweled or decapitated by a cluster bomb that came whistling in from an American Air Force B-52 cruising overhead at 40,000 feet, then the apocalypse has already arrived for you. And in this case, the apocalypse is stamped 'Made in America'. One of the great ironies of our time is that the same American regime that constantly lectures the rest of the world about “freedom” and “democracy” has effectively unleashed the Pentagon on the world as a rogue mercenary force, eviscerated the American Constitution, made torture an instrument of policy, and has created an anti-civil liberties Frankenstein’s monster in the form of the new, sprawling bureaucracy of the Department of Homeland Security. This insidious effort to impose an Orwellian, authoritarian regime on the United States and much of the rest of the world is but the latest installment in a long-term program to subjugate the entire planet in a violent, iron grip. In fact, this ruthless program of social, political, military and economic control has been underway for millennia already, going back to the time of the Roman Empire and even before that, to ancient Babylon and pharaonic Egypt and far back beyond that into the mists of remote antiquity. There is a dark, ruthless, self-destructive splinter buried deep in the warp and the woof of the human species – it is woven into our genetics, our history, our society, our mind. And it expresses, nay, it acts out, in the ugliest ways imaginable, over and over again as the centuries and millennia slowly and bloodily scroll by. We slaughter one another by the millions in warfare and genocide over and over again. We impose cruel and terrible dictatorships. We torture, rape, imprison, sack, pillage and plunder. Again, and again and again and again. And we invoke our tribal deities as justification for what we do – Allah, Yahweh, Jehovah, Jesus, Krishna… But this vile trajectory of history is fast approaching a decisive turning point. In mathematical terms, the quickening pace of events on this planet is rapidly approaching infinity. There has been a sharp inflection in every aspect of the curve that describes the course of human events on planet Earth. Uncharted waters lie just ahead. Planet-wide chaos approaches, and quickly. This has most definitely not gone unnoticed by the planet’s self-anointed 'elite'. They realize that the game has entered a new, chaotic, supremely important phase that they must control at all costs, if they are to maintain the system of political, religious, economic and social dominance they have been violently putting in place for the last centuries and millennia. Hence, the Pentagon has been unleashed, essentially as a mercenary force in the service of great evil, to violently subjugate the human race to a planet-wide, totalitarian control. Monitoring, tracking, surveillance and control of individual humans increase by the day. This is not freedom. This is tyranny, and it aims to impose itself by hook or by crook or by force on every human being on this planet. And that is just part of what we are facing as a species and as a planet. This briefing book is accordingly intended for the many millions of people who have come late to the realization that: "Hey! Something is going on! Kansas is going bye-bye!" Well, yes, it is, the world as you have known it is going away as surely as Dorothy’s Kansas went away in the classic movie, The Wizard of Oz. The unsettling news is that you are about to be abruptly thrown into the deep end of the swimming pool, without any advance notice or prior preparation on your part. As you look around yourself, with a rising sense of panic, you have somehow managed to stumble upon my little briefing book, and it will serve you as a sort of compass and miniature life raft. By itself, it won't save you, and it's frankly not intended to do that, because in the end, the stark reality is that you have to save yourself. But it might just help you to make sense of what is happening, enough to get your mental bearings and straighten out your thinking, so that you can make more intelligent judgments that enhance your prospects for not just surviving, but possibly even flourishing in the midst of what is about to transpire on this world. To wit: a lot of things are getting ready to happen, events are going to transpire that may just be really BIG, and by the time the huge changes are finished even the dullest tack in the pack will have gotten it through his or her head that the global situation has changed unalterably and that the world will not be going back to the way it was before. I have much more to say, so keep reading, and by the way, that is also why my cover photo shows me in a much different guise than I have ever before presented in public. The times are changing, and I'm telling you straight up that if you don't also make some changes in your life and thinking you may not make it, so great will the before and after differences be in the global transition cum transformation that is headed our way at warp speed. Many of the people who will read this little book will not be familiar with a lot of the material that it presents. Consequently, my task as a writer has been to distill down for the uninitiated in a very few pages the essence of 30 years of conversations and study, and untold thousands of pages of reading that I have done. In a way, I am something like a human honeybee. Just as the honeybee collects nectar and pollen from myriad flowers and blossoms and brings them back to the hive, so too have I absorbed a large amount of information from myriad sources that I am bringing to the readers of this book. This Briefing Book is then a kind of information honey, or nectar of conscious awareness that is distilled from the lengthy learning process through which I have gone, and made available for popular consumption. Reality, and this world, are far different than we have been told. There will be people who will pick this book up out of idle curiosity, thumb through its pages, and for the first time in their life, the lights will come on in their mind, scales will fall from their eyes and they will begin to awaken to the immensity of the control program on this planet and how deeply in its grip they are. You will certainly not be getting a wake-up call from the government. So, consider this your alert. | Link |
| Episode 103 (November 4, 2010) | Adrian Salbuchi |
The Zionist Takeover of Patagonia | Adrian Salbuchi talked about the Zionist plot to take over Patagonia. A large group of very powerful people have been purchasing large portions of land in the Southern Hemisphere for many years. We discussed the possibilities and reasons for these major acquisitions. We also discussed geopolitics, the economy, and future projections. This is a short interview. A preview of an upcoming show. Stay tuned for more. | Link |
| Episode 104 (November 5, 2010) | Clif High |
The Road Ahead | When in U.S. History has a sitting president taken off on an overseas trip for an extended period of time, with 65 airplanes, 34 warships, reportedly 3,000 guests, not including the amount of military personnel traveling as well, at a cost to taxpayers of $200 million dollars per day, or $2 billion dollars in total. All of this, at the pinnacle of an economic and political upheaval. The answer? Never! The U.S. dollar continues to lose value and a number of insiders are predicting a bank holiday as early as November 11. Could this be true? America is bankrupt, and the rest of the world is no longer willing to go along with quantitative easing – or printing money out of thin air. Something big is getting ready to happen. In fact, it is happening now. And Clif High’s Web Bot seems to agree. | Link |
| Episode 105 (November 12, 2010) | Michael Cremo |
The Forbidden Archeologist | Michael Cremo, an international authority on human antiquity, has justly earned the “forbidden archeologist” title. For over twenty-seven years he's been digging up documented, credible findings that mainstream archeologists don't want you to know about - discoveries in the fossil record that tell a completely different story from Darwinian evolution. His latest book, The Forbidden Archeologist, presents his research at international scientific conferences, comments on the latest discoveries and “missing links,” examines famous archeological sites such as the Sterkfontein Caves—the alleged cradle of humanity—and responds to mixed reactions to his books, now translated into twenty-six languages. This collection of forty-nine articles published in Atlantis Rising magazine is like the Cliff Notes on his best-selling, encyclopedic Forbidden Archeology and formidable Human Devolution. Readers will quickly understand the strongest arguments and remarkable discoveries that reveal evolution as a failing theory. | Link |
| Episode 106 (November 19, 2010) | Michael Horn |
The Billy Meier Case | US media representative for the Billy Meier contacts, Michael Horn offered a rebuttal to skeptical assessments of Meier's UFO photos and evidence. In addition to film and photographs, Meier also recorded the sound of a UFO which could be heard by witnesses over 4km, he said. The Billy Meier case is the biggest hoax ever perpetrated or the biggest story in human history. Michael discussed Billy's background, and explained in the detail the case that is known to be one of the most important cases in UFO history. | Link |
| Episode 107 (November 26, 2010) | Michael Murphy |
What in the World Are They Spraying? | What would you say if you were told that airplanes were regularly spraying toxic aerosols in the skies above every major region of the world? That is exactly what a group of protestors were claiming outside of the annual American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) meeting that was held in San Diego from February 18-22. However, inside the convention center was a different story. The scientists gathered to discuss the “plausibility” of implementing various Geo-engineering campaigns throughout the world, all under the guise that the Earth has a man-made global warming problem that can be solved in-part by spraying aerosol aluminum and other particles into the sky to block the sun. When these scientists were asked about the possibility of existing aerosol programs; they stated that no aerosol spraying programs have been implemented to date. A little confused? Why would protestors gather outside of a meeting making claims that world-wide aerosol programs were under way if scientist were only now discussing the possibility of implementing these programs? Could it be that one of these groups is being deceived? Mauro Oliveira, the Webmaster of Geoengineeringwatch.org, was one of the protestors. He claimed that the program for Stratospheric Aerosol Geo-engineering (SAG), AKA chemtrails, has been well under way around the world. As a matter of fact, Oliveira stated that witnesses from around the globe claim that heavy aerosol spraying is occurring almost every day over just about every city. He went on to explain the difference between a contrail and a chemtrail. He stated that when a jet airplane flies at a certain altitude, a visible trail of streaks of condensed water vapor sometimes form in the wake of the aircraft. This is called a contrail. Contrails are normal and usually dissipate in a few seconds. They are very similar to when we breathe in cold weather. According to Oliveira, what occurs behind a SAG plane spraying aerosols, is quite different. What can be seen is a thick white line also called a chemtrail that lingers in the sky for several hours. The SAG lines are sprayed into the upper atmosphere and then spread out forming what then appear to be clouds. The particles from these aerosols then fall to the ground where they enter our soil and water and can also be inhaled. Another group of protestors had traveled over 10 hours from a small Shasta County community in Northern California. They became concerned about SAG when many from this community began to see dramatic changes not only in the sky, but also on the ground. Trees were dying, grass was not growing and many farmers were having difficulty getting any crops to grow on their farms. The crisis prompted biologists from the community to take action by testing the soil. The results were shocking. Aluminum, barium and other elements were found to be up to thousands of times higher than normal limits. Such high quantities lead to unhealthy PH levels in the soil which can be deadly to ecological life systems. These shocking results led to additional testing of Lake Shasta with samples from the Pit River arm tributary that tested over 4,610 times the maximum contamination level of aluminum allowed in drinking water in the state of California. Also, peer reviewed scientific studies conclude that bio-available aluminum, now found in huge quantities in rain world-wide, is very harmful to flora and thus the eco-system. Ironically, these are the same substances the scientists are considering implementing in the various potential “future” aerosol spraying campaigns that were being discussed at the meeting. A large number of other protesters became interested in SAG after experiencing burning eyes, migraine headaches, anxiety, irregular heartbeat, high blood pressure and other health problems on days that airplanes were allegedly witnessed spraying aerosols in the sky. Deborah Whitman, Founder and President of the non-profit environmental organization Environmental Voices and also Producer of the documentary “Sky Lines” is no stranger to these symptoms. She has been hospitalized over 51 times on what she calls “heavy spraying days”. Whitman has committed her life to helping people who claim to be experiencing similar problems resulting from aerosol spraying and gets calls from all over the U.S. in response to her website and documentary. Her recommended health tips can be found at www.environmentalvoices.org. Other indicators that possibly validate the claim that SAG is connected to health problems are the respiratory mortality rate, which has risen from eight on the list of mortality to third in the past five years, and the fact that Alzheimer’s and other illnesses linked to aluminum have continued to rise around the globe at astronomical rates since the inception of the alleged spraying. The AAAS meeting hosted some of the world’s leading geo-engineering scientists. With years of education and even more experience in their respected fields, the scientists looked at geo-engineering issues from many angles. Workshop subjects ranged from, the effectiveness of geo-engineering to potential problems and even touched upon the issue of ethics. According to independent reporter Stewart Howe of Los Angeles, all of the scientists seemed to be looking for solutions to what they believe is the problem of global warming. Howe stated that the scientists appeared to be carefully weighing both the pros and cons of SAG when presenting potential campaigns to address the man-made global warming theory. Many were actually advocating alternative methods to combat this issue due to the potential risks of SAG that include droughts, ozone depletion, less solar power, decimated weather patterns, military use of technology and other various environmental impacts. Howe said, “after witnessing the aerosol spraying for years, I was surprised by the discourse among scientists.” Stewart went on to say that he believes that most of the scientists attending seemed to be separated from the knowledge of any current SAG deployment. As a matter of fact, when asked about current SAG operations, leading geo-engineering scientist Ken Caldiera replied that he was unaware of any current aerosol spraying operations and when prompted to explain the long lingering trails left behind planes, he stated that they are simply normal contrails from jets. David Keith, another leading scientist and expert in the field of geo-engineering, discussed the well-funded studies that have been conducted to predict potential future risks as well as benefits associated with geo-engineering. Some of the potential benefits include a cooler planet, and the reduction of melting sea ice and rising sea levels. Keith discussed what aerosol particles would be most effective in achieving the stated goals of the SAG program. He went on to say that initially sulfur was considered, however, aluminum is more effective and can be used by adding ten to twenty mega-tons per year into the stratosphere. When asked about health-related studies that have been conducted to predict the potential risks of adding the particles in our air, Keith stated that many studies have been completed and indicate few risks. However, when asked specifically about the use of aluminum as an aerosol, he said “we haven’t done anything serious on aluminum, so there could be something terrible that we will find tomorrow that we haven't looked at." After the meeting, Keith showed consideration to the protesters by initiating a discussion about the SAG program outside where the protestors were standing. When confronted with concerns about SAG deployment from the group, he went on to say that he shared similar views and is against any deployment until proper research is completed to determine potential risks of aerosol spraying. He also went on to say that he is unaware of any current SAG operations, but, would be willing to look at any scientific proof if presented to him. As the skies around our world continue to change, there is strong evidence that points toward current deployment of massive aerosol operations. Could it be that scientific data and studies are being used to implement pre-mature full-scale SAG programs with-out the knowledge of the top scientists who are involved with the research? If so, what kind of ethical considerations can we expect from the geo-engineering community in the future? It is hard to believe that the strange white lines in the skies witnessed around the world and the toxic elements found in the soil, water and air are from an unrelated source. We the people, in partnership with the scientific community need to challenge not only the environmental and health risks associated with SAG but also the numerous world-wide allegations about current deployment. It is imperative that we become educated and involved in uncovering the truth of this alleged crime against both nature and humanity. The future of our planet depends on it. As concerns continue to grow around the world about this issue, additional information including meet-up groups can be found on various chemtrail and geo-engineering websites. | Link |
Season 3
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 108 (December 3, 2010) | John Lamb Lash |
Metahistory and Gnosticism | John Lash unravels historical textural evidence exposing the cover-up, conspiracy and agenda behind the betrayal of humanity’s spiritual heritage. Principals, he informs, deviated by a political system in the guise of religion. A religion modeled primarily from patriarchal domination; ignited by delusional beliefs, intimidation and the power of suffering; leaving in its wake a horrific legacy of conquest and conversion by violent force, suppression and hypocrisy. “Salvation history mirrors the hidden workings of our most narcissistic, self-destructive impulses.” The rising tide of victimization that accompanied these beliefs, diluted our ancestor's confidence in continuing to cultivate and live from their life affirming values, body-based morality and imaginative visionary endowments. His exposition cites evidence describing the source and motivation behind the tragic eradication of the Mystery Schools by these forces. | Link |
| Episode 109 (December 10, 2010) | Paola Harris |
Close Encounter of the Third Kind: The Reme Baca and Jose Padilla Story | Born on the edge of Ground Zero, living in the shadow of Area 51, two little Hispanic children experienced an extraordinary event occurred in August of 1945. Jose Padilla, age 9 and Reme Baca, age 7 witnessed a saucer crash on Padilla land in the town San Antonio, New Mexico. They were witness to one of the most spectacular events in UFO history. The new book entitled the same “Born the Edge of Ground Zero, Living in the Shadow of Area 51, will be released February 2011 and is Jose Padilla’s and Reme Baca’s detailed account of what happened in their childhood. They explain what they saw, the actual crash, the creature’s appearances, the pieces they took, the military clean up and an in-depth analysis of the significance of this case. First printed in The Mountain Mail, Socorro, New Mexico on November 2, 2003 by journalist Ben Moffet, the case was passed to me, journalist/researcher, Paola Harris in May 4, 2009. The desire to finally disclose the details and the kind invitation of Reme Baca, led me to fly to Gig Harbor in Washington State in the Northern part of the United States to interview witness Reme Baca and his wife, Virginia in July 2010. Consequently, because he now lives in California, I interviewed Jose Padilla by telephone from the Baca house. During my two days stay, I was able to see and photograph the piece that Jose extracted from the craft and study the detailed analysis of its composition done in Europe. It is one of the most astounding cases I have ever covered in my career and it helps complete the puzzle of why there has been so many crash retrievals in New Mexico. As journalist Ben Moffet who so beautifully describes the cover-up, we can begin to see where it fits in UFO history. “It was in this crucible of suspicion and disinterest bred by familiarity that a small contingent of the U.S. Army passed almost unnoticed through San Antonio in mid-to-late August, 1945 on a secret assignment. Little or nothing has been printed about the mission, shrouded in the "hush-hush" atmosphere of the time. But the military detail apparently came from White Sands Proving Grounds to the east where the bomb was exploded. It was a recovery operation destined for the mesquite and greasewood desert west of Old US-85, at what is now Milepost 139, the San Antonio exit of Interstate 25. Over the course of several days, soldiers in Army fatigues loaded the shattered remains of a flying apparatus onto a huge flatbed truck and hauled it away. That such an operation took place between about Aug. 20 and Aug. 25, 1945, there is no doubt, insist two former San Antonioans, Remigio Baca and Jose Padilla, eyewitnesses to the event. Padilla, then age 9, and Baca, 7, secretly watched much of the soldiers' recovery work from a nearby ridge.” Thanks to the work of Ben Moffet, and now thanks to the witnesses themselves, currently in their 70’s, the world will know see that there was certain extraterrestrial interest in our discovery of the atomic bomb. It opened up a Pandora’s box in human history that cannot easily be closed. It put humanity and possibly other dimensional visitors in danger of total destruction. San Antonio was more than a crash, a sighting, an event. It was a warning that the military today is not heeding, whether it is in the US. or abroad. If we add the courageous testimony Air Force panel led by Robert Hastings and seven retired USAF officers at the Washington Press club on October, 27th of 2010, then we realize the time has come to speak. If these visitors have the capacity of UFOS to either disable or shoot down our nuclear missiles, then we can see that 70 years later, they are taking action. Ultimately, 1945 San Antonio case presents a peaceful message, a powerful warning to the planet. | Link |
| Episode 110 (December 17, 2010) | Adrian Salbuchi |
The Coming World Government: Tragedy and Hope? | During Adrian Salbuchi's second appearance on Veritas Radio, he discussed his new book: The Coming World Government: Tragedy and Hope? This book takes us from the perspective of Argentina, all the way to a global scale. Argentina, as confirmed by Adrian is fertile beta testing ground for the elite. A disproportionate amount of land has been purchased in the past few years by a certain group of foreigners. As Argentina continues falling into debt, courtesy of the International Monetary Fund (IMF), it is suspected that in the future, when the nation can no longer repay its obligation, they will cede a large portion of the country in lieu of their debt. This, and many other topics, are discussed during this show. Some of the topics discussed are so controversial that even the alternative media does not discuss them. | Link |
| Episode 111 (December 24, 2010) | Mel Fabregas |
Inside Veritas | This is Mel Fabregas' very first solo show. After two years on the air, many listeners have asked for a show that would discuss the "INSIDE" aspects of Veritas Radio. And that's exactly what Mel did for over three hours, answering questions for Veritas members. Mel reflected on the past two years, including the spark that ignited the Veritas fire: Milton Torres. Members from around the world submitted questions and Mel answered with the utmost candor during a Christmas eve special edition. | Link |
| Episode 112 (December 31, 2010) | Graham Hancock |
Entangled Between The Past & The Present | During this New Year's Eve edition of Veritas, we close this period with bestselling author Graham Hancock. To leverage the time, we discussed portions of Hancock's books, taking us from the past to the present. He is not an armchair researcher. He travels the world and experiences for himself. This is a journey into a man's adventure into a world those in control would prefer to keep hidden. The past has been erased from our consciousness to keep us weak and to give us the illusion of lack of control. After decades of research Graham Hancock has decided to delve into the world of science fiction, with his new novel: ENTANGLED. This novel offers a mosaique of all his impeccable work. As part of his research for Supernatural, Graham Hancock traveled to the Peruvian Amazon to drink the powerful plant hallucinogen Ayahuasca with indigenous shamans. Such visionary experiences, Hancock argues, were fundamental to the unprecedented and astonishing evolutionary leap forward achieved by our species during the past 40,000 years and provided the inspiration for the earliest art and religious ideas of mankind. It is difficult for those who have not experienced Ayahuasca, or other related shamanic hallucinogens, to visualize the strange parallel realities into which these substances bring us. Fortunately, however, a number of shamans in the Amazon are also gifted artists and have made paintings of their own visions. | Link |
| Episode 113 (January 7, 2011) | Jeff Harman |
Decoding the Future with Astrology | Jeff Harman talked about his methodologies and offered analysis of current events, the economy, and what he sees ahead. We discussed how the principle of astrology was proven to be scientific. Planetary position imprints biological clocks of mammals. This is a show that sets apart tabloid astrology from real ancient astrology, which is Jeff Harman's specialty. | Link |
| Episode 114 (January 14, 2011) | Neil Kramer |
Countering Belief-Based Perceptions and Cultural Conditioning | This was Neil Kramer's first appearance on Veritas. We discuss paths to authentic being, countering belief-based perceptions, attunement, inner growth, personal reality models vs. collective ones, cultural conditioning, the WikiLeaks saga, tactics to circumvent media programming, self-awareness, conscious feedback loops, field communication and how the inner spiritual work is pivotal to all apparently external gameboards. During segment two we go deeper into new material and contemplate some of the underlying motivations and dynamics that affect us all every day. | Link |
| Episode 115 (January 21, 2011) | Sean David Morton |
Global Forecast for 2011 & Beyond | Sean David Morton makes his first appearance and discusses a plethora of topics, ranging from the paranormal, geopolitics, the economy, and what's in store for 2011 and beyond. | Link |
| Episode 116 (January 28, 2011) | John Major Jenkins |
The 2012 Story | John Major Jenkins discussed what he sees happening in less than two years based on the Mayan calendar, how that calendar was rediscovered and the various ways the 2012 idea has been interpreted. The Mayan Long Count calendar was developed around 2,100 years ago in Izapa, Mexico, using data calculated over hundreds of years, he detailed. The reason why they chose the end date in 2012 was to "target the rare alignment with the solstice sun with the Milky Way galaxy," though it is a misnomer to think of this as the end of their calendar, he said. The other big misconception is the 'doomsday' interpretation, first expressed in a book by Michael Coe in the 1960s, and more recently picked up by the media, and in movies like Roland Emmerich's 2012, Jenkins continued. We in the West tend to associate endings with Armageddon, but that is not the mindset of the Maya who thought in terms of cycles, he explained. Jenkins also talked about his research at Tortuguero, where ancient inscriptions referenced the 2012 date, as well as some of the historiography associated with the Maya & 2012, including the Harmonic Convergence, and the works of Jose Arguelles, and Carl Calleman. | Link |
| Episode 117 (February 4, 2011) | Stewart Swerdlow |
The Montauk Project, New Ice Age, Our True Reality, and DNA | Stewart Swerdlow, a Montauk Project "recruit", discussed his 13-year experience in this secret government program. Stewart was blind for 29 years but he could see. After 29 years, his optic nerves were reconnected to his brain. He discussed some of true history, current world events, and predictions. He also discussed how Nibiru was a real planet but it was destroyed. We discussed the Illuminati hierarchy and purpose. We discussed some of the fundamental questions, ranging from "Who are we?"; "Where do we come from?", etc. Why do we tend to look at a clock/watch at the 11th minute? These and more questions were discussed during this episode: 11:11, DNA, Mind control, By 2014 New Ice Age, No more Gulf Stream, The Moon is an artificial object used to colonize earth, Deprogramming the mind, There was a stargate under Baghdad, The Sun is a stargate, Objects entering the sun, Flotillas of UFOs are standing in the Kuyper Belt, Nibiru was approaching in 2003 and was destroyed by a particle beam accelerator weapons in April 2003, We were created as a slave race, Our longevity was shortened, Human DNA should allow us to live eternally, Human DNA holds more date than any chip, The illuminati are afraid and are consolidating fast, DNA computers are coming. | Link |
| Episode 118 (February 11, 2011) | Dr. Claude Swanson |
The Synchronized Universe: New Science of the Paranormal | Remote viewing, ESP, dowsing, psychokinesis – also called pk or mind over matter, levitation, teleportation, out of body experience, survival of the soul. These are just a few of the areas in which science is discovering very real, physical and measurable effects which violate present science. This presentation, which discusses the science behind the paranormal describes this evidence in non-technical language, with many pictures, illustrations, graphs and references. It also shows how our present science can be expanded to begin to understand these mysteries. Of Dr. Claude Swanson's books, best-selling author Brad Steiger says: "The Synchronized Universe is a well-written and exciting presentation of the latest scientific evidence proving the existence of the paranormal. Swanson's suggestions about how present physics can be modified to understand and explain some of these strange phenomena may go a long way to healing the ancient split between science and spirituality. The implications of this book are far-reaching." --Brad Steiger, author of Mysteries of Space and Time. | Link |
| Episode 119 (February 18, 2011) | Dr. Brooks Agnew |
Pole Shift, Animal Deaths, Extreme Weather, Nibiru, and 2012 | During this fascinating show, we discussed a possible pole shift. According to Dr. Agnew, the magnetic north has been moving at a rate of 25 miles per year. If this continues, and it seems to be accelerating, people who live on the coast should be concerned. The sun is starting to "wake up" and the intensity of the solar flares may impair global communications and electronics. He also discussed how the United States is literally spending trillions of dollars with no chance of ever repaying the debt. That could only mean two things: 1. They expect and windfall to cover the debt or 2. They may have used the money to build underground bases, at which point there will not be a need to repay the debt. We discussed 2012, the animal deaths, HAARP, and a plethora of other topics of scientific and geopolitical interest. | Link |
| Episode 120 (February 25, 2011) | Len Kasten |
The Secret History of Extraterrestrials | Researcher Len Kasten discussed his research into UFOs and the alien agenda. Kasten said his interest in UFOs began at Eglin Air Force Base, where one night he witnessed a glowing green and gold craft moving swiftly and silently over the Gulf of Mexico. The sighting was confirmed the next day by radar operators and reported to a superior in the aptly titled 'UFO Office', he noted. Some years after Kasten's initial encounter, he began looking into the extraterrestrial presence on our planet. According to Kasten, a malevolent alien race with whom Hitler had allied himself, and perhaps themselves bent on world domination, helped the Nazis develop flying saucer technology during World War II. After the war, in 1946, the U.S. launched a covert military action against an alleged secret underground Nazi base in Antarctica, where the troops were greeted by flying saucers from the ocean, he continued. The extraterrestrials warned American forces to never again return to Antarctica with weapons, Kasten added. In 1954, shortly after rejecting a deal with a benevolent race known as the Pleiadians, President Eisenhower made his own arrangement with less kind aliens, Kasten revealed. Under the Treaty of Graeda, the Grays promised to help advance technology and weapons development in America in exchange for freedom to abduct the country's citizen, Kasten said. The ETs used these human abductees in a Hybrid Project, he asserted, noting that the aliens were part of a dying race. Kasten believes several subsequent presidents were made aware of the government’s dealings with aliens, and even suggested a possible connection between Project Serpo and the Kennedy assassination. Despite so much ET interaction over the decades, Kasten does not think the U.S. government will ever disclose their existence to the public -- which is a shame, as an alignment with good aliens could bring about paradise on Earth, he said. | Link |
| Episode 121 (March 4, 2011) | Jaque Fresco & Roxanne Meadows |
The Venus Project | Today, much of the technology needed to bring about a global Resource-Based Economy exists. If we choose to conform to the limitations of our present monetary-based economy, then it is likely that we will continue to live with its inevitable results: war, poverty, hunger, deprivation, crime, ignorance, stress, fear, and inequity. On the other hand, if we embrace the concept of a global resource-based economy, learn more about it, and share our understanding with our friends, this will help humanity evolve out of its present state. For this and an in depth look into The Venus Project, Jaque Fresco and Roxanne Meadows are this episode's guests. | Link |
| Episode 122 (March 11, 2011) | Dr. Carol Rosin |
Outer Space Security and Development Treaty of 2011 | During this two-hour interview, aerospace consultant, Dr. Carol Rosin, announced a proposed treaty she developed with her colleagues, including astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell, to keep space free of weapons. She discussed her background and how she came to work for Dr. Werner von Braun in the 1970s. Dr. Rosin and her husband have been the victim of threats, blackmail, theft, and even physical attacks. She decided to come forward publicly to propel the Outer Space Security and Development Treaty of 2011. As Dr. Rosin says: Would we rather have weapons above our heads or a transformation of the war industry into a peaceful World Cooperative Space Industry? | Link |
| Episode 123 (March 11, 2011) | Sonia Barrett |
The Holographic Canvas: The Fusion of Mind and Matter | Did you know that our reality is not only a virtual reality but ultimately a game? Does humanity exist under a programming of subservience to those who have appointed themselves caretakers, where man is enslaved and imprisoned emotionally, spiritually and physically? Are we living in the land of Oz? This Veritas episode with Sonia Barrett answers these and many more questions, and will help us break through this veil and matrix. | Link |
| Episode 124 (March 25, 2011) | Bill Ryan & Kerry Cassidy |
What Really Happened to Project Camelot | What was supposed to be a rather short update on the respective projects of Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan, turned out to be a full two-hour interview. It is a very personal interview that discusses the reasons and forces involved with the Project Camelot breakup. We then discussed some of the witnesses and projections for the next few years. To say this is probably the most candid and personal interview I have done with fellow truth seekers would be an understatement. I emphasized that their synergistic relationship still does make a difference. I wish Kerry and Bill much health and success and hope to meet again on a yearly basis to discuss their investigations. | Link |
| Episode 125 (April 1, 2011) | Gregory Sams |
Sun of gOd: The Self-Organizing Consciousness That Underlies Everything | During this interview, cultural pioneer and philosopher Gregory Sams takes a fresh look at our solar benefactor. As Sams sees it cultures throughout the ancient world were right to recognize the Sun as a living, conscious being. The implications of a conscious provider in the sky are startling, though often obvious -- and in harmony with science, logic and common sense. Sun of gOd explores exciting new ground, adding a crucial piece to the jigsaw-puzzle picture we have of the cosmos. In the light of a conscious Sun, Sams looks at our hard-wired tendency for religion, notions of god and divinity, our place in the firmament, star formation, intelligent light, electromagnetism, feedback, chaos theory, free will, the four elements, and the near-universal self-organization of systems from the bottom up. "Could it really be that the universe waited 13.7 billion years -- until we came along -- to manifest the phenomenon of consciousness and made ours the only type of vessel able to experience it?" Sams thinks not. Citing David Bohm's discovery that even on the subatomic level of electrons there appears to be intention and choice, Sams goes on to suggest that creative intelligence may be a bottom-up system in which "everything, from a molecule of water to a neuron in our brain to the Sun itself, is a part of the bottom that is subtly steering a greater whole." From this perspective, he smoothly joins the microcosm to the macrocosm, revealing a Universe incorporating both intelligence and design, with no need for an Intelligent Designer. | Link |
| Episode 126 (April 8, 2011) | James Gilliland |
Transcending in the Midst of Chaos | James Gilliland discussed the most recent attempt by the government to shut down the ECETI Ranch and what he is doing to save it. Apparently, there is a concerted effort to curtail the dissemination of information that will assist humanity in the ascension process. We discussed current world events and how to transcend in the midst of chaos. ECETI continues to operate and a conference is scheduled as usual for this year. | Link |
| Episode 127 (April 15, 2011) | Robert Bauval |
The Orion Mystery and The Dawn of a New Egypt | Robert Bauval is the internationally known bestselling author and researcher on the astronomy of the ancient Egyptians, their pyramids and temples. He proposed that the layout of the three Giza Pyramids and their relative position to the Nile was intended to mirror the layout of the three stars in Orion's belt and their relative position to the Milky Way. This thesis is now known as the 'Orion Correlation Theory'. We will discuss this and since Robert Bauval was born and raised in Egypt, he will give us his unique perspective of the revolution; what lead to it, and his vision of the future in the Middle East. | Link |
| Episode 128 (April 22, 2011) | George Kavassilas |
Our Journey Home | George Kavassilas has had an incredible variety of experiences, including travelling up through the dimensions of our Universe and rediscovering what life here on this planet is all about. It is more significant than you are led to believe. In this presentation George will share with you his knowledge and wisdom gained over a lifetime of extra-ordinary experiences. Including meeting and interacting on and off world with many different ET races, both benevolent and malevolent. George will also share his comprehensive understanding of the ascension process and the two main phases of our DNA's transformation into Homo-Illuminous or Hu-Man, or more correctly God Man. Are YOU ready for 2012 and “The Great Change”? Be warned, George’s message is not for faint hearted even the most spiritually aware are in for a big surprise. In his presentation you will RE-discover: The structure of the Universe, our journey and why we are on planet Earth at this time; 2012-2013, the transformation of Mother Earth and her Humanity; The Grand Deception and ET influences in our earthly paradigm; Lure and entrapments from collective hive minds; Who the galactic federation of Light is and what role they are playing; The suppressed and forgotten Divine Feminine; Mother Earth, Father Sun and their message to Humanity. | Link |
| Episode 129 (April 29, 2011) | John Lamb Lash |
The Gnostic | We continue our discussion with another chapter of a fascinating view of meanings in a sacred history long, and wrongly suppressed. John Lash brings back his historical and anthropological erudition. We discussed how the indigenous people of America have been conquered converted into Christianity against their will. But let's not forget what beliefs they had before. Beliefs that put honor first. Many wonder how the indigenous people from Europe and America were so easily converted. They were the victims of false promises, and since they could not understand how other human beings lacked honor, they believed. People should not do harm because they will face punishment by a god but because doing harm is dishonorable. According to John Lash, on March 18, 2011 Gaia/Sophia/Earth got out of course and issued a transmitted a message to the center of the galaxy. Some say that we need to let others wake up. John Lash has no patience for inaction and believes he carries an enormous responsibility of knowledge that he wishes to disseminate as widely as possible. | Link |
| Episode 130 (May 6, 2011) | Richard Dolan |
After Disclosure | Richard Dolan talked about his new book, co-authored with Bryce Zabel, After Disclosure, which examines what life will be like after the reality of UFOs is revealed. Despite what has been a fruitless, decades-long fight for answers to the UFO enigma, the authors contended that disclosure is an inevitability. "There's going to be a time, a day, a moment, an event," Dolan said, "something in which the 'powers that be' are forced to make the decision to disclose." "When they do decide they have to give it up, because events are spinning out of their own control, they'll try to manage it, even as it goes public." Having looked at the various possible scenarios where UFO disclosure becomes such a necessity, they determined that an incontrovertible, mass UFO sighting recorded by modern technology would be the most likely event. Detailing how he thinks they think UFO disclosure would unfold, the authors speculated that the announcement may occur on a Friday afternoon. They theorized that this timing would be used to off-set a potentially catastrophic stock market reaction and to also allow for the general public to use the weekend to digest the stunning news. The duo traced the disclosure announcement from the first day, which they foresee as a time of confusion and potential panic, to the first week, when people would begin asking questions about why and how this news remained secret for so long. This call for accountability, they said, would result in a paradoxical relationship between society and the media, military, and government, where they would be blamed for "missing" the story but also looked to for answers and protection. Ultimately, Zabel and Dolan put forward the idea that, while the first post-disclosure year would be "a bumpy ride," society will eventually stabilize as it becomes acclimated to the new world that has emerged from beneath the veil of secrecy. | Link |
| Episode 131 (May 13, 2011) | Dr. Angela Thompson Smith |
Remote Perceptions: Out-of-Body Experiences, Remote Viewing, and Other Normal Abilities | It’s easy to be wowed by Remote Perceptions author and remote viewing expert Dr. Angela Thompson Smith’s credentials. A former registered nurse and social worker, she holds a doctorate degree in psychology and a wealth of research and management experience. Dedicated to the study of consciousness, Dr. Smith took the Monroe Institute’s Gateway Program in 1997, followed by extensive training in remote viewing modalities under former guests Paul Smith and Lyn Buchanan as well as Dr. Wayne Carr. She currently offers remote viewing courses and works as a life coach and shamanic practitioner. Dr. Smith discusses her work and her experience as a remote viewer. | Link |
| Episode 132 (May 20, 2011) | Nigel Kerner |
Grey Aliens and the Harvesting of Souls | Whether you believe Grey aliens exist or not, or don't really care, you'd better sit up and take notice of what Nigel Kerner has to say in his astonishing thesis. Kerner has a keen intellect and well-honed research skills. He totally redefines the nature of the alien presence on our planet. Kerner has written a stimulating intellectual adventure with a powerful spiritual message for humankind. In 1997 Nigel Kerner first introduced the notion of aliens known as Greys coming to Earth, explaining that Greys are sophisticated biological robots created by an extraterrestrial civilization they have long since outlived. In this new book Kerner reveals that the Greys are seeking to master death by obtaining something humans possess that they do not: souls. Through the manipulation of human DNA, these aliens hope to create their own souls and, thereby, escape the entropic grip of the material universe in favor of the timeless realm of spirit. Kerner explains that genetic manipulation by the Greys has occurred since biblical times and has led to numerous negative qualities that plague humanity, such as violence, greed, and maliciousness. Racism, he contends, was developed by the aliens to prevent their genetic experiments from being compromised by breeding with others outside their influence. Examining historical records, Kerner shows that Jesus, who represented an uncorrupted genetic line, warned his disciples about the threat posed by these alien interlopers, while Hitler, a pure product of this alien intelligence, waged genocide in an attempt to rid Earth of all those untouched by this genetic tampering. Despite the powerful grip the Greys have on humanity, Kerner says that all hope is not lost. Greys exist wholly in the material world, so if we follow the spiritual laws of reincarnation and karma, aiming for enlightenment and rising above the material--a state the Greys are unable to reach--we can free ourselves from their grasp. | Link |
| Episode 133 (May 27, 2011) | Michael Tellinger |
Slave Species, Ancient Technology, and Contributionism | During this episode Michael Tellinger discusses the truth about the origins of humankind, and how the knowledge left by the ancient ones can be used to save the future of our world. Scholars have told us that the first civilization on earth emerged in a land called Sumer some 6000 years ago. New archaeological and scientific discoveries made by Michael Tellinger, and a team of leading scientists, show that the Sumerians and even the Egyptians inherited all their knowledge from an earlier civilization that lived at the southern tip of Africa more than 200,000 years ago… mining gold. Were we the salves mining that gold, and has the gold mine been transformed into the 9-5 matrix? | Link |
| Episode 134 (June 3, 2011) | Jay Weidner |
Kubrick's Odyssey: Secrets Hidden in the films of Stanley Kubrick | Tonight's interview discusses Jay Weidner's latest film - Kubrick's Odyssey: Secrets Hidden in the films of Stanley Kubrick. It is a provocative and insightful film and the first in a series of documentaries that will reveal the secret knowledge embedded in the work of the greatest filmmaker of all time: Stanley Kubrick. This famed movie director who made films such as 2001: A Space Odyssey, A Clockwork Orange, The Shining and Eyes Wide Shut, placed symbols and hidden anecdotes into his films that tell a far different story than the films appeared to be saying. In Kubrick's Odyssey, Part I, Kubrick and Apollo, author and filmmaker, Jay Weidner presents compelling evidence of how Stanley Kubrick directed the Apollo moon landings. He reveals that the film, 2001: A Space Odyssey was not only a retelling of Arthur C. Clarke and Stanley Kubrick's novel, but also a research and development project that assisted Kubrick in the creation of the Apollo moon footage. In light of this revelation, Weidner also explores Kubrick's film, The Shining and shows that this film is, in actuality, the story of Kubrick's personal travails as he secretly worked on the Apollo footage for NASA. | Link |
| Episode 135 (June 10, 2011) | Clif High |
Red Skies | This particular interview is a clear departure from the past. Clif explains the psychology of the "sheeple," the intent of TPTB in its effort to reduce the population, and the probable objective of the disinformation campaign surrounding Planet-X. Highlights: * The coming market shock will be followed by a shock over how big the shock was. Clif found this pattern in the data to be significant. * The output of the sun is shifting from the red/orange/yellow range towards the blue to ultraviolet range. The new "whiter" appearance of the sun reflects this. In the coming years, this may cause a large change in which plants thrive. (In fact, there is evidence that this is already beginning to occur.) GP Note: Sun exposure (tanning, burning) has gotten much more intense in the last couple of years. Get your safe sun, but beware the easier burning. Also, reflected light from the moon seems brighter. * Climate change is likely to drive the northern hemisphere into a new ice age. * The Elenin comet is not going to be a planet-killer. Clif also stands by his assertion that Planet X is a disinformation campaign designed to direct attention away from bona fide phenomena---particularly sun changes. * The lack of appropriate global response to the very serious disaster at Fukushima may be reflective of an active denial mode emerging in the shombie populace. It's unclear whether this is "natural" (i.e. related to "sun disease" (extra/weird output from the sun)) or manmade (some combination effect due to the various bad stuff from TPTB-- GM food, chemtrails, fluoride, etc.). * The deep well drilled for BP's Deepwater Horizon well could not have been drilled to stop a slip of the New Madrid fault-- the "windshield crack" theory does not scale to a sphere. More likely it was done deliberately to damage the Loop Current, possibly to isolate the northern hemisphere and concentrate ill effects there. * The teetering of the global system may be simply reflective of the end of the current global Ponzi scheme. Such ends have happened throughout history, as the mechanics of the given scheme run out of new rubes (money/investors) at the base of the Ponzi pyramid. * There may be a new mortgage bailout, but this time with the minions trying to send payments directly to the people. But it will backfire. * The "Arab Spring" cannot be classified as either (a) bona fide revolutions or (b) faux revolutions stimulated by TPTB. It is likely both, and even though revolutions are indeed "steerable" (as Lenin said), the true outcome is unpredictable and uncontrollable. * Minions such as the Saudi princes or the now-dead CEO Ken Lay are typically clueless that they are minions, not elites, and are expendable. Many minions will be "munched" in the upcoming turmoil. Speculating on questions like "is Ken Lay really still alive?" is a waste of energy. * Some scandals featuring celebrities, minions, or elites are natural-- due to the egomaniacs' innate weaknesses. But in some cases, they are setups-- someone getting thrown to the sharks for whatever advantage it brings TPTB. The increased reporting of such things is very much part of the TPTB's growing distraction theatre. Those who get caught in such setups are pretty dumb-- they should know that they are only as safe as their current standing with (or needs of) The Powers That Be. * Disclosure about aliens will not be a big deal for many minds on the planet, but those minds that are completely captured by religions that deny the possibility of aliens will be highly disturbed and/or angered. * Converging collapsing facets of society-- economic, energy, ecosystem-- will eventually force the exposure of the truth and who's who of the elite/minion system. An emerging natural harmonization in our part of Universe will help drive this and will play a significant role in the elites losing control of events. | Link |
| Episode 136 (June 17, 2011) | Linda Moulton Howe |
An Alien Harvest | During this interview, we focused on a multitude of topics, including animal mutilations and "WHO", "WHAT", AND "WHY" of the phenomenon. Linda concludes that there is evidence that links animal mutilations and human abduction to alien life forms. In addition, Linda Moulton Howe discussed some of the challenges and threads she has endured throughout her multi-decade career as an independent journalist. We also discussed some of her more important cases. In addition, we discussed current world events, including Fukushima, chemtrails, and more. | Link |
| Episode 137 (June 24, 2011) | William Henry |
Ancient Stargates | William Henry is one of the world's cutting-edge mythologists, is perhaps one of the most credible experts available when it comes to the secret sciences and technologies of our ancient ancestors. An authority on ancient mythology and the Holy Grail, he's conducted decades of intensive scientific, archaeological and historical research. What he's discovered is truly amazing. His working hypothesis is that Stargates and wormholes are at the center of all the world's myths and religions. William is the author of 10 books on ancient mysteries and spirituality. During this exploration of Egypt, William will be drawing on information contained in all of his books. William's mission is to seek and bring forth this ladder's mysteries. Welcome to an investigation into the blackest secret of all. You are about to experience a secret that has been handed down for millennia. A creation of wise beings who called themselves Shining Ones, who hailed from Planet X, and carried the creation across the darkness of the cosmic ocean. We discussed how real stargates/portals/wormholes are. Could they be the emergency exits in the event a global extinction event was to occur? | Link |
| Episode 138 (July 1, 2011) | Peter Levenda |
Osama, Hitler, and The Master Plan | Did you know that the day they announced the death of Osama bin-Laden, is also the day they announced the death of Adolf Hitler? May 1st, 1945 and May 1st, 2011. 66 years apart. Ironically, we have no corpse for either of these anti-Semitic murderers. No grave site. No shrine. No jamrahat Mina, for stoning the Devil during a dark pilgrimage. So... when coincidences multiply and words seem unequal to the task, we bring Peter Levenda to discuss these and many more geopolitical topics. This show is for all those who have suffered and died because of ideologies and stupidities. For religion and race. For redemption and revenge. All those. Jew and Muslim. American and Arab. European and African and Asian. For all those cold and broken hallelujahs. | Link |
| Episode 139 (July 8, 2011) | Lucy Wyatt |
Approaching Chaos | There can be little doubt that our twenty-first century civilization is facing economic, ecological and spiritual meltdown. In this intriguing new book, Lucy Wyatt takes a highly original and relevant look at just what we can do to reverse this very real and potentially disastrous situation. The product of some ten years of comprehensive and passionate research, Approaching Chaos urges us to take a good look way back beyond those societies always admired as the first civilized examples, to re-think accepted accounts and concepts of history and go back over 5,000 years to focus on the Bronze Age civilizations. Nearly always considered to be both primitive and pagan, Lucy Wyatt reveals them to be in many ways extraordinarily sophisticated, well-rounded and highly successful infrastructures that combine the spiritual and the practical. She ardently believes that from them the ancient Greeks and Romans actually learnt and, even more pertinently, we can learn a tremendous amount that has been disregarded for far too long. In taking a fresh look at, amongst other things, the origins of farming and urbanization, the extraordinary way that the Egyptians used metaphysics, ultrasound and alchemy, the rise of Monotheistic religion and Christianity, Lucy Wyatt presents a brave and compelling over-view of ancient history. Approaching Chaos challenges long accepted thinking on the origins of civilization and uncovers many illuminating insights into how we could help ourselves today. | Link |
| Episode 140 (July 15, 2011) | Dr. C.B. "Scott" Jones |
An Insider View of Ufology and Parapsychology | Dr. C.B. "Scott" Jones discusses his storied career trajectory from Korean War bomber pilot through myriad U.S. Intelligence positions at home and abroad, and the string of mind-boggling incidents that transformed a career bound toward Navy Admiralship into one as outspoken advocate for world peace and full government disclosure of ET and free-energy secrets. No stranger to the paranormal, Dr. Jones describes what he came to realize has been a life-long experience with extraterrestrials. He summarizes with what they want for us, can do for us, and how he’s trying to help prepare the world for the day when the truth about these Earth “visitors” is publicly acknowledged. Cmdr. C.B. “Scott” Jones, Ph.D., USN (Ret.), Office of Naval Intelligence, contributed 30-plus years of work in research and development projects for the Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA), Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), the Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM), and more. Jones served from 1985 to 1991 as aide to the late Sen. Claiborne Pell, who had a long-standing interest in UFOs and the paranormal. (Pell tried to get Congressional Hearings held on UFOs.). With Pell, Jones co-founded the Human Potential Foundation. He served as "point-man" for Laurence Rockefeller on UFO matters. His Rockefeller-sponsored, 2-year project, “When Cosmic Cultures Meet,” was presented at an international conference in Washington, DC, in 1995. Dr. Jones currently travels the globe promoting the Treaty to Ban Weapons in Space Peaceinspace.com, which he co-wrote with Carol Rosin, among others, and his newly-founded world transformation project, P.E.A.C.E. Inc., Peaceroom.com. | Link |
| Episode 141 (July 22, 2011) | Barbara Hand Clow |
Time Acceleration and Awakening the World Mind | Time acceleration, super string theory, Trigons, the World Tree, and past life regression are but a few of the many threads Mayan Calendar researcher, teacher, astrologer and healer, Barbara Hand Clow, weaves into this interview. Clow says mankind is standing on the precipice of the pinnacle of human evolution. December 21, 2012 is not the end of the world, but the end of an eons-long progression of evolutionary phases, the veritable beginning of a whole new age. The author of more than half a dozen books and CDs, Clow’s breadth of knowledge and fluid delivery belies a life spent foraging for truths outside of the mainstream. She has channeled Pleiadians, but prefers left-brain, analytical research. She teaches people how to understand the fear they feel, so as to transcend it. (Past life regression helps. She says Cherokee culture includes ceremonial healing of cellular memory of early epochs of Earth cataclysms.) Influenced by the work of Carl Jung, Thomas Berry and Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, not to mention the mystical teachings of her Cherokee grandfather and Celtic grandmother, Clow also credits Brian Swimme, Graham Hancock, Paul LaViolette, Alfred Lambremont Webre, Terrence McKenna, and Jose Arguellas during the interview. But it was the 2001 translation into English of Swedish biologist Carl Johan Calleman’s decoding of the Mayan Calendar, she says, that proved pivotal to her 25-years of study. His findings provided a discernable structure, a board into which so many of her puzzle pieces fit. His findings brought clarity to the Calendar’s implications for mankind. Calleman had established that the Calendar conveyed a timeline—a date—on the breakthrough in human consciousness. He had discovered the Mayan concept of time acceleration. “We are living through a great awakening. We’re going to go through a lot,” Clow says, “but I’m optimistic. We live in a benevolent universe.” Here is some of what she asserts in our discussion: Humans carry traumatic cellular memory of a cataclysm that affected the entire solar system. We lost a lot of our knowledge over a 7000-year period, from the explosion of a supernova, through the destructive climatic changes that followed it. While Vedic lore held onto some of it, somehow the Maya managed to retain the whole story. There was an ancient global maritime civilization that understood sonics, levitated material, moved stones. The cataclysm ended it. The official explanation of 9/11 is fiction. It was likely the work of Pakistani secret police, the Mossad, and the CIA. When we reach universal consciousness, we become 9-dimensional, living in many worlds. While debunking astrology, the elite use it to exert their power and control. On October 28, 2011, all nine levels of cosmic evolution—the Mayan cycles of time—culminate. 2012 is the first year after the ascent into enlightenment. Currently in the 9th wave of time acceleration, time is moving 20 times faster, in 2011, that it did in 1999. | Link |
| Episode 142 (July 29, 2011) | Marc Stevens |
Individual Sovereignty vs. Government Enslavement: The Politics of Voluntary Servitude | In this interview longtime legal researcher, author and radio host Marc Stevens parses the techniques that government uses on every level in the U.S.A. to intimidate and manipulate individuals into voluntary compliance with a fraudulent system. Advocating degrees of non-compliance; describing himself as anti-violence, anti-human-farming, Stevens vociferously asserts that: * The federal government has always been a tool of the super wealthy. * All politics is diversion from the reality of the larger construct, away from the underlying violence. * We are participating in our own enslavement; complacent out of fear of reprisal. * Government methods of intimidation into submission are criminal. * While the burden of non-compliance with fraudulent systems lies with the individual, questioning the system at any juncture with judges, police and bureaucrats meets deflection, anger, and is dealt with punitively. And much more. | Link |
| Episode 143 (August 5, 2011) | Max Igan |
Surviving the Matrix | Australian musician, artist and radio host Max Igan eloquently and clearly paints a fascinating picture of the world we think we know but don’t. It isn’t run in a way that benefits human beings. None of it makes any sense, he says. Our system of money, of paying to be alive, is detrimental to human well-being and unnecessary. Fear and forced service-to-self stand in the way of our evolution, both individually and collectively. Waking up to these basic truths, unifying in service to creation and to one another is the answer, Igan says. Here is a smattering of what he conveys in this densely packed discussion: The pyramids are a huge message to humanity that nothing is what they tell us it is. Nothing they’ve told us about history is true, nor about the present. The trick is finding out what IS true. The world we live in is insane. All the problems we have can be dealt with by people realizing who they are, by changing their perspective of reality. All I can do is speculate about who’s in charge, but the more I look at the research…what’s the eye in the pyramid? It’s the moon. There is some strange stuff going on up there. But it doesn’t matter who or what is in control. It’s about division – about controlling the human race. All we have to do is unite and we can deal with it. Human unity is the key to the whole thing. Everything in this system is designed to keep people divided and prevent them from ever finding out who and what they are, prevent them from finding their connection to each other. If we live our lives in service of creation – one’s self, friends, family, the Earth, and you can literally change reality. Ultimately all of us are to blame. Those working within the system believe it’s all real. It’s a complete dream we’ve got to snap out of. Armageddon actually means “the revealing.” The battle is within. People’s shadows – the darker side of themselves - are emerging more and more, things they haven’t dealt with. What’s going to happen in 2012 is anybody’s guess. The Mayans say in 2012 the Sun begins to cross the dark rift. That takes 20 years, and somewhere within that rift is a portal that will change this reality. The energy does seem to be changing, but the outcome depends on people, I think, as we collectively affect our reality. We can create whatever we want. Don’t we employ the government to look after the people, to act on our behalf? They enact legislation that takes our rights away from us. They are acting in breach of trust. We don’t employ them to remove our rights. Humankind needs to be allowed to be all we can be. People are waking up to how corrupt the system really is. There is no real freedom anywhere on Earth. We could have a government of philosophers and artists, a group of elders. The world is in a messed-up state, a lot of which can be traced to the money system. We need to cancel all debt right now. The monetary system has created shortage in the world and created the dog-eat-dog, psychopathic mentality that modern society now has. We don’t need a dishonest system that knowingly enslaves us to a corrupt system. The New World Order is already here. We need an absolute change, but we don’t need a global government. We need a group of elders, unity amongst people, administrators who will look after the infrastructure. We need a global awakening – to see the power people have within themselves to effect change. We are being shepherded into a place where we shouldn’t be. We need to address this money supply – the most important factor of control that’s in place, and the interest on money. Every country George Bush mentioned as the axis of evil countries had no central bank. The war on terror is about installing a central bank in each of those countries. It’s about enslaving people to debt – economic hit men. We need to wake up to it; to stand up to it. Lead by example, be the change you want to see…you empower those you come across and they start to look into things themselves. Truth isn’t told, it’s realized. Unity is the answer to everything. All the problems we face are symptoms of the divided state of human consciousness. Catch Igan on AmericanVoiceRadio.com show Surviving the Matrix. His website is TheCrowHouse.com. | Link |
| Episode 144 (August 11, 2011) | David Morgan |
Silver and the Global Recession | With the current global crisis and stock market meltdowns we bring David Morgan, an economist and silver expert to discuss the merits of buying silver to hedge the falling dollar. We discussed the current global economic crisis, the Federal Reserve, and more. | Link |
| Episode 145 (August 12, 2011) | Freeman |
Obama, Masonic Symbols, and Other Secrets Hidden in Plain Sight | Among other things conveyed during this mind-bending and information-rich discussion with radio host, producer and lecturer, Freeman, we find out that: One’s choice of vocation may be genetic memory. Freeman was avidly interested in UFOs and the occult throughout childhood, yet it wasn’t until college age that he stumbled upon the fact that his father was a life-long Freemason who “chased UFOs for Project Bluebook.” And, that his German mother was a “Nazi youth” sent to France and raised by a healer who “practiced witchcraft” under a full moon. Freeman’s take on what’s coming down the pike and his uncanny predictive abilities are the result of an ability to synthesize seemingly unrelated information. “Predictive programming” is everywhere, he says. A good observer will see evidence of a well-developed plan (leading toward total global control) throughout Hollywood, the media, our government, NASA, education, monetary policy, world politics, and the ubiquitous symbolism of secret societies. George H.W. Bush is the “emperor of the fallen angels…the beast.” His son, George W. Bush, is a fallen angel. His wife, Barbara Pierce Bush, is likely the daughter of Aleister Crowley, the well-known, ritual-performing, nihilistic cult figure of the last century. Be forewarned: Like 9/11, October 13th is a significant, recurrent, predictable date for catastrophe as message. So is the 4th of July. “Symbolic gestures” will alert one to the year those dates will be implemented. The excruciating embarrassment that was the exposure of Bill Clinton’s sexual transgressions with Monica Lewinsky was “psychological warfare,” arranged and carried out to diminish the office of the presidency. It was part of a chain of events meant to dispirit Americans about democracy as a system, and about the effectiveness of voting for anyone at all. “What they are attempting to do right now is to make America Satan. They are encoding satanic gesture into everything we do.” Witness the humiliating things we see Americans doing on TV. (He mentions Jersey Shore.) “The idea is to turn everyone against America so it can be the next Nazi regime to be taken down, to form this global dictatorship.” A lot of the truth movement is unwittingly participating in this psychological warfare against America, by propagating material fed to it, engendering a “violent patriotism.” They are being duped by the Illuminati. Focusing on “the mind games that are going on” is unproductive. “You can’t stop these things; not by protest or political implementation. It’s a spiritual problem, not a political one.” In this interview you’ll experience all of the above and more of Freeman’s unique take on the world. He also talks about CERN, HAARP, Obama, mind-transfer technology, bombing the moon, Canberra, Pine Gap, the Tree of Life, synchronicity... | Link |
| Episode 146 (August 19, 2011) | George Kavassilas |
Our Journey Home - Part 2 | Did you know that there is now scientific proof showing that solar flares are transmuting carbon 12 atoms into carbon 7? And carbon-12 is the most abundant form of carbon accounting for about 99% of all known forms of carbon. It is the isotope of carbon that consists of 6 protons, 6 electrons and 6 neutrons. 6-6-6. Does that sound familiar? We are now at the very threshold of the most significant shift humanity has ever experienced. It is the time for all secrets to be revealed. We have been holding on to this secret for a long time. And nature has spoken through signs that the time for this secret too has come. Is comet Elenin really a comet? Why is it changing speed and course? Is the Earth cabal operating from the Moon and Mars? Why was the Moon placed here to remove harmony from planet earth? Will the veil will be lifted soon so that people will "remember" who they? What will be the "kicker" or the event that starts the greatest cascade of global awareness blowing open? Were there severe repercussions to all biological life on Earth when the Moon was placed here? These and many more questions are address by George Kavassilas on this second part of "Our Journey Home". | Link |
| Episode 147 (August 26, 2011) | George Kavassilas |
Our Journey Home - Part 3 | On this third and last episode with George Kavassilas, we go deeper into many areas of current significance: Stargates; What is on the Moon; We are hostage of our technology; We have been domesticated and have lost our keen senses; Who is coming to harvest us - their "crop"; The Mayan Calendar; What happened to the Mayan civilization; How to discern between good and bad ETs; Collective hive mind; We are co-creators; Atlantis. | Link |
| Episode 148 (September 2, 2011) | Neil Kramer |
Unreal Meltdowns, Machine vs. Human Culture, and 9/11 | In this interview, Neil Kramer explains what constitutes a “low frequency” life, and how living this way limits perception and keeps us functioning far beneath our potential. He talks about how “the controllers” use symbolism and timing to make sure trauma leaves fertile ground for further manipulation of the psyche and behavior. Kramer says that for the control system to work, it must perpetuate distinctive positive and negative forces, capitalism vs. socialism, the reds vs. the blues, as there must be somewhere to channel aggression and despondency. He says science is controlled, academe is compromised, news is commentary, and that we know close to nothing of reality. He also discusses the recent massacre in Norway, 9/11, the work of Dr. Judy Wood, free energy systems, healing, steps in raising consciousness, and a whole lot more. | Link |
| Episode 149 (September 9, 2011) | Dr. Judy Wood |
9/11: The New Investigation | Reading Dr. Judy Wood’s book, Where Did the Towers Go? Continues to awaken minds of note among truth seekers while mainstream media looks the other way and many in the “truth movement” bash it for its differing conclusions. On this tenth anniversary of 9/11, Dr. Wood returns to Veritas to discuss the book’s reception thus far, and her hopes for the future. “I’d like to empower the reader to understand what happened. I want them to trust themselves, their own judgment, rather than what they’ve heard.” Of course, one has to read the book. Those that do often return to buy another five or so, she says. During this discussion we hear a recording of Governor Jesse Ventura lauding Dr. Wood’s work to a skeptical Alex Jones. “It was some sort of microwave weapon. It wasn’t a controlled demolition.” We hear a recording of self-proclaimed 40-year hurricane expert Geraldo Rivera say, “Too bad there wasn’t a hurricane on 9/11.” Ah, but there was a hurricane on 9/11. The public was never warned. Nor were pilots. On 9/11/2001, a category-three Hurricane Erin stood menacingly off the shore of Long Island and Cape Cod for four days, Woods explains. Just after the towers disintegrated, it made a 90-degree turn away from the continent. Free energy weaponry apparently requires a highly-charged, controlled atmosphere. Wood laments that the truth movement has been derailed by distracting misinformation alluding to controlled demolition, radiation, bombs, thermite, molten metals, and more. She says that surviving recordings reveal silence during the demise of the buildings. “The towers did not burn up, nor did they slam to the ground. They turned to dust in mid-air.” She mentions that there is no evidence any steel, or other tower remains, was shipped off to China. Toasted cars blocks away, spontaneous combustion, papers flying while solids “dustified…” Wood’s 800-pages of findings beg to be read. And bring on the skeptics. “Just look at my book. There is no denying the evidence of directed, free-energy technology. This technology is not a secret anymore. Think of what knowing this will change.” So far no one has disputed any of the evidence presented in her book. | Link |
| Episode 150 (September 23, 2011) | Walter Cruttenden |
Changing Our Future by Remembering Our Past | Drink some coffee for this one, folks. It’s about cycles of time, celestial mechanics, and ancient knowledge -- a discussion with author, producer and alternative historian, Walter Cruttenden, another techie gone esoteric and with the best of intentions. Cruttenden says humankind is moving out of a brutally dark period and into the light, a golden age, just like those described so often in myth and legend. But Cruttenden’s take on things melds folklore with astronomy and hard science with the Vedas. He isn’t adverse to quoting the Bible. “The further back you go, the closer you get to the higher ages.” Cruttenden says high-functioning consciousness is cyclical, that both dark and golden ages wax and wane with proximity to the Sun, just as do the seasons, as the solar system moves through the heavens. But then he adds that we may well live in a binary system. There may be two suns affecting things. Paraphrasing some of the discussion, Cruttenden tells us that: Our solar system may be moving at a high rate of speed, circling some object. “Our sun may have a partner – a binary star. Astronomers don’t agree about this, but some are looking for one. They think it might explain some things, like dinosaur extinction. Scientist Mike Brown at Cal Tech – the guy who killed Pluto, found Sedna, which has an unusual 12,000-year, elongated orbit. He thinks there’s something out there -- a 10th planet or dark star, a big mass. We’re not far along there, but there’s evidence that something must be there. Prior to 1998 it was thought that no star except for the Sun had any effect on Earth. But magnetosphere disruptions experienced on the night side of the planet that year meant that it was not an X-class solar flare, and it was concluded that a soft gamma repeater over 20,000 light years away was having the same effect on our planet as a solar flare would. So now it’s known that yes, other stars do affect planet Earth. Our ionosphere and magnetosphere can be highly affected by them. We are coming out of a dark age, and the truths coming from the Vedas are starting to ring true. There may be a lot more to life than we think. After all, while most of us think we are physical beings walking on a physical earth and not much else, with conscious evolution we begin to understand that everything is made of energy and that there are many subtle influences. There will be deeper truths revealed as we reach higher stages.” Cruttenden says myths depicting repeating cycles of golden and dark ages may have a basis in fact, as forces may be affecting Earth as our solar system moves through a 24,000-year dual star orbit. He says the way the stars move across the sky – the precession of the equinox – is the clue to, the reason for these alternating cycles, exactly as folklore describes. “Think of the solar system as a space ship. We are approaching a sweet spot. It’s profound. The Great Year cycle is 24,000 years long-- 12,000 moving toward the higher age, and 12,000 moving away. I’m hopeful about mankind. Higher consciousness is beginning to peak through. At first, of course, you just see the shadows.” For more information about Cruttenden’s book, Lost Star of Myth and Time, his teachings, and a link to his radio show, go to LostStarBook.com. Be on the lookout for Cruttenden’s next book: The Great Year Adventures With Tommy the Time Traveling Turtle. | Link |
| Episode 151 (September 30, 2011) | Santos Bonacci |
Reclaiming Dominion and Breaking the Fictions of Law, Religion and Science | Another installment in the clarion call for understanding how the world has been stolen from us; how we’ve been manipulated and deluded on every level, Santos Bonacci discusses the concepts necessary to understand ourselves, the cosmos, and enlightenment. And it’s all about Rome, and the solar system, and “as above, so below.” Bonacci is an Australian of Italian parents, born into Catholicism and raised a Jehovah’s Witness. “A good student of the bible” in his youth, Bonacci became disenchanted as a teenager and put spiritual pursuits aside. What the self-taught musician-theologian now shares, in lectures and videos, is what he has come to understand to be true enlightenment. And it has nothing to do with churches. Bonacci teaches what he calls ageless wisdom, what was being taught in Egypt before the Julian family (Julius Ceasar and his adopted nephew Augustus) began to rework things in service of self. Since that epoch, modern man has suffered “the Church of Rome and the Roman cult;” ubiquitous, enslaving systems of law, politics, economics, language, and organized religion. “The deceitful, lying hijackers of the truth about Christianity: They go preaching from their pulpits but they are not enlightened.” The historical Jesus has nothing to do with enlightenment, says Bonacci. In fact, there was no historical Jesus. “The bible is a pure registry of astrological phenomena done in metaphor. Rome came along and counterfeited these beautiful works, meant to be taken as spiritual, veiled truths that would benefit only those prepared to undertake the journey of reclaiming dominion of their spirituality in order to return to the causal world.” The true Christ is enlightenment, Bonacci says, looking into the self, understanding the multifaceted concept of “as above, so below;” that we are all interconnected; that each of us is a “galaxy of the soul.” Too much of what passes for information in the realm of spirituality is either completely erroneous or utterly incomplete, Bonacci says. His work aims to present the whole, integrated truth. “Busting the fictions of law, religion and science – that’s what I’m exposing.” What’s described above is only part of what Bonacci talks about in this interview. For detailed esotericisms about the astrological, astronomical, cosmological and metaphysical elements of the truth, you’ll have to have yourself a good listen. (Or three.) Bonacci’s material and videos can be found at universaltruthschool.com and MrAstrotheology on Youtube. | Link |
| Episode 152 (October 7, 2011) | Dr. Paul LaViolette |
Solar Extinctions, Atlantis, & Extraterrestrial Beacons | We’re overdue for a super galactic wave like the ones that torched the planet 40,000, 12,700 and 12,900 years ago, extinguishing bird, mastodon and man, says Dr. Paul LaViolette in this, his second, Veritas interview. “There’s a 90-percent chance we’ll get some sort of super wave within the next 400 years.” Not that there’s much we’ll be able to do about it; they travel at the speed of light. A prolific writer, researcher and multi-degreed scientist, LaViolette’s brilliance lies in the way his explanations skitter across disciplines like stones skipping across a proverbial pond. At the core of his work is this galactic wave theory. Most breathtaking is his assertion that pulsars are extra-terrestrially planted beacons warning of impending trouble ahead. Mix in what he says the zodiac, the pyramids and the Sphinx are telling us.... He’ll send you to his books for the details, but LaViolette touches upon all of the above and: chemtrails, holographic technology, the Fibonacci sequence, quantum inter-connectiveness, electrogravitics, microwave beam technology, radio-pulsation particles, sub-quantum kinetics, Atlantis as allegory, the black hole at the center of the universe; ancient Egyptian, Chinese and Greek myth, Hopi legends, cosmic dust, and more. This gentleman’s outreach to the Obama administration’s Department of Energy has thus far been ignored. LaViolette wanted to share what he knew about anti-gravity propulsion that would “greatly revolutionize air travel, reducing costs immensely,” and alternative energy technologies. As for what the coming year holds for Earthlings: “We won’t have a super wave in the next year. The financial situation is the main challenge I see.” LaViolette conducted this interview from his home in Athens, Greece. | Link |
| Episode 153 (October 14, 2011) | Nick Redfern |
The Real Men in Black | Who's the weirdo? And what's with the outfit? Those two questions don't seem to occur to those visited deep in the night by gaunt men with bulging eyes, Fedora hats, black suits and crisp white shirts. No, the door just opens and in they go. Some sort of mind control. With a new book on the subject, respected researcher and prolific author Nick Redfern parses the multi-level mystery that is the Men in Black, or MIB, phenomenon. And we get to hear about vanishing goons and midnight I see what you're doing. I see what you're wearing phone calls. But it's a serious subject. They've been around, whatever they are, for some 60 years, menacing, metaphysical, and life altering. Of course, some become stupefied when challenged, and eat soup with a fork. Spanning genres from Hollywood to history, (a J. Edgar Hoover entry wonders if they're Communists), Redfern says the Men in Black are still very much among us. Exactly what are they, though? They could be time travelers or multi-dimensionals. "And certainly if you needed clothing that would blend into this span of decades, a black suit would do it," Redfern says. They could be mind-controlled street people doing some dark entity's bidding. They could be robots, or clones. Some of them are clearly imposters, like the female MIB who showed up to intimidate some guy freaked out about a chupacabra in Puerto Rico. She had a big badge that said NASA. A priest Redfern knows thinks they're sent by Satan, definitely demonic. But one thing is undeniable: For a darn long time a darn lot of people have been visited by spooky-looking men in black suits with Fedoras and sunglasses and shiny black shoes, whose m.o. has been to scare the living daylights out of someone doing something that someone wants quiet. And Redfern is still working on getting to the bottom of it. He's got Strange Tales of the Men in Black in the pipeline, stories that didn't make this book. He's also got The Pyramids and the Pentagon - How the Government has taken a deep interest in ancient technology. This newest is The Real Men in Black. "My goal is to share data, because the more we have, the better chance we have of solving the mystery. I encourage people to come forward and share their stories." | Link |
| Episode 154 (October 21, 2011) | Dan Sherman |
Above Black: Project Preserve Destiny Insider Account of Alien Contact & Government Cover-Up | Even though Dan Sherman wrote his book some 14 years ago, his account of communicating with advanced extraterrestrial intelligences during three years of secret work in the Air Force has lost nothing since then, and the story comes across as utterly credible. Currently a businessman living in Arizona with a wife and two children, Sherman had to be coaxed to be a Veritas guest. He says there's a price to be paid as a businessman for telling these kinds of truths. While always proud of his contribution to "keeping the world in balance" through government secrecy, Sherman says some things are so profoundly part of the human story that they need to be shared. Since 1949, for one thing, we have been in contact with beings far more intelligent than we, beings that interbred with humans at some point in the past, beings that shared and are probably still sharing information and technology. These beings tinkered with his DNA while in utero, back in 1963/64. They built a human, thousands of them, by Sherman's account, who could receive and send communiqués telepathically. This was done with full consent of entities within the U.S. government, which wanted a special force of individuals who could carry messages when electro-magnetic incidents took down all normal Earthly communication. Sherman's thinking that might be within the next 20 years. "It would have to be, if they expected it to happen within our lifetimes." Sherman double-crossed his superiors—played the black program against the gray program (gray is more secret than black; he worked for both; and neither knew about the other)—and got out. By then the transmissions he was getting were talking about pain levels relative to abductions. He's still feels special that the ETs chose him to be a conduit, and he's still a patriot. But by that point he felt trapped. Precious little of the big picture would anyone tell him. "No need to know." He was worried he was involved with something nefarious. Sherman deemed the first entity he communicated with, Spock, and the second one, Bones. The information downloaded into his brain, always while at work, except for one time when he was supposed to be at work, seemed scripted at first – information dumps that started with an identifying number. He would type the gist of what he was getting into a box on his computer screen. Some unknown receiving entity whisked it off. Once when Sherman spontaneously beamed a question on a different "channel," Spock disconnected, later explaining that no human had come through on that level before. That was the beginning of a more personal exchange between Spock and Sherman. These entities come with emotion and texture and personality, Sherman says. No longer an authorized tool, Sherman hasn't heard from Spock or Bones since leaving the Air Force. He does have the ability to predict strong earthquakes now, though. | Link |
| Episode 155 (November 4, 2011) | Andrew Gause |
America's Modern Day Slave Masters | (Almost) everything you ever wanted to know about the Federal Reserve System but never thought to ask, author Andrew Gause delivers succinctly in this Veritas interview. And yes, the institution, a group of private American banks handed extraordinary powers to profit from the printing, lending and manipulation of American dollars, is bad news for the country, at least as Gause explains it. And no, not much will change as long as the majority of Americans have a near zero understanding of the money system that runs this country. Via Gause's impressive depth of historical, political and monetary knowledge, we learn that: In 1934 Franklin Roosevelt signed an executive order requiring - legally confiscating - that all gold in the country - coins and bullion - be sent to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, where it still sits in its basement. All the gold in the Ft. Knox belongs to the Federal Reserve. 100% of everything we pay in income tax is used to pay interest to the Federal Reserve for money it has "lent" the government. How The Fed makes its money-- They make their money in two ways: (1) on interest from loans it makes to the government, and (2) via financial operations. They get to manipulate interest rates, and this is where the real power lies, they get to buy notes issued by other entities with money that they create. "This allows, effectively, the owners of The Fed to siphon off a greater portion of the productive capacity of this nation, and pay themselves enormous amounts of money for providing what amounts to little more than a dubious service." Historical precursors to The Fed-- The Federal Reserve's forerunners were two institutions: the First Bank of the United States, which ended with the War of 1812, and the Second Bank of the United States which was killed by Andrew Jackson, who said they were a den of vipers. "Once Jackson forced them into the daylight, their power was revealed and they were swatted down. I'd like very much for that to happen with the Federal Reserve. So Americans can see what they're doing." What's corrosive about The Fed-- "No question about it: The Federal Reserve Bank, and its owners, own and control the bulk of the wealth of the United States…The Fed is the preeminent financial power in the world." The Federal Reserve banks and their revolving door, incestuous relationship with the big 22 (Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, etc.) are making top tier money men rich and powerful, while the rest of us divvy up the crumbs, and that's the way they want it. Why The Fed deal is still there-- President Lincoln intended to get rid of the Federal Reserve Bank and issue U.S. notes once the war was over. Greenbacks, he called them. But Lincoln was murdered. So, in comes Garfield, intent upon doing the same. Garfield is murdered. Then in comes McKinley, intent upon doing the same. McKinley is murdered. The next and last advocate of bye-bye Fed was John F. Kennedy… Plus, "The Fed is the number one contributor to BOTH parties. This is why you don't hear anyone speak out in more than a whisper about them." A little known fact-- In 1934 and in 1950, the U.S. declared bankruptcy, Chapter 13, a reorganization. We are not solvent now. We are bankrupt, and we are still reorganizing. How to rectify trade imbalances with China-- "We made China. The minute you have strong tariffs on products coming into the country is the moment corporations start moving back into this country. We don't have free trade, or fair trade. We have managed trade. And it's not in the best interest of the U.S. worker. " What's going to happen to the dollar-- The dollar will be with us for the remainder of the decade at minimum, mainly because the most powerful financial conglomerate on the planet is perpetuating it. Not to mention the fact that: "It is backed with F16s and Marines." And, "any nation that challenges the dollar's supremacy has met a sad fate." Investment advice-- Invest in gold, silver, valuable metals. "With $15 trillion in circulation and only 260-million ounces of gold on the books, that's a ratio of $57,000 an ounce." Author's conclusion-- Money should be issued by the government. Not by private profiteers. Yet, "until people understand how the money system works, I don't see any chance of us getting out of this mess." | Link |
| Episode 156 (November 11, 2011) | David Sereda |
Quantum E.T. Communication & The Hidden Power of Crystals | You might want to put on your physics hat to listen to this Veritas interview. And be patient. While David Sereda spends the entire first hour explaining the definition of "quantum communication" in full science mode - transistors and crystals and bio-photons and Molybdenum - things get gripping when he mentions that the quantum communication device he built sent a question out on August 20th, and a voice answered him. A voice from the Pleiades. Some people have all the luck. "We received your transmission. The technology you invented works," the voice said. "What do you want to ask us?" Turns out this was the second time in his life that Pleiadian friends were investing in Sereda's education. At seven years of age - in 1968, Berkeley, California - Sereda, and a lot of other people, watched a UFO hover clearly above them. The following week, Sereda says, "They were showing me how things work, about super conductivity." Spirituality and science converge easily in Sereda's world. His explanations segue from black ops to the Bible, from directed energy weapons to the Pyramids. He was director of the Tesla Foundation. He's worked for the Department of Defense. Angels talk to him. He knows how to imbue stones with energy. And one day he is going to tell everyone how they too can communicate with other intelligences in the universe. In the fast second hour, Sereda weighs in on the end of the Mayan calendar; the false alien invasion; Sedona, Arizona as ET portal; that the Challenger was shot down, and lots more, but Sereda never does divulge what the Pleiadians told him this past summer. That's all on a new DVD, Reverse Engineered, which comes out in January. He does say that we are in the midst of a huge cosmic event. And that the motherships are watching. | Link |
| Episode 157 (November 18, 2011) | Fernando Vossa |
Free Energy, Healing Technology, & Cosmic Awareness | Fernando Vossa is a busy man. And of late, more than an optimist. "While the dark forces are busy with their games, we are shifting the entire planet into another dimension completely. You should see what's happening on the universal level." While he refers to himself as a monster of design, and an esoteric freak, Vossa is a de-facto visionary, teacher, healer, world traveler, and philosopher - with a science background. Vossa studied virtual reality engineering. "I used to work for military contractors. I helped make B-2 bombers." It was a life of frustration and despair. Vossa works for the light now. He's built Sonic Reiki, a system where one's own voice is delivered into the body, affecting change at the DNA level. He runs a camp for children. "Those diagnosed as autistic and ADHA: They are the first generation that is multi-dimensional." They are being bombarded with information. They are filtering out the matrix. One day soon you may be able to experience Vossa's Hypercube Resonator, an invention so radical, he closed it down for further development, for fear of misuse. Just listening to Vossa is medicinal; his delivery informed, his intentions creative, bold and beautiful. Vossa aims to be an ambassador for technology for the next presidential administration "to bring all this technology into the government in a non-militarized way." The next president will have no option other than to embrace these changes, he says. "The breakaway society - it will be the enlightened." As for 2012, despite upheaval on many levels, Vossa describes a new world ahead. "It's inevitable. We are going to see technology that is going to blow our minds: time travel, teleportation, multi-dimensional matter replication. The work of Nicola Tesla, Ralph Ring, Prof. John Searl—that work that has been planted: Now we get to harvest." Trillions of dollars have been invested, he says, issuing a call for the world's first free-energy-dedicated nation to so identify. New energy frequencies are changing our world on every level. "You're going to see migrational patterns around the planet changing with these new frequencies. You're going to see your ideas changing. Moving from fear and trouble, now we get into solutions, action, transformation. "This is a time for us to investigate reality first hand, to discover your self. Ask your own body, your own intelligence. Ask to dream about it, to be told. Build the faith that there is a divine unfolding. Millions of people around the world are making this happen." Vossa's leaving the implant in his body, for now. He is forgiving about the dark work of some of the reptilians and grays. At 8 years of age, walking in the woods, a light came down and spoke to him. For the future, he wants to see the three pillars of the Vossa message unfold: free energy, healing technology, and cosmic awareness. That's the universal trinity that's going to make the breakthrough. | Link |
| Episode 158 (November 25, 2011) | Men Zebah Hasati & Nehez Meniooh |
The Mystery & Secrecy of Ancient Kemetic Culture & The Dogon | What a gift it is to be exposed to the traditional spiritual teachings of ancient Africa. This week’s guests are Nehez Meniooh and Men Zebah Hasati, American initiates into the secret teachings of the late Master Naba Lamoussa Morodenibig, a (Dogon) High Priest whose lineage comes from Burkina Faso, West Africa. Master Naba founded and taught at The Earth Center in Chicago from the late 1990s until his death in 2008. Burkina Faso, we learn, along with Mali, comprise the area considered the traditional capital of Africa, home to the secret teachings of ancient Merita, (Africa). "These countries are some of the poorest by Western standards. But they are the richest in traditional knowledge." The teachings had to be kept secret during generation after generation of invasion "just to stay alive and get the knowledge to the next generation." Earth Center students take annual missions into the heart of these ancient wisdom locales where they live among the spiritual leaders and visit sites significant to the teachings. True learning must be experienced. "Education is your right to understand for yourself, without the filter of someone else’s agenda." The term "colonialism" takes on broad meaning in this discussion. Colonialism, a "momentum of evil," is a force separating the individual from knowledge of self and harmony with all things. This force has many faces: academia, government, even a family member. Colonialism takes you from yourself. It divides and redefines for purposes of power. Immunity starts by understanding that construct. "We protect ourselves by being good people, good in the tradition that our ancestors defined it." We learn that the Dogon is a culture made up of many different bloodlines, of which Master Naba’s line is one, the Gormanche. The Gormanche specialized in spiritual and astronomical knowledge. They were the keepers of the knowledge for the pharaohs. "Every culture has all the answers we seek; that’s what a culture is." But modern life has no culture, per se, they explain. We’ve been tricked into living to serve our own ambitions; thinking we can cherry pick what suits us from a smorgasbord of cultures. That’s why we find ourselves confused, philosophically at sea. Master Naba taught a code of human behavior that has 77 commandments. It was the dismantling of this code of behavior that disenfranchised humanity. "We say that what you can do does not define you. What defines you is what you will not do under any circumstance. Nowadays we put our ambitions ahead of what we will not do." We learn the story of The Garlic Effect - a story that elucidates that humans are vulnerable to manipulations that affect perception, and perception is everything. "Those of us on the path to enlightenment, on the path of honesty, integrity, intelligence, we must defend ourselves against these influences - that alter perception - every day. "The modern world tells us we can only investigate our world through science." But all life is "a dialog of energies on a universal scale. Everything that exists (yes, non-Earth beings as well) has an influence on us. We are all connected so much more than we know". “The Earth Center teachings are a return to what works. "We must preserve all that has been passed down to us. We have to return to the processes aligned with life preservation." | Link |
Season 4
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 159 (December 2, 2011) | Crystal Clark |
Perception Management, Planned Chaos, & The New Future | Crystal Clark envisions a world ahead of "no more disease, abundance, the ability to explore our own planet, (the Vatican vaults, undersea cities), technology that will blow your mind, and traveling out to the stars." But we cannot do any of this unless certain things happen first. The corruption, the police state, lies, manipulation, poisons in our food and water, vaccinations that cause sterility…"We can't put it off any more. We have to do what is right." Clark calls upon the whistleblowers to tell us what they know, and upon individuals to contribute in ways unique to each. The Occupy Wall Street Movement gives her hope. "It's fantastic. We have been waiting for it. We have a group who do terrible things to the rest of us on the planet. We deal with it by not dealing with it. But when all these people show up, they have to face what they've done. They see faces, not charts and graphs." Non-violent demonstrations work, she says. Clark's mission on the planet is to wake people up, to educate. She is the author of two books, Who Are We Really 101, 102, and 103 is due out this spring. At the center of Clark's teachings is her understanding of Natural Law, ancient knowledge long camouflaged by dogmatic religious orders, and to which we must return. Natural Law explains how the world works on every level. From her website: "There is a force at work in the Universe that creates, and it does so for only one reason: the experience a soul can gain from it. Whether you want to call this force God, Creator, Allah, or any other term, is irrelevant. It does what it does for only one reason: Love. Nothing this Master Builder has ever created moves outside of that one purpose - it has but one idea that manifests itself in endless ways. From this One Law of Love, all of creation manifests through two equal but opposite forces that continue creation through balanced (equal) interchange between opposite energies." Today's world is not in balance. It cannot thrive. We are being utterly manipulated. "Nothing is as it seems." "The matrix is breaking down and people are seeing it for what it is," says Clark in this interview. She talks about planned obsolescence, manufactured lack, trauma-based mind control and perception management. We are being systematically psychologically broken, she says. "We are all being suicided at a slow rate." "Those who perpetrate the imbalance we are experiencing are "insane," Clark decries. Of course, they are. By the end of this Veritas interview you will be asking yourself what you yourself are doing to advance the cause of rectifying a world gone mad. "There is work to be done. Stand up, do something," she implores. "Courage is contagious." | Link |
| Episode 160 (December 9, 2011) | Anthony F. Sanchez |
Dulce, Human Origins, Blue Beam & Project Leonid | In this, his second Veritas interview, software engineer, author and researcher Anthony F. Sanchez delves into the stuff of his lauded new book, UFO Highway. He talks about secret underground bases, the Maglev rail lines that connect them, ET technology, anatomical mutilation, the Illuminati, HAARP, and more – all corroborated, he says, by his interviews with a mysterious "Colonel X” who worked at Dulce. Weighing in with almost 400 pages of data, UFO Highway material percolates throughout this discussion in tantalizing bits and starts. During the second hour facts start flying fast and furiously. Among some of the bombs Sanchez drops on us: An 1870s Apache warrior/small being confrontation left bones and guns lying inside a New Mexico cave, evidence of a violent battle left untouched until 1938. Within those caves tablets were found documenting the entire history of the Grays "since their creation on Earth.” The Grays are expecting their progenitors to return in 2012. There are many groups and types of Grays. One group was created by the progenitors to manage the human population who were mining gold and doing agriculture, serving the Anunnaki. Then there are the Austra Albus, placed at Dulce and infected with some disease, although they survived. Dissident Grays fought lower level Grays alongside U.S. military personnel at Dulce at one point. The dissidents are 600 years old mostly, and have a different doctrine than the lower level Grays. The lower level Grays are thousands of years old. The Austra Albus can breed with humans. They are, in fact, 99.99% human. The Honorable Lady Barbara Judge, chairman of Hyperion, is one of them. Hyperion is working out of Dulce and Judge is in charge of the program that intends to sell miniature nuclear reactors as individual-use power devices across the planet. "Pine Gap uses them, Mount Weather, all these underground facilities use them.” The 4-corners area of New Mexico has the highest levels of missing people in the country; women of child-bearing age, and young men from 10 to 15, the prime age for super soldier programs. These military abductions are an outgrowth of things the Grays have been teaching us since the 1940s. "The Dulce facility -- it's horrific what they are doing to these people.” Chemtrails have two objectives: To seed the environment with nano-technology brain implants that render humans subject to visions; and to create temporary plasma films upon which images can be projected. There is a base on the moon with cybernetic organisms waiting to… (he doesn't finish his sentence!) China has been selected by the new world order to invade the rest of the world after a false flag, mass landing event causes pandemonium. China has built "the mother of underground bases,” and is developing stealth technology at an alarming rate. "It's alien technology.” A massive human depopulation program is going to be implemented thereafter. What China doesn't know is that "the Chinese are being manipulated by human-alien hybrids who have controlled this planet since the very beginning.” The human depopulation program is to begin with them. Project Leonid is a low Earth orbit defense system successfully launched by the U.S. Using satellites of various sizes, it will combat a space war with the Chinese and ETs. It uses artificial intelligence, however, and has a 30% chance of following its own plans. | Link |
| Episode 161 (December 16, 2011) | Kim Carlsberg |
A True Story of Close Encounters & Alien Abduction | This Veritas interview reveals Kim Carlsberg's heartbreaking, horrific, bittersweet story of eight years of abductions by Grays who mined her DNA, bred human-Gray hybrids, implanted in her and then removed and incubated the fetuses, introduced her to her children, and kept them. "The most traumatic experience of my life was being implanted with an alien species,” says Carlsberg. "Some (of the fetuses) were too frail to live. I may have five or six hybrid children. April and Aqua are mine for sure.” Seemingly at peace with it all now and unusual in terms of near total conscious recall, Carlsberg includes 150 individual stories of contact accompanied by art work submitted by the experiencers sent to her from around the world, in her new contributor-illustrated book, The Art of Close Encounters. The mid-west raised, California art school-educated Carlsberg is an accomplished photographer, author and businesswoman now living in Sedona, Arizona. With a Jane Fonda-like voice and cadence, Carlsberg recounts visits to other planets; experiences in ships and underground; vast halls of tables upon which unconscious humans were being anatomically manipulated; of being submersed in liquid for transport to other planets; of dying and being brought back to life; of telepathic exchanges with "anorexic Pillsbury dough boys," as she initially described the Grays, and of her relationship with her hybrid children. "The grays have taken the best of each species and created these beautiful children. I've seen every combination (of the) different races on our planet." After her initial abduction, she was in her 20's, she says, "Next thing, I woke up in my bed. My boyfriend had not moved. I lay there thinking, "What just happened?" Life as Carlsberg knew it, would never be the same. For the next eight years, she would experience repeated abductions. Carlsberg was determined to stay awake and aware during the incidents, to make sense of what was happening. "Then I Learned how to make it stop." Likely at the expense of never seeing her children again. "They say it's multi-generational" (this involvement with the Grays). "I assume I've been manipulated, probably my Mom, too," says Carlsberg. "They could be replacing us because we are destroying the planet. They could be trying to move here because they can't sustain themselves, but I didn't get that. They may be coming back in time to fix something in the DNA, or, they are geneticists, and they create species." Carlsberg detected plenty of individuality among the Grays. There were times when she knew them to be "full of joy and happiness." Mostly they mask their feelings while around us, though. And so much of it was torture, plain and simple. "I was part of a pain threshold program," Carlsberg says. "The bad room," she recounts, is where "they tortured me until I died, and then they would bring me back. I don't know why. To know what we can take?" "Once after one of my surgeries -- they destroyed my reproductive system -- I was in bed resting, and one being came to me and said very lovingly, 'You are us. We are all one.' I had a nirvana experience. I felt at one with all beings. That's why it's so confusing. It's both so good and so bad." | Link |
| Episode 162 (December 23, 2011) | Mel Fabregas |
2011 Inside Veritas | This is Mel Fabregas' second solo episode. After three years on the air, many listeners continue to ask for a program that would discuss the "INSIDE" aspects of Veritas Radio. And that's exactly what Mel did for over three hours, answering questions for Veritas members. Mel reflected on the past two years, including the spark that ignited the Veritas fire: Milton Torres. Members from around the world submitted questions and Mel answered with the utmost candor during a Christmas eve special edition. | Link |
| Episode 163 (December 30, 2011) | Colin Andrews |
The Crop Circle/E.T. Connection, Consciousness, & 2012 | The joy of this Veritas interview is that Colin Andrews' crop circle research turns out to be the vehicle through which greater realities about ourselves and our world (and about him!) come into focus in a unique and beautiful way. Crop circle confidante and counselor to British royalty (which they deny) and for decades now the world's authority on the mysterious manifestations, Andrews delivers a rare gift on this show. He reveals some of his own metaphysical experiences, secrets that he, like so many in the know, have had to hide from the world. It's time to be honest and authentic, he says, to take responsibility for what's happening on this planet. The central message of the crop circles, he explains, is that we are at a turning point in evolutionary history. Human beings must evolve. The planet must be saved. We must find a way to pierce through the lies and deceit and control perpetrated upon the masses by the few. Time is of the essence. Our fate is hanging in the balance. Crop circles are conveying one overarching fact: There is hugely more to our existence and capabilities than we have been allowed to know. The second gift Andrews bestows here, by virtue of his own insight, is this: The crop circle phenomenon turns out to be a teaching tool about the "field" in which we exist, where something hears our thoughts and responds either telepathically or materially, or both. Andrews recounts his and others' experiences of "asking" to appear, and witnessing henceforth, particular crop circle designs. What's awesome to contemplate is that some of these requests have been delivered henceforth by human "counterfeiters," making obvious the fact that whether the crop circles are man-made (and he says 80 percent of them are), or not, extra-dimensional influence has taken place. The palpable undercurrent of this prolific author's entreaty is his love for Earth, humankind and all creatures. A pleading despair percolates between sentences as he mentions the "war machine" that the USA has become, the damage perpetrated upon wildlife that HAARP's desperate measures to combat global warming is causing, about "the complex web of deception," and "the glazed eyes of children worried about jobs and roofs." He laments today's paucity of respect and love. Andrews has just penned a highly researched book addressing the 2012 phenomenon, and it's an eye-opener when he says that the December 21 night sky will exhibit the ominous "Finger of God" star formation. He says we are exiting a 26,000-year period of human evolution, currently in a stage that will last until 2033, and moving into a golden age. But "we're looking at a whole spectrum (of collapse) we have to be able to rebuild," he says. "At the end of the day it's about us. We are the guardians of this planet. And it's time to take the reins in another direction." | Link |
| Episode 164 (January 6, 2012) | Sean David Morton |
Operation Unified Vision | This is a hum-dinger of an interview. Articulate, opinionated, frank, astrologically and politically savvy, Sean David Morton talks a mile a minute. Every minute is dense with detail, and a good bit of it is OMG. What? The nuts and bolts of this interview are Morton's predictions for 2012 and his explanation of what's happening to us. What's happening to us: Humans have reached the pinnacle of 16.4 billion years of universal evolution. The right side of the brain is being super-activated. We're moving into a phase of knowing, of telepathy. We have ten major shock events ahead of us, events that will teach us in hours or seconds what it took us thousands of years to learn in the past. Morton's predictions for 2012: February 8-9, expect a tsunami/earthquake on the East Coast, USA. March 17-22, more of the same. May 20, a prophetic alignment of sun and moon brings enlightenment, next phase of human ascension. May 26, a force of energy will bombard Earth, opening a gate to the right side of the brain. June 8, expect vivid dreams, visions, ascension, widespread water catastrophe. June 24-July 15, expect massive revolt, atomic bombs, chaos in the streets. The sky, astrologically, will resemble that of October 1929 (the devastating stock market crash). Morton's post 2012 predictions: From now until 2025, everything is moving toward unity. What doesn't serve that purpose will fail, be destroyed and rebuilt. There is a case to be made that there is something bad on its way here, the race against time to fight off whatever it is accounting for untold amounts of missing federal money. Expect conflict with the Chinese over Congo, relative to a rare Earth mineral called Coltan. Russia and USA will be in conflict over some islands in Alaska and near the Bering Sea. The USA will morph into six political regions, a 13-state nation that includes western Canada and "what's left of Mexico." The USA will get into a war with China by the end of the decade. | Link |
| Episode 165 (January 13, 2012) | Alex Putney |
Weather Manipulation, Acoustic Levitation, Alchemy, & The Sun | His voice is reminiscent of John Lamb Lash. His mind is rich with knowledge, past, present and future. His talent is making sense of it all. A Caribbean islander just like Mel. After leaving his native St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, Alex moved to many places, including Santa Cruzs, California, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and currently resides in La Maná, Ecuador. Listening to Alex Putney is a soothing balm for today's agitated world. Things are about to get so much better. Unless, well, you're on prescription drugs, drinking tap water, or live in Hawaii. Bridging science with metaphysics and ancient teachings, Putney explains how and why mankind is in trouble. It's happened before, and probably on every inhabited planet. ETs were involved. Still are. About the shift underway, Putney says December 22, 2012 is the day. The pyramids will turn on. The skies will turn red. Psychopaths will lose their power to control us. Soon enough, energy will be free. Alchemy will be ubiquitous. We are moving into a golden age. Putney's one of those wunderkinds, a brilliant angel able to weave a tapestry out of incredibly diverse threads. He talks about acoustics and geo-spacial relationships. About magnetic reversal, Akashic records and plasma fields. About Nicola Tesla, Billy Meier, and Sumerian tablets. He doesn't mince words. Some of us will not make it through the change. Putney quotes Bob Marley: Don't worry about it. Everything has it's time. A new time is coming. He admonishes we get back to nature. Purify the body. And go barefoot. The trees are trying to heal you. | Link |
| Episode 166 (January 20, 2012) | Dolores Cannon |
The Return of Lost Knowledge & The New Earth | Dolores Cannon stumbled into the proverbial rabbit hole back in the 60s when she and her husband, a career Navy man stationed in Arkansas at the time, began experimenting with hypnosis to help their base-mates feel better. Trouble was, their subjects kept slipping into past lives. Forty-some years later, this straight-talking, congenial grandmother has penned 17 books on esoteric subjects, is in high demand on the lecture circuit, and crisscrosses the globe teaching her unique hypnotherapy methods to hundreds. Recently back from Russia and headed for China in March, Cannon is warmly welcomed, and often revered, among the metaphysical cognoscenti. Although Cannon eschews "past life junkies," she recounts a past life story about when she was a caretaker of books at Egypt's library in Alexandria. The man that she was, died, trying to escape with an arm full of scrolls as the place was being torched. Knowing this helped her understand the focus of this life, she says: lost sacred knowledge and books, books, books. Here's some of what Cannon professes in this Veritas interview: Nostradamus wants people to know (his people contacted her people) that his prophesies were all worst case scenarios. Human thought can (and Cannon believes already has done) change outcomes. ETs are all nice. Any interaction (and they do have a hybrid program going on) is by pre-life agreement. Because her hypnotism methods tap deeply, past fear and emotion, previously negative experiences are reported more "truthfully." Some of the helpers coming in now remain childless by choice. Having children traps people in karma, and thereby tethered to physicality. The Earth is alive and in the process of evolving into a light body. Earth will he first planet in the universe to transcend physicality. ETs created us. They know us better than we know ourselves. Past lives can leave physical/emotional residue, but such carry-over is not supposed to happen, and can be remedied by bringing this information into consciousness via regression therapy. There are all kinds of universes, with all kinds of beings. And each universe has its own God. "There is nothing to be afraid of going into 2012." You'll love Cannon's description of heaven, her description of the New World, and the two things you'll need to do to get there. | Link |
| Episode 167 (January 27, 2012) | Charlotte Iserbyt |
The Deliberate Dumbing Down of the World | At first Charlotte Iserbyt comes across as atavistic and prone to overstatement. She's railing against regionalism, communitarianism, collective economics… and charter schools. She says public schools are being used to indoctrinate communism. She says a program implemented in the 60s, the result of studies and agreements among secret society members and Russians and psychiatrists, and decreed by the White House, aims to move America into a one-world government. It's an international plan to destroy values and patriotism, implement Pavlovian (involuntary) responses to situations, to dumb down the world, to turn it into socialism. Feisty, opinionated, loquacious, and an equal opportunity offender, if Iserbyt didn't have all kinds of documentation and quotes and detail, one would shut out her assertions as the rants of a muddled mind, an ancient meme. But this accomplished author, former school board member, Department of Education and Department of State alum, and foreign-service wife, has spent decades amassing evidence and speaking out about what's gone wrong with our schools. On many counts, she is undoubtedly accurate. When Iserbyt mentions David Rockefeller professing gratitude to the media for not impeding his one world government agenda, Mel interjects a sound bite of David Rockefeller professing gratitude to the media for not impeding his one world government agenda. It's her summation that is more difficult to gauge. Could it be so simple? The liberals, the conservatives, the government, the U.N., charter schools, technology, Carter, Johnson, Reagan, Bush, Obama, Rockefeller, Bloom, Drucker…"They're all moving us toward communism," she says. Some more of her assertions: “They aren't taught multiplication tables anymore, or grammar, or American history. They aren't allowed to write in script. They just get socialism studies, political correctness."; “The Department of Education and the United Nations think your children are animals to be changed."; "Parents: you don't know what they are doing behind closed doors."; "Charter schools are the beginning of the devolution of our form of government."; "Every time you hear the word, community, it's about communism."; “We are now a communist country. The biggest evil conspiracy the world has ever known has been perpetrated on us.". Iserbyt's websites contain 150,000 pages of testimony, articles and books that support her point. She says she'll give $1000 to anyone who can prove her wrong. | Link |
| Episode 168 (February 3, 2012) | Robert Stanley |
Covert Encounters in Washington, D.C. | "Nobody seems to care that we've got these photographs," says author Robert Stanley in this fascinating Veritas interview. "Not even the UFO community." At least some of them independently analyzed as "unretouched" and "absolutely authentic," the photographs in his book, and on his website, show fleets of UFOs, dark objects, and white orbs dotting restricted airspace over the Capital. Stanley says Washington DC is the site of more UFO sightings "than any location on the planet." After collecting and analyzing 200 reports of UFOs over DC, Stanley decided to compile a timeline. His two books contain 1000 of these reports. His conclusions are disturbing. "We all know there's something really wrong in Washington DC. It's not just about power and corruption. It's deeper than that." While the discussion covers a broad swath of detail, Stanley delivers the punch line early. Bad ETs are in control. The Archons have enslaved us. They're in cahoots with (or in control of) those who run the U.S. government. They control the Vatican. The Vatican and Washington DC are closely allied. London's part of it, too. These bad ETs have been infiltrating secure airspace over the U.S. Capital with impunity since the 50s, and less so, but noticeably, since the 1800s. After many years of thought and analysis, Stanley concludes that: There is demonic possession going on in DC. The negative entities have an agenda, and that is to manipulate us. They feed off the negative energy of human suffering. These are the same entities that Carlos Castaneda wrote about. They pop in and out of controlled airspace at will, using wormholes/stargates. There are good ETs who are concerned about us. They have offered to help, but their assistance was rejected. We are slaves, essentially. "They keep us productive, yet completely unaware of the control mechanisms in place to keep us enslaved." "It's the ultimate Rosetta Stone. If you want to understand the mother of all conspiracies, it's the covert relationship between Washington DC and the Vatican and these negative ETs - the Orion Empire." "Stanley says the good ETs are watching and waiting and just need a signal. "Ask them telepathically to intervene. They want to help us." | Link |
| Episode 169 (February 10, 2012) | Sonia Barrett |
Government, Religion & Education: Keepers of The Matrix | Understanding imprints and how to shift from those programs is what this interview is all about. L.A.-based author, producer and publisher Sonia Barrett wants people to focus on the universe of meaningful information available to them when they go within, work on themselves, when they disconnect from the wider world in a way that frees them. Not to do so is to separate ourselves from that “live feed” that exists. “Pursue true knowing as opposed to what’s handed to you,” she says. Individual progression requires an override of the system, a system which seeks to control humanity by training us to take orders, to be compliant and subservient. “Step out of that artificial construct. Find out what’s true for you, so you can be authentic.” Barrett is all about self-reliance. Corporations and programming run our lives, she says. And elements from bloodlines to upbringing to schools and government make us behave the way we do. When we find ourselves under stress, feeling trapped or unhappy, that’s the point where stepping back to see how we’ve been programmed is so freeing. “Recognize your role in imprisoning your own self. Read your life like a printout, a printout showing you what you think and believe about your life.” It’s probably someone else’s plan. Barrett says imagination is key. Question things. Encourage that in our children. Balance out the technology bombardment with your own perspective and desires. Live life like it was a game, because it is. About 2012, Barrett says this: “Don’t worry about what people are saying. This all comes down to you, what you are wanting for yourself. Check in more with who you are. You’ll know what your next move needs to be. It’s all about your tuning in and becoming connected. It’s about your evolution. | Link |
| Episode 170 (February 17, 2011) | Stan Romanek |
E.T. Beings, Probable Futures, & The Reality of Oneness | The ETs in Stan Romanek's life are not shy. They've been beaming his car, flashing through his house, hovering over his parties and putting on shows for houseguests for years now. Since his 2009 Veritas interview, Romanek has written two more books chronicling his experiences and there is a documentary in the works. Will Romanek's story shake skeptics out of their deep doze in a way that other experiencers to date have not? One would think it would have to. There is so much evidence on video, on paper, witnessed by friends, family and passersby. Romanek was a normal born and raised in Colorado type of guy until weird stuff started happening in 2000. Of course, looking back, there was that glowey, violet-eyed woman who told him he was meant for something very special back when he was five. And his parents, turns out, were high security clearance military careerists, and Project Preserve Destiny was in operation during his childhood. Is Romanek one of the chosen? Will his story help to break open hearts and minds to big truths about who we are? About how powerful we are? About how minds together can change the 3-D world? Can save it? Romanek, who says he was mean to UFO believers in the past, says it's been hard to stay sane throughout the weirdness. But his wife's been there to witness his nocturnal scribbling of advanced mathematical equations, Aramaic symbols and planetary alignments. Video-taped hypnotic regressions by Dr. Leo Sprinkle document Grandpa delivering information through Romanek. Grandpa has no tolerance for ringing telephones. You'll want to have read all of his books, like, yesterday. And his wife's book about watching it all. Check out his website at StanRomanek.com. J3Films.com carries a chronicle of the film in production. You'll also want to listen to Stan Romanek's original 2009 Veritas interview entitled "Awake & Abducted". Oh, and about Romanek's planetary alignment diagram. You'll see it on the Equations link at StanRomanek.com. An astronomer has decoded the date it points to. It's September 21, 2012. | Link |
| Episode 171 (February 24, 2012) | Philip Coppens for Erich von Daniken |
Odyssey of the Gods: The History of E.T. Contact in Ancient Greece | Philip Coppens is a soldier in service of historical truths. Working with ancient alien theorist and author Erich von Daniken, History Channel productions, and via his own deep trove of research, lectures, blog, radio show, and books, Coppens’ mission is to wrest the story of mankind’s origin, and other hidden truths, from the grip of scientists and academics in service to what is often patently, provably wrong. The Belgian-born, US and UK-based Coppens has no patience for what he deems academic laziness and scientific dictatorship. "Entrenched science is terribly dogmatic and arrogant with their 'facts.'" For example: Egypt’s Pyramids are 500 years older than they are being said to be. Reliable, undisputed carbon dated results brought this to light 30 years ago. "We are older than given credit for, and perhaps more anatomically diverse." There are built structures dating to 8,000 and 10,000 BC. Yet they’re still teaching that modern man has only been around since about 4000 BC. Greece was not the cradle of civilization, nor the inventor of Pi and Phi. The Greeks taught that Egypt was the cradle of civilization, and that Pi and Phi were known way before they came along. There is "not a shred, not a footnote" of evidence for the statement coming out of the Smithsonian Institution that all of the crystal skulls are 20th century German made. "Extraordinary material coming out from NASA and other reliable sources that shows that life cannot have originated on this planet, that it originated elsewhere and came here. "Anthropology and mythology hand us information on a plate, and it’s important to use the various disciplines to come up with an answer," Coppens says. "Ancient Mayans and ancient Egyptians have always said that the path of civilization was not walked by them alone, but was walked hand in hand with the gods who helped them. Calling these writings science fiction just because we can’t believe it does no one any service. "If the gods are ET beings. What does that mean for mankind?" Mel asks. "(The news) will not be received in panic," Coppens says. "It’s what we need. That we are not alone will be a jolt of fire, propelling us into outer space, to develop new technology. It will be good for us on a soul level, for our children and our selves. Today’s paradigm will be replaced by one of symbiosis rather than isolation." | Link |
| Episode 172 (March 2, 2012) | Dr. Michael Salla |
Black Gold, Bilderberg Group, CIA and Funding E.T. Projects | This interview is it. The whole ball of wax. Delivered by an articulate, knowledgeable Australian college professor, and opening with explanation of a lawsuit – okay, a really complicated lawsuit – Dr. Michael Salla brings into crystal clear focus the morass of historical, political and financial elements which comprise exopolitics. In a nutshell, it goes something like this: ETs asked Eisenhower to disengage from further thermo-nuclear development in exchange for technological development in service of peace. Eisenhower’s people said no, because the Soviet Union wouldn’t agree to do the same. Henry Kissinger, who’d seen secret technology the Nazis developed, and the Rockefeller brothers, who wanted to use their money to advance their own global agenda, decided that corporations would be used to build weaponry that could combat any future ET interference that might disrupt the masses. They started the Bilderberg Group as an army of little people who would carry forth their vision of our future. They’d need under-the-radar money. They started the CIA, which had the legal right to launder money at will, deal in drugs, maneuver to advance the secret agenda, kill, lie, steal. They’d also use “black gold,” secretly acquired and controlled gold bullion. When the Japanese invasion of China was imminent, the USA sent destroyers over to haul back untold tonnage of gold for safekeeping. The gold was given to the Federal Reserve. The Feds sold it for a profit. The bonds given the Chinese would (intentionally) never be cashable. On a train at the Swiss-Italian border, in 2009, someone was caught with some of those 1930’s-issued bonds, undeclared financial instruments, a huge portion of which the Italian government gets to keep. Those bonds had been spirited off by an agent of an agent of the Chinese families that want the money back. A lawsuit has been filed in New York. Will it blow the lid off ALL of this covert stuff? It’s complicated. It’s worth a mega-listen. This is one terrific interview. | Link |
| Episode 173 (March 9, 2012) | Dr. Kirby Surprise |
Synchronicity: The Art of Coincidence, Choice, and Unlocking Your Mind | Oh boy. This one’s a brain twister. We’ve got a scientist explaining spirituality. Or rather, a psychotherapist explaining quantum physics. Synchronicity: The mind does a back flip when it happens, that tear in the veil. Something in your environment has just sent you a very strong, very personal message. “Who’s hearing my thoughts?” You wonder. “Who’s communicating with me?” You’ve just experienced intelligence in the ether, and things will never be the same. But Dr. Kirby Surprise says we are creating these experiences. He says we affect change in our environment by paying attention to it – that this fact is now accepted science. So, okay. Let’s say you’re driving down the road and mentally ask the universe, “Stop and get gas, or wait until later?” Then as you’re watching the trees go by a sign pops up on the side of the road. It says, “Gas up now. Straight ahead.” Well, that’s a clear answer to your question and you’ve just had a synchronistic experience. Right? Yes, and no, Surprise seems to say. Apparently, we use our intelligence to project the answer we want. But he also says there’s a seamless mesh of our minds and the environment; that separation is an illusion. “Synchronistic experiences are tiny versions of enlightenment. They allow us to understand that there is no separation of us and the universe.” Synchronicity occurs when our conscious minds are in communication with our unconscious minds, and receive an answer, he’s saying. By observing our environment with the question in mind, we engender a response in 3-D. Surprise says stimulants like coffee help us experience more and stronger synchronicities, and that depressants such as alcohol suppress them. He says we can generate synchronicities at will, and tells us how. Enlightening discussion, although it’s a bummer to find out that the information coming through is “only as intelligent as the person perceiving it.” Mel says the doctor’s book is outstanding. | Link |
| Episode 174 (March 16, 2012) | Sgt. Clifford Stone (Ret.) |
Eyes Only: The Story of Clifford Stone and UFO Crash Retrievals | This interview with Sgt. Clifford Stone was filmed at the 2012 International UFO Congress. This section offers audio only. To watch video of this interview here. "My name is Sergeant 1st Class, US Army, Clifford Stone. I had a secret clearance with nuclear assurity. I was called in on special operations, I participated in crash recovery missions. There were bodies involved. Some were alive. While we were doing this, we were telling the world there was nothing to it." Wow. It's great to hear from someone who's actually worked with crashed UFOs, and the ETs found on board. Retired from the U.S. Army after 22 years, Sgt. Stone has been revealing what he saw and knows since Dr. Steven Greer's 2001 National Press Club Disclosure Procject conference. You've seen the YouTube footage (over a billion views, Mel says). Stone is the guy whose answer to a question is that the government has catalogued at least 57 ET species. Stone was trained to be an ET first responder. He had a kind of field guide to ET types and how to keep them alive until medics arrived. Stone was also an interfacer, brought in to communicate with live EBEs; telepathically, of course. Like so many whose lives become entangled with ET realities, Stone hints that he was probably cultivated from a young age for future assignments. He talks about one strange "training mission" to "Florida," where they came upon Grays at a gently placed, but shrapnel spewed B-52 in what was likely a Cambodian jungle. "Clif-ford. What are you doing here?" He is asked, telepathically. We hear about a downed craft in Virginia, of all places, where Stone was brought in to interface with an EBE. The little guy exuded fear. He asked Stone for help. Said there was a big problem ahead. Stone got ET home, safe and sound. Why are we seeing so many UFOs these days, Mel asks. "I think they know something we don't, and that's the part that worries me," says Stone. Stone has amassed over 500 million pages of documents in support of his case that the U.S. has been involved with ETs since the early 40s, if not before, and he's still at it. He's got a new book out that he hopes will encourage others to reveal their ET experiences. "Our visitors have rogue elements with access to technology," Stone says. "But with that said, if any of these rogue elements were to threaten us, others would come to our aid and neutralize that threat. That may be what's happening out in space. Something is. "Someone needs to come and say: ‘First of all don't panic, but here's the facts.' That will be the start of disclosure. Otherwise some event is going to happen that thousands of people will witness. A lot of people will panic and we'll be our own worst enemies. "I want my message to be one of enlightenment, and hope for a new beginning and a brighter future. Yes, they're here. They're not hostile. They are very spiritually and technologically evolved. They mean us no harm." You'll want to catch Mel's 2009 interview with Sgt. Stone in the Veritas archives. | Link |
| Episode 175 (March 23, 2012) | Mack Maloney |
What They Didn't Want You to Know | In the course of researching his novels, military fiction writer Mack Maloney discovered startling historical records of an increase of UFO sightings near pivotal military events. He discussed a variety of incidents from World Wars I & II, as well as Viet Nam and other battle zones. One of the earliest cases he found dated back to the time of Alexander the Great, when his army was planning a siege on the city of Tyre, and "flying shields" let out a lightning bolt that destroyed one of the city's walls, which allowed Alexander's army to get in. Proceeding WWI, "scare-ships" were reported by British newspapers in 1909. They were described as dirigible-like craft that emitted huge searchlights and could travel as fast 200 mph. In World War II, there were reports that crews of allied bombers would see fantastic aircraft flying just 100-200 ft. off their wing. These strange craft, which became known as "foo fighters," would not take action or interfere with the bombings. One of the foo fighters was described as an enormous cigar-shaped, brightly lit craft that flew in formation with the bombers. Incidents such as these led Maloney to theorize that rather than ETs, the UFO occupants were time travelers who came back to observe significant time periods, such as during wars-- to see history as it was being made. In the "ghost rocket" sightings of 1946, which took place in a remote area of Sweden, hundreds of long tubular objects flying in formation were seen. While they resembled cruise missiles, this was years before that technology was developed, he noted. Maloney also detailed bizarre incidents that took place in Viet Nam, such as when a bright object came down on top of an American base, illuminating the entire area, while all electricity was knocked out; and a UFO that hung over Hanoi for a period of two hours, while the North Vietnamese shot at it to no effect. | Link |
| Episode 176 (March 30, 2012) | Scott "Scotty" Alan Roberts |
The Rise and Fall of the Nephilim | Paranormal investigator and author Scotty Roberts his research into the Nephilim and their origins. He explained that his investigation of the infamous entities focused on the language of the original Hebrew texts where they are described. As such, he dismissed the popular notion that the Nephilim were "fallen angels," since the entities are never given that moniker. Rather, they are said to be the result of a union between "watchers" and humans. Roberts theorized that the creation of the Nephilim could be traced all the way back to the Garden of Eden and a dalliance between Eve and an entity metaphorically called a "serpent." As to the origins of these "visitors" who played a hand in creating the Nephilim, he acknowledged that they could have been spiritual beings, "minor Gods," or even extraterrestrials. Ultimately, Roberts said, these Nephilim are blamed for corrupting the human race by sharing forbidden knowledge with them, a theme appears in many creation stories. In light of this corruption, he surmised, the great flood of Noah's Ark lore was orchestrated not to punish the corrupt humans, but to wipe away the presence of the Nephilim on Earth. However, Roberts suggested that the Nephilim may still be on the planet as what we call "demons." He cited a passage in the book of Enoch which says that the "spirits" of the Nephilim that died in the flood remained on Earth in a ghostly form to "wreak the same havoc, from a spirit form, on humanity that they wreaked while in physical form." The ancient books of Genesis and Enoch tell us that spirit beings known as the "Watchers" descended to the Earth and had sex with the locals thereby creating a hybrid race of offspring known as the Nephilim. A serious piece of our history, these accounts of visitations and subsequent mixed-blood alien-human races have been derived from a body of substantive information via mythology, legend, and religion. This spine-tingling expose is a powerful challenge to the naysayers who claim that the legends of the Nephilim are just that-- legends. Roberts' new book undeniably connects today's world of ETs and UFOs with ancient texts, folklore and religious writings. | Link |
| Episode 177 (April 6, 2012) | Robert Young Pelton |
America & The World's Conflicts | Robert Young Pelton is into extreme journalism. Extreme travels. Extreme conflict zones. So, one might expect this media mercenary to have extreme political opinions. But he doesn't. His answers to Mel's questions are measured. Informed. Based upon total immersion observations. He treats America's history of self-serving behavior gently. He's rather gentle about everyone's behavior, in fact. Pelton's wild adventures seem to have bestowed a patient wisdom about mankind. Or maybe it was that horrid Canadian boys' school they sent him to as a child. But whatever assembly of elements made this man who he is, it is utterly refreshing to gain perspective of geo-political realities from an intelligent world traveler uncompromised by allegiance to any one cause or country. Pelton's Veritas discussion -- he's on the phone from Nairobi, on his way to Somalia -- touches upon realities on the ground in Egypt, Syria, Libya, Iran, Iraq, Equatorial Guinea, South Africa, Turkey, Israel, Somalia, Afghanistan, Pakistan…He talks about Russia's history in Afghanistan, China in Africa, the African Union in theory and practice, North Korea, Cuba, Georgia, Chechnya, Venezuela, the EU, Bin Laden, 9-11, Obama, Clinton, the shrubs… This man packs a productive semester of information into two quick hours. Despite his wealth of first-hand knowledge, Pelton calls himself the world's worst expert on the U.S. government. "I don't know why they do what they do." Excellent interview. You'll want to read his books. | Link |
| Episode 178 (April 13, 2012) | Lamont Wood |
Out of Place in Time and Space | Out of Place in Time and Space: Inventions, Beliefs, and Artistic Anomalies That Were Impossibly Ahead of Their Time. Remember that video making the YouTube rounds last year showing an extra in a silent film using a cell phone? Well that's the stuff Lamont Wood is writing about in out of place in time and space. A toy helicopter found in a pyramid, UFOs in medieval paintings, concrete used in millennia-old buildings. Wood says he was thinking about time travel as he explored the many anachronisms evident in art, science, geography, medicine, architecture, literature, etc. But in the end, his working title became PEOPLE THINKING THE SAME WAY, CENTURIES APART - a phrase he admits explains away some, but not all, of his findings. Wood's unsolved historical conundrums include the strange case of the Kennewick Man, human remains found in Washington state in 1996, which date between 5 and 10 thousand years old -- a Caucasoid in Native American time and territory. Nor can Wood explain a number of accurate visions of future history the book describes. Or how modern war games and disaster preparation scenarios can mimic future events to a T. (As they did in New Orleans with Hurricane Katrina). Or how the book, WAG THE DOG, accurately portrayed the Clinton presidency, Lewinsky affair, trouble in Albania schematic where life imitated art. The oddities at play in these enigmas are not easily categorized as time line anomalies or as metaphysical events. Wood says his research bore out the conclusion that "engineers thinking parallel, centuries apart, is not a mystery. Other things are." Mel says the book is fascinating. Reading it before taking in this interview would lend some clarity to details flying fast and furiously here, not to mention to phrases like reverse anachronism from the future. | Link |
| Episode 179 (April 20, 2012) | Dr. John Coleman |
The World's Lies and Propaganda Machine | While Wikipedia defines the Tavistock Institute of Human Behavior as "a charity concerned with group behavior and organizational behavior," author Dr. John Coleman defines it as the malevolent scourge of the modern world. How mankind is truly governed, by whom, and to what end is the current running through Coleman's many books and hundreds of white papers. Formerly employed by the British government, and having lived for many years around the world, Coleman explains that successfully planned and implemented, propaganda puts words into our vocabulary, misguided concepts into reality, laws on the books, and starts wars. "All wars are started by a contrived situation." "The Tavistock Institute was formed to get us into wars. That was their mandate," says Coleman. "Because wars make money. The Institute was financed by the British Royal Family and then by the Rothchilds, who have been involved in funding almost every war; both sides, so they reap a double benefit." How it started: In 1913, the British Royal Family, jealous of German trade success, wanted to start a war with them. The English public, however, had no quarrel with the Germans, says Coleman. So, two brothers at a place called Wellington House were hired to turn public opinion around, which they did do. Soon enough the British came to believe that Kaiser Wilhelm and the Germans in general, were a vile and despicable people. They were ready for war. Thus, began the work that Tavistock continues today. The brothers had invented a set of insidious, malicious methods that turn minds into mush; that make people utterly controllable; that make them believe lies. Coleman says Tavistock and its mind-control methods are as alive and well today as they were when President Woodrow Wilson had a dedicated line to the Institute at his White House desk. Coleman's extensive body of research constitutes a veritable call to arms. Americans have little knowledge of the U.S. Constitution, he is saying, which is why they can be dominated by laws in serious violation of its contents. Coleman's book on abortion rights says there are none, according to our forefathers' document. In this interview Coleman calls the American people "kind, gentle, and easy to mislead." We gain knowledge of President Wilson's service to the New World Order and his implementation of the Federal Reserve and income taxes. We learn a bit about the history of the Committee of 300 and their opium induced deal-making; truths behind the Kennedy assassination; what really happened with Saddam Hussein and Iraq; his opinions about 9/11. Coleman addresses free energy suppression, media conglomerates as control mechanisms, and how to unshackle ourselves from manipulation and move forward in freedom. Mel has cracked another nut with this outstanding interview. | Link |
| Episode 180 (April 27, 2012) | Robert Felix |
Magnetic Reversals and Evolutionary Leaps | Robert Felix makes a legitimate case for extinctions due to magnetic reversals. Why hasn't the scientific community performed a more comprehensive and complete investigation? Given the biases of that system towards orthodox ideas, one wonders if such will ever occur. Perhaps only the inevitable geomagnetic reversal will ultimately resolve the mystery. Schools have replaced science with non-science and this book brings back a lot of science. Felix answers a lot of questions. He answers Darwin's missing link problem. He has good evidence to back up his theories. He explains how cataclysmic pole shifts are part of a cycle and how the deposits of coal and diamonds laying on top of dinosaurs' bones came about. About how oil and diamonds raining from the sky that formed the layers on the Dino bones. Also, he tells about "natural" nuclear explosions can happen. He shows the geo evidence of their occurrence. From past evidence, it appears that we are due another pole shift. The energies released cause a horrendous lighting storm all over the earth that amalgamates carbon gases in the atmosphere into oil, diamonds and radioactive isotopes. The radiation will mutate and kill the present lifeforms and new species will emerge... This is why there are no evolutionary links Darwin predicted... There isn't much written about what happened over 10,000 years ago since we couldn't write; so observation, analysis and insight are key to understanding the past. This book is about cycles. Felix tells us we are approaching the end of an 11,500 year warming period and about to enter a similar cooling period. He points out that atmospheric carbon produced by humans is not a significant problem. You also will understand what happened to the dinosaurs and the mammoths. Robert Felix was right about magnetic reversals causing explosions in the atmosphere. He was right about almost everything else as well, according to the hard science of the past thirty years. Felix figured it out. This has been a reliable constant of science for the past 1000 years - all the major advances have been made by laymen working outside their original professions. One of the problems with Darwin's theories is exactly that we don't find the missing links. We find different species appearing seemingly out of nowhere. There are probably other reasons that occur, natural selection being a reason, but the mutations have to occur someway, and gradual mutations probably wouldn't lead to drastic changes in species that we end up seeing. Felix also goes into a lot of detail linking extinctions and reversals, as well as creation of new materials on earth. His theories are fascinating. The Himalayan glaciers are growing despite "global warming." Perhaps Felix's theories will become proven fact sooner than we think. | Link |
| Episode 181 (May 4, 2012) | Sophia Stewart |
The Mother of the Matrix | According to Sophia Stewart, in 1999, after seeing the movie "The Matrix," she filed a copyright lawsuit against the Wachowski Brothers, Joel Silver and Warner Brothers. She was shocked to learn that the movie was based on her original manuscript entitled the "The Third Eye," which has a copyright, which dates back to 1981. The FBI also found during the course of their investigation that her copyrighted script was passed to James Cameron over at Columbia Pictures, and he infringed it as well for his movie "The Terminator." "According to court documentation, an FBI investigation discovered that more than thirty minutes had been edited from the original Matrix film, in an attempt to avoid penalties for copyright infringement. The investigation also stated that credible witnesses employed at Warner Brothers came forward, claiming that the executives and lawyers had full knowledge that the work in question did not belong to the Wachowski Brothers. These witnesses claimed to have seen Stewart's original work and that it had been often used during preparation of the motion pictures. The defendants tried, on several occasions, to have Stewart's case dismissed, without success. | Link |
| Episode 182 (May 11, 2012) | Regina Meredith |
Life from the Soul's Perspective | Regina’s new book ‘Soulo Journey: Life From the soul’s Perspective’ offers a rarely glimpsed rendering of the origins of the human species. With this new understanding of what it is to be a Human-Being, our choices change. Empowering and enlightening, ‘Soulo Journey’ draws from Regina’s 30 year background in esoteric studies combined with having had access to more than 400 brilliant thinkers of our time as the host of Conscious Media Network. Soulo Journey takes the fear out of understanding humanity’s deepest roots and reflects back our true entitlement to limitless creation. The following are a few of the subjects covered in the book and this interview: * How the human species came into creation; * The schism of the soul vs. animal mind; * Choosing our gene pool; * Why humans have required outside ‘guidance’; * Healing from the soul’s perspective; * Human feedback loops with Earth; * Manifesting from the Soul; * Giving children voice; * Breaking the hypnosis and unearthing our own truths… and much more! | Link |
| Episode 183 (May 15, 2012) | Project Vox Populi |
The Story of Walt Willis | This is the first edition of Vox Populi (Voice of the People). For months, we have been coordinating a new platform for those who have an interesting story to tell but have never been able to do so. Today, we start with the story of Walt Willis. This first audio includes a summary of his life, narrated by Mel Fabregas. In the next few days, we will air a 3-hour interview with Walt, so that you can hear the story directly from him. Walt does not expect anyone to believe him. He has nothing for sale. He simply wants to share his truth so that others like him can come forward and he can learn more of what he has gone through. Enjoy this first edition of Vox Populi. | Link |
| Episode 184 (May 18, 2012) | David Icke |
Imprisoned in "Freedom": Resisting the Programming | David Icke has spent the last 20 years researching in more than 55 countries and uncovering the cabal of interbreeding families behind this agenda for human enslavement and their goals and methods of operation and manipulation. This interview encapsulates some of humanity's greatest challenges and how we can secure our freedom from the hidden hand behind global events. If you want to believe what you are told by the mainstream media, do not. If you want to know what is really happening in your world, and why, listen to this interview. | Link |
| Episode 185 (May 25, 2012) | Project Vox Populi |
The Story of Walt Willis | This is the first edition of Project Vox Populi (Voice of the People). For months, we have been coordinating a new platform for those who have an interesting story to tell but have never been able to do so. The story of Walt Willis is very unique. It is included in the premiere episode of Project Vox Populi. We discuss abductions, the paranormal, super-human abilities, synchronicity, and our future. Could extraterrestrials be responsible for genetically manipulating human DNA? Discussion is taking place at The Manticore Forum. Walt Willis is answering many of your questions there. | Link |
| Episode 186 (June 1, 2012) | Neil Kramer |
The Unfoldment: The Organic Path to Clarity, Power, and Transformation | Neil Kramer returns and offers tools and ideas to help clear a path for personal empowerment and the deeper meaning behind our everyday lives. A blend of cutting-edge spiritual insight and deep wisdom will give you hope in humanity again! Are you ready to have some of beliefs and expectations challenged? Are you ready to feel more confident about yourself and excited about the wonder of our adventure here on earth? The Unfoldment brings a perfectly timed message of spiritual wisdom that embraces growth, claims power and unswervingly champions the sacred adventure of the human journey. | Link |
| Episode 187 (June 8, 2012) | Brian Haughton |
Hidden History: Lost Civilizations, Secret Knowledge, and Ancient Mysteries | History's Mysteries is an investigation into 35 archaeological mysteries from across the globe, organized by geographical region. As with Brian Haughton’s previous book Hidden History, this work separates its collection of enthralling ancient riddles into three sections: Mysterious Places, Unexplained Artifacts, and Enigmatic People. The choice of subjects was made to include a wide range of cultures and a mixture of both the well-known and the relatively obscure. Consequently, you will read about India’s celebrated Taj Mahal and the biblical Temple of Solomon, as well as the little-known Royston Cave, in the UK, the infamous Rennes-le-Château, in France, and the forgotten site of Great Zimbabwe, in South Africa. But what constitutes an ancient mystery? The ancient world will more often than not be mysterious by its very nature. We can excavate buildings, artifacts, even sometimes texts, but we cannot know how the people of these ancient societies felt, what they believed or what motivated them to behave in the way they did. Nevertheless, modern science is allowing us the kind of access to secrets of the past which was only dreamt of a few decades ago. DNA studies, for example, of modern inhabitants of parts of Syria, Palestine, Tunisia, Morocco, Cyprus, and Malta have shown extraordinary connections with the ancient Phoenicians who once had colonies in those areas. Ongoing study, conservation, and sampling of The Uluburun Shipwreck, the remains of a 3,300 year-old ship and its extraordinary cargo from the coast of southern Turkey, is discovering fascinating connections between ancient Canaan, Egypt, Mycenaean Greece, Italy and even the Baltic Sea area of Northern Europe. Science alone, however, will not give us a complete picture of the ancient world. But when combined with the study of mythology, folklore and sometimes simply a sharp change of viewpoint when looking back at the ancient world, science can be extremely enlightening. Indeed, it is surprising what can be accomplished by turning oneself off from a technology‐obsessed 21st century mindset, for example in terms of understanding what the priorities may have been for the inhabitants of Nabta Play in the Egyptian desert 11,000 years ago, or the builders of Tenochtitlan in Mexico, around 700 years ago. Nevertheless, even if we could somehow project ourselves back into antiquity, one suspects that the magic and mystery which was undoubtedly a part of the everyday lives of many of these ancient civilizations would remain elusive. It is often said by ‘alternative’ historians that bringing a particularly controversial ancient site or artifact to the attention of the world will ‘turn conventional wisdom on its head’. ‘Conventional’ archaeologists (‘conventional’ presumably meaning those who have studied and qualified as archaeologists) are criticized for not being open‐minded enough to accept new theories and ideas. But, generally this is not the case, witness the (often heated) discussions surrounding genuinely challenging archaeological puzzles such as the extraordinary Turkish site of Göbekli Tepe, the enigmatic ‘Venus’ figurines of the last Ice Age, the abandonment of Mesa Verde, or the volcanic eruption which destroyed the Mediterranean island of Thera. Spurious ‘ancient’ artifacts or sites (such as the Oak Island Treasure or The Dendera Lamps) are anything but a challenge to ‘conventional’ archaeology. The furor surrounding these subjects on the web and in various print publications is the result of speculation based on the preconceived agenda of the writer, and as such has no place in history or archaeology. It is this distinction between genuine and bogus ancient mysteries that History's Mysteries attempts to clarify. Sometimes a few hours research and a generous helping of critical thinking can dispense with anything in the second category. In writing History’s Mysteries Haughton has not attempted to justify personal prejudices regarding the enigmas of the ancient world. Rather he has been guided by the facts, even if, in the end, they can sometimes be unsatisfactory. This has to be the case, especially when we are dealing with prehistoric cultures that left no writing. We do not know, perhaps will never know all the answers. In History’s Mysteries Haughton has tried to present a summary of the current level of knowledge relating to a small selection of archaeological mysteries. He leaves it up to his readers to pursue in more detail these riddles left to us by our ancient ancestors. | Link |
| Episode 188 (June 15, 2011) | Robert Morning Sky |
The Elders Speak | This is Robert Morning Sky's third appearance. In his own words: In 2003, I made my last public appearance. I chose to place all my focus on performing honorings and spending time with elders who were willing to share their wisdom. I am truly the most fortunate man I know. In these last 8+ years, I have had the honor and privilege of learning from the Semsiye elders, the most extraordinary people I have ever met. A few years ago, I asked for permission to weave their many stories together so as to produce a much greater overview of the shaman’s history of our world. It had been our intent to start to release some of these united stories this year. However, three years ago, my ‘lady of fire’ fell victim to cancer. She did not make it. Frankly, I gave up. I had no desire to continue. I let everything go. I gave my works to my elder ‘El Vastago’. A few months ago, he and some of the Semsiye elders asked me to resume my efforts to release the work we had been putting together. They have assured me that my grand-father and my ‘lady of fire’ would absolutely want me to continue. I am sure they are right. What you will see and hear on this website has been seen and approved by my elders. For the Semsiye elders, for my grandfather, for my ‘lady of fire’, for my family and for the children of the future... I will try again. I shall do my best... For thousands of years, Semsiye elders, the keepers of the earliest ancient wisdom stories have remained in seclusion. Men of power have sought their wisdom secrets in order to pierce the veil that separates the ‘real world’ from the ‘other world’. By piercing the veil, they hope to acquire the power to control. The Semsiye elders have continued to hold fast to what they know. I am honored to have been in their presence and to have learned from them. I have been granted permission to tell their stories my way, but only if I do not change either the essence or the message of the story in any way. For years, the elders and I worked together trying to find a way to unite their many stories. I am honored and appreciative that the Semsiye elders have approved all of what I will be sharing with you. I am also honored to have met people who have been ‘behind the scenes’ in today’s world who have been willing to step forward to share some of what they know with me. Some of the stories you will hear are ‘hypotheticals’ that are based on what these individuals have shared. Please...out of respect for the Semsiye elders and for the work that we have all put into making these audios, please do not repost or duplicate these audios without permission. We need your support if we are to continue. Disclaimer: After investigating the claims presented in this an all of Robert Morning Sky's interviews we have concluded, that the characters discussed and presented by Mr. Robert Morning Sky, including, but not limited to "El Vastago", "Don Genaro", and the "Semsiye Elders", are all fictional characters created by Morning Sky. "Don Genaro" was discussed during the 2009 interview. Morning Sky was asked about this character and could not answer the question appropriately. "El Vastago" was discussed during the 2010 interview and and Morning sky could not answer the question appropriately. "The Semsiye Elders" were discussed during the most recent interview (2012). He was asked where these "elders" were located and did not answer either. We also found e-mails where Mr. Morning Sky himself is impersonating "El Vastago". The e-mails originated from Mr. Morning Sky's e-mail account and I.P. address. It is for this reason, the lack of transparency displayed by Morning Sky, and other questionable actions, that we are no longer having Mr. Morning Sky on this program. Furthermore, we have asked Mr. Morning Sky on several occasions to confirm the existence and location of all the characters and he has never responded with a satisfactory answer. We conclude that these individuals do not exist, are fictional and are the creation of Mr. Morning Sky to sensationalize his claims. The above puts Mr. Morning Sky's entire research and material discussed over the years into question. Although the interviews are still available on this Web site, they are presented for entertainment purposes only and a high degree of discernment should be exercised. | Link |
| Episode 189 (June 22, 2012) | Renato Longato |
ET Presence: The Role of USA & New World Visions | Other countries have openly announced and welcomed the ET presence. When will America own up to the truth? Or will it be forced under exceptional circumstances to begin a communication with our cosmic counterparts? The author provides insights and historical references concerning the potential cultural impact of the extraterrestrial presence in this millennium with the USA as the leading country in the epicenter of economic, social and geopolitical changes. An official contact with an advanced society may bring opportunity or risk depending on how we face the challenges on our planet and most importantly within ourselves. This book summarizes more than thirty years of study and research about UFO’s and looks at the forthcoming possibilities. | Link |
| Episode 190 (June 29, 2012) | Ian R. Crane |
2012 "Zion" Olympics False Flag: Nuclear Attack, WW3 or Alien Invasion? | During the mornings of September 11, 2001 and July 7, 2005 there were terrorism drills taking place. Is it a coincidence that “terrorist” attacks took place? Why is it that Israeli security firms were responsible for the security of the world trade center, Fukushima, and other locations in which a security breach or disaster have occurred? Did you know that an Israeli security firm, blacklisted by the European Union, will be allowed and be responsible for the security of the 2012 London Olympics. In addition to the concentration of sporting talent and global media, the London Olympics will host the biggest mobilization of military and security forces seen in the UK since the second world war. More troops – around 13,500 – will be deployed than are currently at war in Afghanistan. The growing security force is being estimated at anything between 24,000 and 49,000 in total. Such is the secrecy that no one seems to know for sure. During the Games an aircraft carrier will dock on the Thames. Surface-to-air missile systems will scan the skies. Unmanned drones, thankfully without lethal missiles, will loiter above the gleaming stadiums and opening and closing ceremonies. RAF Typhoon Eurofighters will flying above. A thousand armed US diplomatic and FBI agents and 55 dog teams will patrol an Olympic zone partitioned off from the wider city by an 11-mile, £80m, 5,000-volt electric fence. And did you know that Nick Pope, former head of the British Ministry of Defense UFO desk, says via the mainstream media to “Keep an eye on the skies for saucers during the Olympics Games.” With a world in financial turmoil and at the brink of war, all that is needed is a trip wire event, to get us closer to the endgame, the final agenda. | Link |
| Episode 191 (July 6, 2012) | Joshua Shapiro |
The Crystal Skulls | According to Joshua Shapiro, crystal skulls are believed to be a form of computer which are able to record energy and vibration that occur around them. The skull will pictorially replay all events or images of the people who have come into contact with them and contain the history of our world. The Crystal Skulls are considered to be one of the world's greatest mysteries. We discuss their mystical properties, experiences that people have had with them, their connection with the UFOs and many theories about their purpose and how they were made. | Link |
| Episode 192 (July 13, 2012) | Pane "Astralwalker" Andov |
2012 Equation Solved | According to Pane Andov, sometimes it isn’t what’s being said by ‘experts’ and the media, it’s what’s not being said that is most important. For personal growth and survival, humans need to think AND feel. We need to read ‘between the lines,’ ’connect the dots’ so they truly make sense with what we personally observe in our day-to-day lives, and take personal action on what we believe to be true. As it’s always been said, “Consider the Source,” as any information may be true, mistaken, or ‘dis’-information - deliberately mistaken or misguided, serving someone else’s purpose that may not be in your best interest. Trust yourself to know your truth… and know that Truth IS often stranger than fiction! Pane Andov theorizes there are two main reasons why the extraterrestrials are almost not delivering any more crop designs in the U.K. First it is too late and people did not understand their meaning after all these years, and second, people there disregarded them. Let us hope they will change their minds and deliver more. Some of the topics discussed: * Planetary Changes. Is there anything happening on the planet? * Shift of the Magnetic Poles; * Other changes in our solar system. The slowing down of the Venus rotation is an example; * Earth cracks, sink holes, mysterious sound booms worldwide, flooding, sinking of parts of the world and rising of new islands, tectonic plate movements – Mid Atlantic Ridge and The Ring of fire, seismic activity both for artificial and natural origin; * The difference between the real crop circle phenomena (created by orbs of light) and the false ones (man-made); * Crop circle messages regarding to what will happen at the ending of the cycle in 2012; * Solar system changes in recent years (recent collapse of thermosphere, sun without sunspots for two years, loosing of the bow shock in our heliosphere, analysis of space discoveries by Chandra, Ibex, Fermi and Casini related to the Sgr A* outburst in distant past and its energetic pulse); * Giant magnetic ribbon, its characteristics, movement, source of cosmic rays that affects our DNA and what will happen when it makes a physical contact with the Sun and rest of the planets in our solar system. The true purpose of underground bases and facilities. Mysterious object spotted next to our Sun; * Possible neutralizing of the full effect of the magnetic ribbon by highly ET race that is also present in our solar system and capable of controlling our star; * The spiritual aspect of this expected mega event, how things got to this stage and what happened in the ancient past. The ancient nuclear conflict between few highly developed civilizations; * The ultimate secret behind genuine crop circles, the Flower of Life, global Meditation as a solution to the equation. Chance for the evolution of human kind and regaining our true and original cosmic existence. | Link |
| Episode 193 (July 20, 2012) | Jay Weidner |
Cyber-Censhorship, Cyrptoterrestrials, and Kubrick's Hidden Secrets | This is "Take 2" of what was supposed to be an interview conducted weeks ago. This is what makes this interview so much more special. During the first attempt, at the end of a 2-hour interview, Jay Weidner's voice was completely removed from our system. The entire interview was lost, with the exception of Mel's voice. A day after this first interview was recorded Jay Weidner went to appear in the Jeffe Rense radio program. Not surprising, Jeff Rense also had technical difficulties. What is so important that exotic technology is used to suppress this information? The topic of Cryptoterrestrials. To many, the word "cryptoterrestrials" may sound like science fiction, and perhaps this is how those in control prefer to keep it that way so that the mainstream population does not learn about this reality. The term "cryptoterrestrials" was used by the late researcher and author Mac Tonnies, who died in his sleep from an undiagnosed heart condition at the age of 34 on October 18, 2009, which happens to be Mel's birthday. Jay finds a connection between 2001: A Space Odyssey and September 11, 2001. Jay states that 9/11 could not have happened any later than it did or the people would not have believed it. There is an awakening taking place now. In addition to exploring cryptoterrestrials we discussed the Freemasons, cyber-censorship, and revisited Kubrick's hidden secrets. We also discussed Ridley Scott and Christopher Nolan and their movies, "Prometheus" and "The Dark Knight Rises", respectively. Since Jay and Mel have a fascination for sound frequencies, Mel demonstrates the difference between A 440 Hz and A 432 Hz. This is an interview full of information you will certainly not find in the mainstream media. We are glad that Jay accepted to participate again. | Link |
| Episode 194 (July 27, 2012) | Brien Foerster |
The Mystery of Elongated Skulls | Anthropologists suggest some elongated skulls were not deformed by bindings, but belonging to an entirely different species. But, the most amazing finds were the skulls, some enormously elongated. The scientific name for this is dolichocephally. Most skulls exhibiting this condition were clearly the result of the practice of head-binding, also called cranial deformation. What you are capable of doing via this technique is to change the shape of the skull, but not the actual volume. And this is where the Paracas skulls become especially intriguing. Three distinct shapes of not necessarily elongated, but altered skulls have been found in the area, and each seems to be unique to a particular “grave yard of nobility.” As in many societies, those of the royal bloodline, and of high spiritual positions, were not buried in the same vicinity as “commoners.” Could the cranial deformations found have been made to emulate an ancient civilization that possessed greater abilities and perhaps the tradition was adopted for generations? There are recent photographs showing a living man, today, with an elongated cranium. Could this sub-species still be alive today? | Link |
| Episode 195 (August 3, 2012) | Richard Cassaro |
Written in Stone: Decoding the Secret Masonic Religion | Conspiracy theorists say the Freemasons are an evil cabal aiming to take over the entire world. Whether true or not, the Freemasons of today bear little resemblance to the cathedral-building Order of yesteryear. This loss has left five million modern Masons worldwide clueless as to their Order's true origins and purpose. All that's left is an empty set of meaningless rituals, ceremonies, and symbols, along with "substitute secrets" usually associated with "faith, hope and charity": For decades researchers have tried to recover the Order's lost wisdom. None as of yet have deciphered anything meaningful in the architecture; and none have discovered the repeating architecture pattern (the "Cathedral Code. But, as you're about to hear, the key to breaking this code is hidden in the "Triptych" architectural portal. The Freemasons knew a stunning truth about this architectural Triptych that scholars and archaeologists are totally unaware of. This truth is that the Triptych stretches back to the farthest reaches of Antiquity. Incredibly, it was universally constructed by history's first civilizations. Triptychs are still visible in temple ruins and important landmarks worldwide. The Triptych appears in a staggeringly vast number of ancient cultures—a discovery that has the potential to rewrite ancient history! It evokes groundbreaking new questions that challenge our understanding of Antiquity—questions that modern scholars and researchers have been unwilling or unable to raise: How could these varied cultures have built the exact same types of Triptych Temples, separated as they are by vast space and time? Could it be that the Triptych symbolizes a common idea, universal wisdom, or parallel doctrine that was mysteriously shared by all of them, and that this doctrine was slowly forgotten over the millennia, but carried clandestinely into the current era by the age-old Freemasons? This interview discusses the secret meaning of this giant hieroglyph in stone, and how its wisdom once formed a Universal Religion in Antiquity, once known to every ancient empire on earth. | Link |
| Episode 196 (August 17, 2012) | James Traficant |
Amerika: Land of the Scared, Home of the Slave | What you are about to witness is not the traditional Veritas interview. We are stepping into forbidden territory, not only for the mainstream media, but even to alternative media. No matter the topic, Veritas has one simple goal: the uncensored truth. And when we mean uncensored, we really mean it and you will see why. Whether you are a Republican, Democrat, Independent, or apathetic, you know politicians, left or right, are taking us closer to the precipice. Why did we name tonight’s program: Amerika: Land of the Scared, Home of the Slave? Amerika with a “k” because our situation reminds of the former Soviet Union. One day, we turned on the television and the Soviet Union had imploded. It ceased to exist as we knew it. Our current trend is taking us there. Land of the scared because we are exchanging our rights for security and the manufactured chaos and terrorism keeps the security industry alive while keeping most Americans scared of the next boogie man. And home of the slave because slavery was never abolished. President Franklin D. Roosevelt, front man for the Rothschild Banksters, signed a law putting the US into bankruptcy in 1933, and gave all property and future possessions and property of all the citizens and future citizens to the Rothschild Banksters, making us all serfs who own nothing. Prior to 1913, most Americans owned clear, allodial title to property, free and clear of any liens or mortgages until the Federal Reserve Act (1913) "hypothecated" all property within the federal United States to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, -in which the Trustees (stockholders) held legal title. The U.S. citizen (tenant, franchisee) was registered as a "beneficiary" of the trust via his/her birth certificate. In 1933, the federal United States hypothecated all of the present and future properties, assets and labor of their "subjects," the 14th Amendment U.S. citizen, to the Federal Reserve System. In return, the Federal Reserve System agreed to extend the federal United States corporation all the credit "money substitute" it needed. Like any other debtor, the federal United States government had to assign collateral and security to their creditors as a condition of the loan. Since the federal United States didn't have any assets, they assigned the private property of their "economic slaves", the U.S. citizens as collateral against the unpayable federal debt. They also pledged the unincorporated federal territories, national parks forests, birth certificates, and nonprofit organizations, as collateral against the federal debt. The federal United States is bankrupt. Our children will inherit this unpayable debt, and the tyranny to enforce paying it. America has become completely bankrupt in world leadership, financial credit and its reputation for courage, vision and human rights. This is an undeclared economic war, bankruptcy, and economic slavery of the most corrupt order! Wake up America! Take back your Country." | Link |
| Episode 197 (August 17, 2012) | David Weatherly |
The Black Eyed Children | They just want to come inside. Across the world, there are a growing number of accounts of strange, black eyed children. They appear on doorstops, at car windows, hotel rooms and even boats. Their skin is pale, their mannerisms odd and they have one consistent request. They want to be invited inside. What exactly is this growing phenomena? Are they demonic entities? Alien hybrids? Perhaps they are some form of spirit seeking passage to another place. Or, are they simply a modern urban legend born of the computer age? There are dozens of accounts from people who had encountered these strange children. These people had encountered something that terrified them. These were normal, upstanding people. Among them were police officers, firemen and nurses. They were not seeking publicity. Indeed, the greater portion of them refused to have their stories told, even with the promise of anonymity. They simply wanted to understand what they had encountered. | Link |
| Episode 198 (August 24, 2012) | Jaime Maussan |
Lifting the Media Veil on UFO Secrecy | When we think of outstanding reporting and footage of UFOs, we can always count on Jaime Maussan, who has been covering this important topic for decades. From his headquarters in Mexico City and with the advent of the internet, it is now possible to follow Maussan’s work as he goes around the world searching for the truth, and that is why, he is here tonight. And to share his story and his unique approach to finding the truth, Jaime Maussan is coming up next. We also discuss the media veil of secrecy and the contrast between the United States and Mexico and notable cases. | Link |
| Episode 199 (August 31, 2012) | Dr. Courtney Brown |
A New Window to our Past, Present & Future (2013) | Remote viewers at The Farsight Institute are currently engaged in a fascinating study using remote viewing to study climate and planetary change between the years 2008 and 2013. The initial results appear dramatic on a global scale, and their research does indeed suggest that major global change is a possibility between now and 2013. This is research, not certitude. Remember what Albert Einstein once said, "If we knew what we were doing, it wouldn't be called research, would it?" The experiment has no connection with the Mayan Calendar hysteria related to 21 December 2012. This is an experiment that ends on 1 June 2013, and the data will be fully evaluated only after that date. This experiment is potentially one of the most significant experiments ever attempted using remote viewing as a data-collection platform. This project describes change between the years 2008 and 2013 across nine geographical locations with a global spread. The locations are 1. Vaitupu, Tuvalu; 2. Fort Jesus, Mombasa Kenya; 3. Sydney Opera House, Sydney, Australia; 4. Mount Kilimanjaro, Tanzania; 5. United States Congress Building, Washington, D.C.; 6. Malé International Airport, Malé, Maldives; 7. KITV Building, Honolulu, Hawaii; 8. The Vehicle Assembly Building at Launch Complex 39, Kennedy Space Center, Merritt Island, Florida; 9. Key West, Florida. In general, these remote-viewing data suggest the following types of physical changes across many of the above geographical locations by mid-2013: 1. Impacts from what appear to be large meteors leading to tsunamis and possible volcanism; 2. Extensive and forceful flooding of coastal areas; 3. Excessive solar radiation; 4. Storms and other severe weather. In terms of the effects of these changes on humans, the data also suggest: 1. Massive self-organized relocation from coastal areas (refugees); 2. The breakdown of rescue or other notable governmental functioning; 3. The breakdown of the food supply system; 4. The breakdown of the vehicular transport system; 5. Extensive loss of buildings near coasts. Oddly, these results largely parallel recent warnings being issued by NASA relating to the dangers of severe solar storms anticipated around the years 2012 and 2013 that would threaten the global long-term use of electricity. NASA is not currently explaining exactly why these unprecedented and severe storms are anticipated, but the warnings themselves could not be more clear. Meteor impacts are not included in the current set of NASA warnings. Since it seems likely that major governments would be aware in advance of most near term global threats, then it also seems likely that they would take some actions that would reflect their anticipation of those events. These actions would likely not be explained to the masses to avoid panic. Below is a list of largely anomalous governmental actions that may indicate an awareness of a near term global threat that is suggested by these remote-viewing data. These are only speculations, none of which "prove" anything. But considered collectively, they are exceptionally odd. 1. The U.S. Space Shuttle has launched its last mission in mid-2011. NASA has entirely abandoned its government-funded manned spaceflight program. Given the investment that the U.S. has made in launching humans into space since the 1960s, this is odd, especially since private efforts to launch humans into space are years away, and currently unproven. It is as if the government does not anticipate being able to launch humans into space in the near future for reasons not currently stated. 2. The Svalbard Global Seed Vault is being sealed in 2011. This will allow the world to restart agriculture given a global catastrophe. The United Nations formally inspected the facility, which might seem odd for a Norwegian project. The timing of this project seems like a strange coincidence. 3. U.S. and global debt. It is as if various governments are not expecting to have to pay back their debts, perhaps anticipating a global economic reset due to reasons not currently stated. 4. The devaluing of the U.S. dollar seems to be a trend that will stay. Moodys, Standard and Poor, and Fitch have announced that they may be devaluing the rating of U.S. Treasury bonds (see NY Times article, 15 March 2010, as well as the editorial on 20 March 2010), and there have been discussions within the United Nations of the International Monetary Fund phasing out its dependency on the U.S. dollar. The governments seem to be acting as if the U.S. dollar will be replaced as the global currency. 5. Digging is everywhere. The U.S. has no nuclear enemies, yet it is digging huge underground facilities in inhospitable regions difficult for the masses to reach. Why? On the other hand, the Chinese tend to think collectively, and China is digging extraordinary subway complexes under most of its major cities in a crash program that seems odd in terms of timing and scope. Russia announced in 2011 that it is adding 5,000 new nuclear bomb shelters in Moscow, enabling it to protect all of Moscow's residents. The program is to be rushed so that it is finished in 2012. Why? Russia has no nuclear enemies. Russia's new subway systems have also been placed deeper than needed so that they can be used as deep emergency shelters. Again, why? Why all these preparations, and why the rush? 6. NASA is now predicting that the Sun may generate unprecedented solar storms for a lengthy period between 2012-13. We cannot accurately predict Earth's normal weather a week in advance, and it is by no means clear how NASA can do this with respect to unprecedented weather on the Sun years in advance. They are saying that we are more dependent on vulnerable computer technology now. But we had similar dependencies in 2001 and 1990 when previous 11-year solar cycles hit. What is different about the current cycle? Some might suggest that NASA is acting as if it has some extra information that is not currently stated. | Link |
| Episode 200 (September 7, 2012) | Dr. Judy Wood, Neil Kramer and Prof. Eric Larsen |
How Much Truth Can You Handle? Extraordinary Evidence And Honorable Inquiry | On this 11th anniversary we will explore 9/11 from four unique perspectives, in an attempt to clarify the events, repercussions, misapprehensions, and deeper implications of one of the most important days in modern history. Judy Wood, Ph.D. | Link |
| Episode 201 (September 7, 2012) | Dr. Brooks Agnew |
Reviving America: Solutions for a Dying Nation | 80 years ago, America the beautiful was led down a dark alley by an Agency-Government that has consumed everything, and produces nothing. Finally, she has decided this abuse must come to an end. We already fought our bloodiest war over this once. We know what to do this time. 40 States have already passed some form of Sovereignty Act, more than enough to ratify any repeal or pass new amendments. It is time we gave the President's Ministers their pink slips and set the People free. We are one nation under surveillance, and we are ready to recover our liberty right now. You'll learn what is being done about it and where you can help. There is some major house cleaning to do. Grab a broom. This might take some work. It cannot happen without you. We can step back from the precipice, or we can run over the edge. You have already made part of the choice by listening to tonight’s program. | Link |
| Episode 202 (September 21, 2012) | George Kavassilas |
Our Universal Journey | “Our social system is designed to foster division, our education system is designed to conceal knowledge, our health system is designed to create sickness, our financial system is designed to steal wealth, our community is designed to create disunity and our very civilization itself is highly uncivilized.” Tonight’s interview will be challenging to some. It is perfectly understandable what it feels like to have what we hold dear as our perceptions and beliefs of what life is and what life should be, challenged in a way that makes us feel uncomfortable. The material discussed tonight is not intended to entertain your mind to entertain your mind. It is intended to confront your mind. I have written this: We will discuss the manipulation of our history, the primordial questions, our purpose on this planet, our past, the hidden knowledge, extraterrestrials, the moon, where are we heading? And the awakening to a free and sovereign spirit. | Link |
| Episode 203 (September 28, 2012) | Inelia Benz |
Alien Hybrids, DNA & The Great Shift | There are alien races who are profiting from an enslaved human collective. However, the enslavement is being done by humans using fear. It is actually quite easy to enslave a people through fear. All you have to do is create an enemy and a terrible future. By owning most of the media outlets, those in charge can create any horror outcome they choose. By withholding resources, they create lack and poverty. By controlling the basic necessities of life, they create dependency. Once those things are established, they have full control of how you live your life. Could an extraterrestrial race be behind this? Could our fear and anxiety be the energy that nurtures this race and that is why the human race feels enslaved in the 21st century? Could the hybrid program be a way to help us break away from those shackles, or could it be a way to adapt a new race to take over the planet. | Link |
| Episode 204 (October 12, 2012) | Barrie Trower |
The Lethality of Microwave Warfare: Are You Being Targeted? | From the words of Barrie Trower: "During the 1950s and 1960s during the Cold War, it was realized both by accident that microwaves could be used as stealth weapons against the Russians. The Russians beamed the American embassy during the Cold War and it gave everybody working in the embassy cancer, breast cancers, AND leukemia, and it was realized then that low level microwaves were the perfect stealth weapon to be used on dissident groups around the world, because you could make dissident groups sick, give them cancer, change their mental outlook on life without them even knowing they were being radiated, and one of my particular tasks…I spent eleven years questioning captured spies…one of my particular tasks was to learn the particular frequencies of microwaves that they used on which particular victims, if I may use that word, and what the outcome was, and I built up a dossier…I’m probably the only person in the world with the complete list…I built up a dossier of what pulse frequencies of microwaves will cause what psychological or physiological damage to a person. Both governments and technology companies must be held accountable for collaborating with the mass poisoning of humanity and all other forms of life." We are bathed in microwaves even in our sleep. Cellphones, cordless phones, WiFi, and more. Young girls are the most susceptible to this technology. Can we protect ourselves and our children from the lethal danger of microwaves? It is also the perfect stealth weapon with absolute plausible deniability. Are you being targeted? | Link |
| Episode 205 (October 12, 2012) | Jason Verbelli |
Secrets of Infinite, Free, and Unmetered Energy | From a very young age, Jason Verbelli questioned the science taught in school and the lack of interest in the primordial questions. Why did he think that magnets where important as a child? Why did he seek the meaning of ancient hieroglyphs? Why is ‘academia’ confining people into specialized areas and most new discoveries are made by those outside of those boundaries? What’s the status on Professor John Sear’s invention? Who were Walter Russell and Ed Leedskalnin. Why is structured water so important and how can we shatter the paradigm of energy dependency for the entire world, and reboot this planet to its original paradisiacal origins with abundance for every living being? These are some of the questions discussed during this interview. | Link |
| Episode 206 (October 19, 2012) | George LoBuono |
Alien Mind: The Thought and Behavior of Extraterrestrials | Rather than debate whether UFOs and aliens exist, George LoBuono quotes human witnesses and informative aliens in a startling, new exploration of the thoughts and assumptions of our extraterrestrial neighbors. Sixty-five years after Roswell, evidence suggests that aliens are trying to get humans to step beyond elite greed and failed ecology in order to develop a more mature kind of cosmic citizenship. George fills fill in some of the blanks in public knowledge about aliens and will help you understand how aliens think and feel about their interactions with humans and other aliens. We discuss how alien science and how humans can both detect and identify different types of aliens and their energy networks. Could there be an alien race that may actually want to militarize us by buzzing defense installations and breeding an obedient client population via abductions, then worsening other strains on earth? Why would they do that? First and foremost, to create anti-alien sentiment that would isolate us from friendly neighboring aliens, allowing a specific alien race to do as they please here. Is this why the Star Wars “defense shield” is in place to prevent full contact? Did you know that some aliens consider human sleep an abbreviated form of death and a waste of time since they use wireless, negative-cycle technology that renews their energy, thus avoiding the need for sleep? | Link |
| Episode 207 (October 26, 2012) | Clif High |
Looking Over the Clif: The Return of Clif High | After a year of absence, Clif High returns to discuss his newest report. Among the topics discussed are: TPTB Entity and the Elections – The election confusion will be concurrent with silver and gold price rises, and home price collapse. US Markets Dataset – There is a constant electronic false flag threat on the financial markets. The false flag will be blamed on Iran. The election seems to be a TPTB deadline; or maybe 11-11-12 is a deadline, for starting something big. All government economic numbers are fraudulent. The Manipulated Market of Diamonds – Sell diamonds now! Right now! I mean really, sell all diamonds now! The Russians found an ancient meteor strike with thousands of years worth of diamonds. At least 5-more mega-diamond-deposits will soon be found in North America. Metals Markets – People are becoming more emotionally attached to gold. TPTB are trying to steer gold emotions to gold shows and gold related activities (that do not involve buying gold.) Russia / Putin. Putin is aware of the ET’s on earth and the breakaway civilization. Putin practices judo, and judo is just like Kung Fu (or whatever), and Putin is really cool because he is an old guy that practices judo. And Russia is waiting for TPTB/USA/ empire to topple without poking at the rotting body too much. TPTB & Minions – Food producers will become local authorities. Some people will start stealing government property. There will be a lot of government looting from within and from outside government. There will be some military mutinies and disappearances. Global Coastal Event – Local conditions will vary. People will flee inland. Rain patterns will change. Government will dissolve by May or June of 2013. The government is still around, but few people will obey government anymore. Free Energy Talk – We are not likely to have a nice little electrical device coming on the market. It is looking like wood is the new free energy. Junk car alternators are also a promising way to produce electricity. Apparently, Clif wants to use a wood-burning rocket-stove steam engine to power junk car alternators. This is the new free energy, it will spread by sharing the knowledge. ET's on Earth – The breakaway civilization works with the ET’s. Aliens like crystals, but it is unclear what type of crystals they prefer. There will be a false flag ET fizzle. There may be a disclosure event from the mainstream media in the final days of mainstream media. Temporal Markers Met – The pedophile ring disclosures are the major hit so far. Data Gap - Possible Carrington Event (Solar Storm) - This will most likely be the trigger event for cascading failures including economic disasters and nuclear disasters. Time Travelers – Time travelers may be tampering with our past. Crystal Amalgam / Alloy Crystal – A new mineral crystal substance will be discovered in Canada, and it will be useful and valuable. | Link |
| Episode 208 (November 2, 2012) | Jeff Harman |
Decoding the Future with Astrology: 2012 & Beyond | Jeff Harman is considered one of the most respected astrologers in the USA. During his return to Veritas we discuss some of the most important topics of this time: * U.S. Election (the chart shows the winner is...); * Weather; * December 21, 2012; * Geopolitics; * Prospects of war; * Economy; * Solar System / Cosmos; * Solar Maximum Effects | Link |
| Episode 209 (November 9, 2012) | Scott Stevens |
Chemtrails: A World in Denial | For years, Scott Stevens was an award-winning television weatherman who, a decade ago, noticed there was something wrong with our sky. This interview will discuss the phenomenon of chemtrails and the global denial that seems to plague the majority of the population. No matter how much proof you can present to the average person and no matter how open minded they are, from all the topics discussed in this radio program, chemtrails seems to be main topic dismisses by most. If there is a concerted effort that the powers that want to be is to dismiss and ridicule the subject and those who research it. In fact, there are pilots who fear that conspiracy theorists may put commercial flights in danger. We discuss the possible who and why of "trails", as Scotts Stevens refers to it. The levels of high alkalinity in the soil is threatening farmers all over the globe, not to mention depletion of nutrients. Chemtrails in the air (aluminum, barium, strontium, etc.), fluoride in the water, and poisonous chemicals in our food. Is there a concerted effort to reduce the population or keep the masses asleep? How much of human "comatose" or "denial" behavior isn't actually caused by the toxicity of this nano-fiber-coated aluminum in Chemtrails? How much of this is causing widespread cognitive troubles? | Link |
| Episode 210 (November 16, 2012) | Dr. R. Leo Sprinkle |
The Psychology of Alien Contact, Abductions, and Past Lives | Long before it was popular to explore the extraterrestrial presence, Dr. R. Leo Sprinkle was quietly, professionally, and sensitively working on this great mystery. He became a life line for those who had experienced unusual contact. This legendary pioneer of research into the UFO contactee and reincarnation phenomena at long last shares his personal story and the insights that he has gathered over the many years. With his professional psychological training and his incredible, natural metaphysical gifts, Dr. Sprinkle reaches conclusions and insights that have escaped others. Dr. Sprinkle provides a unique perspective in the psychology of alien contact and abduction and injects necessary humor and ubiquitous grace. | Link |
| Episode 211 (November 23, 2012) | Jerry Wills |
Extraterrestrials Among US | During this interview we discussed many topics surrounding the extraterrestrial presence on planet Earth, as well as a discussion about an interview conducted by Jerry Wills and Kathy Wills (on location) to Prof. Lachezar Filipov. Filipov was the scientist who reported extraterrestrial contact. He had a quite distinguished, mainstream scientific career. Since 2005 Prof. Lachezar Georgiev Filipov - Deputy Director, International and National Activities Head of Astrophysics and Synergetic Division, Space Research Institute, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences (BAS). Prof. Filipov had given a press conference say that ET's are amongst us, and he was quickly muzzled and hidden away, before the Western Press could speak to him. We discuss this mystery and the interview. In addition, Jerry Wills discusses his own extraterrestrial experience and how it was to grow up very different than other humans, including being 6'6 in eighth grade, his purpose, goal and vision after being placed on planet Earth. | Link |
| Episode 212 (November 30, 2012) | William Dean A. Garner |
The Jesuits, Celestiophysics, Gold and World Domination | Garner discusses how the Jesuits rule the world, using celestiophysics and ancient methods to control us, the people. | Link |
Season 5
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 213 (December 7, 2012) | Dr. Robert Schoch |
Ancient Cataclysms and Forgotten Civilizations | It's significant to hear someone from academia talk about solar flares and physical symptoms like insomnia. In an interview on Veritas Radio, Dr. Robert Schoch, a tenured professor at Boston University, says, "Oh yeah, it seems to be affecting people, there are definitely mood changes and it affects sleep patterns, that sort of thing." We are currently in a solar maximum, and that means the Sun is very active. Robert Schoch's book looks like a timely read-- it's called Forgotten Civilization, the Role of Solar Outbursts in Our Past and Future. He talks about Easter Island and its strange fallout shelters -- were these from solar events? And he weaves an interdisciplinary theory about solar events that altered Earth at the end of last Ice Age (approx. 9700 BCE). Mel Fabregas, the interviewer, asks Schoch if earlier societies were more in touch with astrology and astronomy to determine the future. "Oh yes, absolutely, I think when you look at ancient cultures, ancient civilizations, ancient legends around the world.... people were in touch with the larger cycles of time, the larger cycles of nature. I think we see glimmerings of that in a number of ancient legends, which are more than just legends... but ancient concepts." He notes then the turnover of the Mayan calendar, and the attention there, and how it synchs with increased solar activity. The Earth has had dramatic changes, he says, that are confirmed by geologic evidence, and that show up as "legends" of the ancients. "That's something the ancients were attuned to, and we have lost." I share this now as someone sensitive to this call and response from the Sun to Earth -- the flaring and geomagnetic storms. It's rare to see it framed like this in the context of the longer cycles. Check out the interview above (the first hour is free), and become a member to hear the entire interview. This book could be a great gift, too. Scientific confirmation of advanced civilization at the end of the last ice age, the solar catastrophe that destroyed it, and what the evidence means for our future. • Demonstrates, based on the 12,000-year-old megalithic complex of Göbekli Tepe, that advanced civilization extends thousands of years further back than generally acknowledged • Examines the catastrophic solar outbursts that ended the last ice age, wiping out antediluvian civilization and incinerating much of the evidence of that period • Reveals data that show solar outbursts powerful enough to devastate modern society could return in the future. Building upon his revolutionary theory that the Sphinx dates back much further than 2500 BCE, geologist Robert Schoch reveals scientific evidence of advanced civilization predating ancient Egypt, Sumeria, and Greece, as well as the catastrophe that destroyed it nearly 12,000 years ago and what its legacy can teach us about our own future. Combining evidence from multiple scientific disciplines, Schoch shows how the last ice age ended abruptly in 9700 BCE due to coronal mass ejections from the Sun. These solar outbursts unleashed electrical/plasma discharges upon Earth and triggered volcanic activity, earthquakes, fires, and massive floods as glaciers melted and lightning strikes released torrential rains from the oceans. He explains how these events eradicated the civilization of the time and set humanity back thousands of years, only to re-emerge around 3500 BCE with scattered memories and nascent abilities. He explores within this framework, how many megalithic monuments, underground cities, and ancient legends fall logically into place, as well as the reinterpreted Easter Island rongorongo texts and the intentional burial, 10,000 years ago, of the Göbekli Tepe complex in Turkey. Schoch reveals scientific evidence that shows how history could repeat itself with a coronal mass ejection powerful enough to devastate modern society. Weaving together a new view of the origins of civilization, the truths behind ancient wisdom, and the dynamics of the planet we live on, Schoch maintains we must heed the megalithic warning of the past and collectively prepare for future events. | Link |
| Episode 214 (December 14, 2012) | Clyde Lewis |
A View From Ground Zero | Clyde Lewis has a unique delivery method reminiscent of Network's Howard Beale and Coast to Coast's Art Bell. During this first Veritas visit by Clyde we discussed the release valve that has been implemented so that the masses can vent without causing harm to the establishment. We discussed ways in which you can help wake others up in a way in which you simply lead by example. Is December 21, 2012 the end of the world or the beginning of a new age of with a new paradigm for us to enjoy? We also discuss the Phantom Conspiracy. What if one of the biggest conspiracies is the conspiracy to “create a past” that did not exist? | Link |
| Episode 215 (December 21, 2012) | Mel Fabregas |
2012 Inside Veritas Special | This is Mel Fabregas' third solo episode. After four years on the air, many listeners continue to ask for a program that would discuss the "inside" aspects of Veritas Radio and Mel's views. During this episode we offer a tribute to the main catalyst for this program and our premiere episode guest, Milton Torres. Mel speaks with Geoffrey Torres, Milton's son about his father life and the generation of great men that served with him. As the tradition continues, listeners submit their questions, ranging about 2012, past lives, ET / Alien Disclosure, individual vs. collective consciousness, how to avoid being targeted, the truth or fiction of astrological influences, planting seeds of truth, changing your emotional state to manifest reality, the biggest threats, the big picture, removing "government" from Disclosure and human progress, following intuition while taming the ego, choosing guests and topics, logical reasons that cause past life amnesia, December 21, 2012 has passed - now what? These are some of the many topics addressed during the 2012 Inside Veritas Special. | Link |
| Episode 216 (December 28, 2012) | Max Igan |
A Year In Lak Ech | The message: Lead by example in everything and in all you do. Change your energetic state. Change the way you perceive the world. Change the way you interact with the people around you. Interact with people In Lak Ech, as yourself. Give the people the respect that you would want for yourself and the empathy that you have for yourself. This is how we change the world. We don't really have to do anything. If we start applying ourselves to reality and applying our high energy to the world around us, the world will change by default. This is how it happens. This is the time that it can happen. It has to start now and it has to start with the individual. It has to start with you. This is how to change the world. | Link |
| Episode 217 (January 4, 2013) | Thomas P. Fusco |
Behind The Cosmic Veil: A New Vision of Reality | Thomas P. Fusco, shared his theory on how supernatural and paranormal phenomena can be explained by the opening of 'bubbles' or portals in space-time. Fusco began by recounting an early experience that had left a profound impression on him. While visiting his high school girlfriend's house, he recalled staring at a painting and feeling a severe pain in his left forearm. Fusco said he asked if the artist's arm had ever been injured and was told the artist, his girlfriend's older brother, had been involved in a chainsaw accident that injured his left arm. Such experiences forced Fusco to wonder, "What kind of a universe would allow these types of things to happen?" Fusco discovered that supernatural and paranormal events share a common thread: they are all observations of a physical effect with no direct connected local physical cause. There is a 'super-geometric' overlay on top of physical reality, something extra-dimensional behind these events, he explained. According to Fusco's theory, bizarre phenomena, such as disembodied voices and apparitions, happen when a bubble of space-time expanding from an outside source pushes into our realm. A resulting gravitational anomaly puts atoms under mechanical stress, causing electromagnetic radiation as well as electrons to shift creating photons, which paranormal investigators recognize as luminous orbs, he said. Fusco also discussed how his model could apply to biblical miracles, and suggested that there could be a force behind it all. | Link |
| Episode 218 (January 11, 2013) | John L. Petersen |
A Vision for the Future: Planning for Extraordinary Change | Many believe that the world is entering a time of monumental historic change that will accelerate in the next five years. Our leaders need to be prepared to address life-altering events such as a rapid climate change, a severe restriction of the oil supply, a tipping point in the global financial system, disease, population explosion. The future of the world depends on the choices we all make. Through his futurist think tank, John L. Petersen connects dots and describes the future. | Link |
| Episode 219 (January 18, 2013) | Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher |
The Duality of Genius: Sowing the Seeds of Progress and Destruction | Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher discussed the work of Einstein, Tesla, and others, and shared how their work has also been sequestered and turned into weapons, instead of progress. As many other researchers who step outside the proverbial box to help humanity, she has been threatened multiple times. As a holder of multiple patents, she is very aware that there is a duality with all inventions. They can be used to break the current paradigm or they can be used for destruction. One of her goals in life has been to figure what nature of reality is. Dr. Rauscher discusses the concept of time travel and says that mental time travel is possible and being used with remote viewing. From the age of 9 to 13 she built her own telescopes. Science sometimes behaves like a religion, with its own unique structure. A true scientist changes their philosophy (their religion) to match the data. The date/facts are more important than what you believe them to be. That's a non-religion. That is using information to decide what is meaningful and real vs. what is not. Religion says, "You believe or else!" That's what our educational system says: "Shut up and believe the teacher!" That doesn't allow for individuals to think and be their own human beings. And that's the key. It's the freedom to think. The freedom to search for truth and knowledge and meaning within their own lives. That's the structure of society, religion, and even science. Civilization is a very thin façade. Compassion is crucial to the way we live. Compassion with the planet and every living being live in harmony. When astronauts leave Earth, they need their life support system. Without it they die. Human beings are damaging their life-support system, planet Earth, and it's out of power and greed. The main points that perpetuate the Status Quo are: 1. Resistance to change; 2. Money and power invested in the system the way it is. | Link |
| Episode 220 (January 25, 2013) | Dr. Richard Alan Miller |
ESP, Alternative 3, Time Travel, & Stargates | During this 3-hour / 3-Part interview, Dr. Richard Alan Miller discussed his background as a child prodigy, and how his high school science project, unbeknownst to him, was used by NASA to determine the existence and amount of water on Mars. He has an extensive resume with government in top secret clearance capacities. We discussed ESP and the power that we all have to tap into these abilities which he was charged to train Navy Seals to exhibit super human abilities. Dr. Miller saw an official document that stated the USA and the former Soviet Union were partners in a Mars mission even before the USA went to the Moon. He says that time and space are not real; they are subsets of something more. He confirmed the existence of underground facilities and rode a motorcycle in one of these. | Link |
| Episode 221 (February 1, 2013) | Santos Bonacci |
The Alchemy of 'Stairway to Heaven' and The Hijacking of Astrology | Are religious institutions replacing knowledge with beliefs? Why do "believers" accept everything without proof? Why does Christianity demonize astrology? Could it be because Christianity hijacked astrology, and what is supposed to be planets and zodiac signs is now been embedded to Christianity? 12 planets and 12 apostles. The sun and the son. The discussion is intended to genuinely ask and explore the questions religious institutions do not want to address. We respect all beliefs but still want the truth even if shatters paradigms. | Link |
| Episode 222 (February 8, 2013) | Lawrence R. Spencer |
Alien Interview | From Lawrence R. Spencer, editor of 'Alien Interview': The content of this interview and book is the letter, official Top-Secret U.S. Army Air Force interview transcripts and personal notes I received from the late Matilda O'Donnell MacElroy. Her letter to me asserts that this material is based on a series of interviews she conducted with an extra-terrestrial being as part of her official duty as a nurse in the U.S. Army Air Force. The extra-terrestrial she interviewed identified itself as an officer, pilot and engineer of The Domain Expeditionary Force, a race of beings who have been using the asteroid belt in our solar system as an intergalactic base of operations for the past 10,000 years. Her dying request was that the transcripts finally be released to the world. In a letter received with the transcripts, Mrs. MacElroy says: "Mankind needs to know the answers to questions which are contained in these documents: Who are we? Where did we come from? What is our purpose on Earth? If there is intelligent life elsewhere in the universe why have they not contacted us? It is vital that people understand the devastating consequences to our physical and spiritual survival if we fail to take effective action to undo the long-standing and pervasive effects of alien intervention on Earth." | Link |
| Episode 223 (February 15, 2013) | Dr. Diane Hennacy Powell |
The ESP Enigma: The Scientific Case for Psychic Phenomena | More and more we hear the term ESP in the news, and even scientists are looking into it. Dr. Dianne Hennacy Powell we will discuss research and her book The ESP Enigma: The Scientific Case for Psychic phenomena. The ESP Enigma presents a summary of the research on the four basis psychic abilities: telepathy (the ability to access someone else's consciousness (psychokinesis (the ability for one's conscious intention to directly act upon physical matter), clairvoyance (the ability to see something remote in space or time), and precognition (the ability to access the future). Some studies looked at large group of individuals with the hypothesis that psychic abilities may be an innate capacity in all of us. Others have researched individuals who seem to possess these abilities to an extraordinary degree. We also address another question: how could psychic phenomena e possible? There have been enough advances in science over the last twenty years to now propose an acceptable mechanism by which psychic phenomena could occur. This new model for the brain and consciousness has the potential to reshape not just our attitudes towards psychic phenomena but also our understanding of our own minds. | Link |
| Episode 224 (February 22, 2013) | Richard Cottrell |
Gladio: The Pentagon-Nazi-Mafia Terror Axis | Gladio: NATO's Dagger at the Heart of Europe, The Pentagon-Nazi-Mafia Terror Axis written by former European parliamentarian Richard Cottrell reveals the dark side of NATO. This explosive book covers a vast array of NATO assassination, false-flags and other covert operations. The recent attack on Libya laid bare the iron fist behind the velvet glove of slogans like "human rights" and "international community." This latest aggression, like the destruction of Yugoslavia and the rape of Afghanistan, proceeds under the cover of NATO. And what is NATO? Author Richard Cottrell tells the story of mayhem, murder and subversion behind the "alliance for peace." Masquerading as a rear guard against Soviet invaders, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) was promoted during the Cold War as a force for peace. Yet NATO always had its very dark side since its inception. NATO's covert forces warped into psychological and physical terrorism. These were the "years of lead," in which hundreds perished in a synthetic war in the streets of Europe. In addition, NATO commander General Lyman Lemnitzer ordered serial attacks on French president Charles de Gaulle. Sacked from the Pentagon by John F. Kennedy for rank insubordination, then exiled to Europe, did Lemnitzer also reap his revenge in Dallas? Once the Soviet threat vanished, NATO became the aggressor against a series of small, independent nations: Yugoslavia, Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya with Syria and Iran next on the list. These supposed peace keepers are constantly engaged in a cycle of overthrowing independent governments and constant warfare at the behest of their globalist handlers. A deeper look at NATO uncovers even more unsettling facts about this global police force. The secret armies forged bonds with organized crime and neo-fascists. NATO-backed coups struck down governments in Greece and Turkey; the island state of Cyprus was sundered amid bitter genocide. Urban guerrillas like the Red Brigades and the Baader-Meinhof Gang were cunningly manipulated. Italy gained a deep-state government, the ultra-secret P2 pseudo-Masonic lodge, founded by former Blackshirts. The covert units of NATO continue to operate and their fingerprints are found on many different world events. Swedish premier Olof Palme and Italian ex-PM Aldo Moro were assassinated. Pope John Paul II was shot by Turkish gangsters who had regular work as Gladio guns for hire. The shootings in Norway in July 2011, and in Belgium, France and Italy in 2012, all bore the classic stripe of Gladio false-flag operations. Cottrell documents how the infamous Northwoods Plot virus was transformed into the current terror-mongering that has struck the western world in the wake of 9/11. The old communist bogey-man was replaced with new enemies: jihadists and anarchists supposedly opposed to the global world order. He shows that the Gladio virus is not past history, but is highly active today. He writes "Terror is being used as a weapon to destroy the cherished freedoms of democratic societies. This is the forerunner of the autocratic authoritarian system for which Lemnitzer yearned." | Link |
| Episode 225 (March 1, 2013) | Chris Bledsoe |
Vox Populi: The Chris Bledsoe Story | There have been many UFO cases addressed on various television documentaries throughout the years. Many of these are forgettable, many are biased, and then there are a few that present the facts as they are. One of the latter was presented by the MUFON organization in October, 2008. The special was carried by the Discovery Channel. Titled "UFOs over Earth," the hour-long show addressed an extremely compelling case of UFO sightings, an alien encounter, and possible alien abduction. On January 8, 2007, this baffling case began in Fayetteville, North Carolina, on the banks of the Cape Fear River. The main witness in this case is one Chris Bledsoe Sr. Bledsoe, a successful builder and commercial pilot, was well liked and respected in his community. On the day of the strange events, he was fishing with four other men, Donny Ackerman, Gene Robinson, David McDonald. and Chris Bledsoe Jr. The relationship between Bledsoe and the other three men was not addressed fully on the TV program, but Mr. Bledsoe informed me that Ackerman, Robinson, and McDonald worked for him as framing subcontractors, and had just finished a large beach home and gotten paid the day of the encounter. They invited Chris Sr. and Jr. to go fishing with them. Bledsoe Sr. said, "Why not?" as his wife and three other children were out of town that day. They all rode to the fishing spot in Bledsoe's four door pickup truck because it was a four-wheel drive, and could maneuver in the muddy banks of the river. Bledsoe took a walk away from the fishing spot, and spotted three UFOs. He returned to the fishing spot, and pointed out the objects to the other three men. They were frightened by the UFOs, and quickly left the river, seeing the objects again. After Bledsoe arrived home, and went out into his backyard to find out why his dogs were barking. He followed them into the woods, and saw an alien being. After the basic details of Bledsoe's encounter were taken by MUFON (Mutual UFO Network) investigators, the UFO group was anxious to gather testimony from Bledsoe's fishing buddies, but they had trouble locating the three for a time. This, by no means, lessens the validity of their eyewitness accounts. Rating the authenticity of a UFO sighting as to the social status of a witness was employed by Project Blue Book in the 1960s, and was eventually found to be faulty. There is no evidence at this time to suggest that they made up their stories, or conspired to create a hoax. If they did, they did a remarkable job. All of the accounts given by the three regarding the sighting of the three unknown flying objects were almost identical. | Link |
| Episode 226 (March 8, 2013) | William Henry |
The Ark of the Covenant | William Henry discusses historical, geopolitical, and supernatural aspects of the lost Ark of the Covenant, and its possible connection to end times prophecies. The Ark is traditionally thought of as a rectangular container made by Moses to contain holy books and other items, but Henry believes it's actually a component of a larger, powerful Judgment Day device. He suggested that this device can operate as an otherworldly ascension tool, transmuting a person upon contact into a body of light, who can then travel the universe. It's really a "throne of God," which facilitates the manifestation of luminous beings that can appear on the Earth plane, he continued. Henry contended that the Ark is not currently on Earth, but will be brought here by advanced beings who use it like a stargate. Yet, various countries such as Iran and Israel may be seeking out the Ark, he said. Israel's recent operation in Gaza was called "Operation Pillar of Cloud," which is a direct reference to the Ark, he commented. Further, the Ark was a factor in the Iraq war-- "there's no doubt that's why we wanted to stop Saddam Hussein-- this is the weapon of mass destruction," he argued. And Ayatollah Khamenei, the spiritual leader of Shi’ite Islam in Iran, believes he is divinely ordained to introduce the Islamic messiah, the Mahdi, who will recover and reveal the Ark. In July, 2012 Khamenei told the Iranian people to prepare for Judgment Day and the imminent return of the Mahdi. Various prophecies speak of the appearance of a great sign before the Second Coming, and Henry believes the re-emergence of the Ark of the Covenant is that sign. He also addressed how the Ark exists as both a material object, and spiritual potential within each person. For more, check out a trailer for Henry's new DVD, The Judgment Day Device. | Link |
| Episode 227 (March 15, 2013) | James Rink, James Casbolt, Alara Blackwell, and Max Spiers |
Super Soldier Roundtable | None of the roundtable participants like the term "Super Soldier". The only reason why it is being used is because most in the alternative media community are familiar with the term. A more appropriate term would be "Enhance Humans" or perhaps genetically modified transhumans. The future of war is going to look really, really weird. The "super soldier" research that DARPA (the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) is working on right now is unlike anything we have ever seen before. If DARPA is successful, and if the American people don’t object, the soldiers of the future will be genetically modified transhumans capable of superhuman feats. Do you want a soldier that can run faster than Usain Bolt? DARPA is working on that. Do you want a soldier that won’t need food or sleep for days? DARPA is working on that? Do you want a soldier that can regrow lost limbs? DARPA is working on that. Do you want a soldier that can outlift Olympic weightlifters and that can communicate telepathically? DARPA is working on that. Americans flock to movies about superheroes and mutants, and soon they may actually have real life "superheroes" and "mutants" fighting their wars for them. But at what cost? A recent article detailed many of the strange research projects that DARPA is working on right now. The fact that DARPA has actually allowed these projects to be revealed in the mainstream media probably means that the development stage is nearly over and they are ready to try to convince a wary public to accept them... Tomorrow’s soldiers could be able to run at Olympic speeds and will be able to go for days without food or sleep, if new research into gene manipulation is successful. According to the U.S. Army’s plans for the future, their soldiers will be able to carry huge weights, live off their fat stores for extended periods and even regrow limbs blown apart by bombs. The plans were revealed by novelist Simon Conway, who was granted behind-the-scenes access to the Pentagon’s high-tech Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency. So how is this possible? How would you genetically modify a human to be able to have these abilities? A different article recently explained {how this basically works}. Most gene modification techniques involve placing genetically modified DNA inside a virus and injecting it into the human body. The virus then enters human cells, and its modified DNA attaches itself to the human DNA inside those cells. When you really stop and think about this kind of technology, the implications are staggering. Could viruses be used to genetically modify humanity on a large scale? How would the rest of humanity respond to a "super race" of mutants that are clearly "superior" to the rest of us in a bunch of different ways? When you start messing with creation, it opens up Pandora’s Box. The possibilities are endless, but so are the potential problems. Just because we can do something does not mean that we should. There may be consequences decades down the road that we cannot even conceive of right now. Other "super soldier" research projects that DARPA is working on at the moment involve advanced technology and robotics rather than genetic modification. For example, DARPA is developing helmets that would allow our soldiers to communicate telepathically... More recently, DARPA’s Silent Talk programme has been exploring mind-reading technology with devices that can pick up the electrical signals inside soldiers’ brains and send them over the internet. With these implants, entire armies will be able to talk without radios. Orders will leap instantly into soldiers’ heads and commanders’ wishes will become the wishes of their men. I don’t know about you, but I would not want anyone reading my thoughts or beaming orders directly into my brain. DARPA is also working on "exoskeletons" that will enable soldiers to lift incredible weights without tiring and perform other physical tasks that normal soldiers simply could not do. DARPA is also hoping to one-day implant microchips into our soldiers that will constantly monitor the health and physical condition of our boys and girls in the field. For many, these new technologies are very exciting. For others, they cross the line. Merging men with machines or messing with the very fabric of life is the kind of thing that science fiction movies are made of. Unfortunately, if we make a very serious mistake we just can’t get up and turn off the movie. Any mistakes that we make could stay with us indefinitely. But at this point it looks like there is very little standing in the way of these kinds of technology becoming mainstream. Tests on rats have already shown {what is possible}. In 2005, Ronald Evans, a hormone expert working at the Salk Institute of Biological Studies in La Jolla, California, showed how genetic modification can increase the athletic power of mice. Evans produced a group of genetically modified mice with an increased amount of slow-twitch muscle fibre. This type of fibre is associated with strong cardiovascular muscles and boosts an athlete’s endurance. Evans’s mice could run for an hour longer than normal mice, were resistant to weight gain no matter what they were fed on, and remained at peak fitness even when they took no exercise. How much do you think people would pay to be able to remain at peak fitness without doing any exercise at all? When the general public realizes what is possible there will be an overwhelming demand for these technologies. So just how far can all of this go? Well, futurist Ray Kurzeil believes that we are only about 20 years away from actually achieving immortality... {Ray Kurzweil}, a world-renowned scientist and author of The Singularity is Near, thinks the world as we know it will be unrecognizable in 20 years. One of the changes he thinks are possible: Scientists may finally crack immortality. "I and many other scientists now believe that in around 20 years we will have the means to reprogram our bodies’ stone-age software so we can halt, then reverse, aging," "Then nanotechnology will let us live forever. Ultimately, nanobots will replace blood cells and do their work thousands of times more effectively." Eternal life? I wouldn’t count on the human body being able to live forever. But without a doubt we are going to see a whole lot of humans attempting to "merge with technology "and reprogram themselves" through genetic modification in future years. The wars of the future will look nothing like the wars of the past. The genetically modified soldiers of the future will be supported by robots on the ground and by "swarms of drones" in the sky. In fact, the "swarms of drones" are already here. Don't believe me. Turn on your TV. According to a Boeing press release, the researchers and engineers conducted the test flights in Oregon in June using two ScanEagle drones which performed like a "swarm of insects." The flight operator was able to connect with the autonomous drones using only a laptop and a military radio. Boeing engineers said the drones were able to complete tasks more efficiently by communicating with each other. "This swarm technology may one day enable warfighters in battle to request and receive time-critical intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance information directly from airborne (unmanned aerial vehicles) much sooner than they can from ground control stations today," Gabriel Santander, program director of Advanced Autonomous Networks for Boeing Phantom Works, said in the press release. Technology is advancing at such a rapid pace that it is really hard to keep track of it all. But where is it taking us? There as a nightmarish high tech Big Brother surveillance grid that is going up all around us. Our lives are becoming completely dominated by technology, and that is a very dangerous thing. We like to think that all of these new technologies will always be used for good and will never fall into the hands of tyrannical madmen, but history tells us that liberty and freedom are very rare phenomenon’s. Throughout most of human history, most people have lived under some form of tyranny. And today liberty and freedom are already rapidly disappearing all over the globe. Technology has progressed to the point where it would definitely be possible for a "scientific dictatorship" to completely and totally dominate humanity unlike anything we have ever seen before. So, we should be very careful about what we create. We might be creating our own living hell. | Link |
| Episode 228 (March 22, 2013) | Grant Cameron |
UFOs, Area 51, and Government Informants | Grant Cameron and Scott Crain (his co-author) do more than demonstrate the reality of an extraterrestrial presence on Earth. Through tenacious investigation and impeccable research, they shine a light into the CIA, NSA, Air Force, Navy, and other inside groups that have managed this secret for decades. Their conclusion is inescapable and shocking: this is a secret that the insiders themselves struggle to understand and contain. "Government agencies, at various times, perceive a need to release some UFO information to the public. Some, definitely not all. How do they do it? Always via avenues that leave no one at risk. That means ensuring there is no direct connection between the agency and whomever is doing the actual releasing. It also means the necessity of mixing in some false information. It means, ultimately, to tell the truth, but tell it slant. Until there is a full disclosure of the UFO/ET reality, deniability will remain paramount to those in possession of this great secret." Cameron observed that UFO revelations often follow a pattern where researchers examine the information, then it becomes discredited, and "everybody just drops the story" in search of the next big disclosure. However, he refuted the idea that these are patently false stories planted by the government and suggested that, in fact, they contain accurate information which is then smeared with disinformation via holes in the story that have been created ahead of time. Furthering his thesis on these UFO disclosures, Cameron posited that the government is "putting the information out, but they are keeping the cover up going" by subsequently discrediting it. Additionally, he theorized that the era of UFO whistleblowers is over and anyone claiming to be such a witness is "working for them." To that end, he said that, since the government would easily be able to identify any 'anonymous' whistleblower, then the person must be revealing these secrets at the behest of the 'powers that be.' Cameron also contended that "all leaked documents are phony," because they are classified material and the government would swiftly arrest anyone who breached that official secrecy. | Link |
| Episode 229 (March 29, 2013) | Matthew Stein |
When Disaster Strikes and When Technology Fails | Did you know that if the power grid fails in the United States, we could be facing thousands of Chernobyls all happening at the same time? There are approximately 104 nuclear reactors in the USA. What should we do if one of these reactors went into meltdown? Tonight, we discuss six trends, each of which are potential civilization busters. These trends may be forming into the “Perfect Storm” for collapse. Do we have a chance for avoiding long term collapse of the world as we know it? Every time a natural disaster is on the horizon, like a huge blizzard or a major hurricane, the so-called “experts” on the radio and TV tell us what they think we need to do to be prepared, yet people always find themselves grossly unprepared. What things are they not telling us that we need to know, and what are some of the most important things in your 72-hour survival kit that are lacking in what these “experts” recommend? Five acres of land and an off-grid home sound like the way to go, but quite frankly they are out of reach for most people who are living from paycheck to paycheck. Are those without extra cash just out of luck or is there hope? What can we do to prepare? There are dark clouds gathering on the horizon. Collectively, they are converging to form the perfect storm—a storm of such magnitude that it will dwarf anything that mankind has ever seen. If we are unsuccessful in our attempts to calm this storm, without a doubt it will destroy life as we know it on Planet Earth! For this and ways to survive when disaster strikes or technology fails and ways to prevent these disasters and live in a sustainable world, Matthew Stein is tonight’s special guest. | Link |
| Episode 230 (April 5, 2013) | Marshall Klarfeld |
The Anunnaki Were Here! | Could what we believe about mankind's creation be wrong? Are we alone in the universe. Are there other civilizations out in the universe that could be like us? Did they come to visit us? Are they trying to visit us? Is there a god? What was the purpose of the pyramids and all the magnificent megalithic structures around the world that in the 21st century we have not been able to replicate after thousands of years? We have heard the theory of how a more advanced race mixed their DNA with the homo erectus to create the homo sapiens to mine gold. What if the sole purpose of many megalithic structures in the Middle East, Africa, Europe, Asia, and the Americas were built as washboards to collect gold from running water and had nothing to do with what you thought until now? These are some of the questions that tonight’s special guest has pondered all his life. He wants to know everything. | Link |
| Episode 231 (April 12, 2013) | Jef Harvey |
Confessions of a Former U.S. Navy Intelligence Operative | It would be very difficult to summarize this interview as it includes a plethora of topics, ranging from Jef Harvey's experience as a former U.S. Navy Intelligence Operative. During his tenure in the military, Jef came very close to the truth. Some he cannot still mention due to his top-secret clearance, but he does mention many other encounters with pedophiles within the military; multi-country submarines that seem to be guarding something of importance in the Marianas Trench. In addition, Jef Harvey comes forward with information regarding an implant of unknown origin removed by Dr. Roger Leir. The latter was televised during an episode of UFO Hunters. Jef believes UFO Hunters is nothing but Cointelpro and many of its cast are there with the purpose of maintaining the Status Quo and to be gatekeepers for the establishment. During the episode the producers did not mention that the implant could have been placed by the U.S. Military. Jef discusses his current work with radionics and issues recommendations of how to detoxify of all the poisons in our food, air, water, and mind. This is a 3-Part / 3-hour interview with a lot of information. You may have to listen more than once to absorb it all. | Link |
| Episode 232 (April 19, 2013) | Richard Dolan |
Rethinking ET: UFOs for the 21st Century Mind | Richard Dolan is known for his meticulous research and has written many books on UFO history. Recently, he and his co-author Bryce Zabel wrote A.D. After Disclosure, which studies the ramification in a world where the reality of extraterrestrial life is a fact. Now Dolan is working on a new book 'Rethinking ET: UFOs for the 21st Century Mind.' In a world plagued with war, financial collapse, disease and societal problems, how relevant are UFOs these days. During this interview filmed at the 2013 International UFO Congress, Dolan explored all possibilities and the new technological advances that make the UFO topic more mainstream, yet difficult for researchers since affordable technology can produce Hollywood-like footage that can fool the most discerning eye. The interview is available on video (inside Veritas TV) and audio. | Link |
| Episode 233 (April 26, 2013) | Clark McClelland |
NASA & The Dictatorial Secret Shadow Government | Warning: This program contains language that may be offensive to some. Listener discretion is advised. Disclaimer: The opinions expressed on this radio program are solely the opinions of the guest and do not represent the opinions of the host, Veritas Radio or its affiliates. Clark McClelland has had an interesting, unique, and painful story. From 1958 to 1992 Clark worked for NASA as an ScO (spacecraft operator). During his tenure he met Apollo Mission astronaut and, according to Clar, he designed the Apollo XI emblem. He met and worked with many Germany scientists (former NAZIs) who came to the United States via Operations Paperclip. According to Drs. Werner von Braun and Hermann Oberth, they said the cannot take full credit for their technological innovations and said, they had help from an extraterrestrial civilization. In 1991 Clark witnessed a 8-9 ft being in space communicating with the space shuttle crew. In 1992, apparently, after learning so many truths, NASA decided to dismiss him on a very minor technicality. An error in the residential address written on his original employment application in 1958. His pension was canceled and he could not find any work in relevant fields of aerospace, public- or private sector-wise. He was only able to find employment in Disney World for $4.25 per hour. Clark is certain that there is a dictatorial secret shadow government, that has not only taken over NASA, but the United States of America. He strongly believed that the world is being enslaved by a few. During this very heated interview Clark recounted his meetings with former US presidents, astronauts and even his visit with former Hollywood star Jackie Gleason and his testimony about his trip to Homestead AFB with former US President Richard Nixon, where he saw wreckage from downed extraterrestrial aircraft and even bodies. Under the guise of "war on terrorism," first, the Bush administration, and now the Obama administration, have created a potential presidential dictatorship, using Executive Orders as the foundation; a dictatorial secret shadow government with unnamed officials who are working in secure secret locations; a secret shadow government backed by the greatest military force the world has ever known; and none dares to question treason. Should we citizens be concerned about a treasonous presidential dictatorship? If the United States government is truly attempting to promote "democratic government principles" around the world, as government propagandists tell us we are, is it not being hypocritical for this government to maintain a secret shadow government? A truly free people in a true democracy does not need or want a secret shadow government. Public servants are supposed to serve the public; in order to serve the public, they must be visible and accessible to the public, none of which exists with Executive Orders created secret shadow government. | Link |
| Episode 234 (May 3, 2013) | Susan Joy Rennison |
Space Weather: Implications for Planet Earth and Humankind | The material of tonight’s interview is so important that our special guest has granted an extra Part. In 3 hours we will discuss the new phenomena of space weather driving massive evolutionary change. In 2006, Susan Joy Rennison wrote a book titled Tuning the Diamonds: Electromagnetism & Spiritual Evolution, because she realized that modern Mayan elders were trying to point out that the citizens of planet earth were entering a new world age dominated by aether or space. The basic premise of her research was that the dramatic increase and impact of space weather was the predicted arrival. Today, things have moved on considerably and geoscientists worldwide are adamant that our planet is experiencing a “global energy leap” and the inevitable consequence will be more mega-disasters. World governments have been warned that there is a new need for disaster preparedness and there is now a new sense of urgency. Even Lloyd’s of London, the world’s leading insurance company providing specialist insurance services to businesses in over 200 countries and territories, have declared: “A major space weather event in the approaching solar maximum could cause widespread disruption for unprepared businesses. Lloyd’s 360 space weather report produced by Lloyd’s and RAL space, aims to increase awareness of space weather as a global risk. In this 3-hour interview, Susan Joy Rennison offers unique perspective based on the integration of science, metaphysics and ancient knowledge. | Link |
| Episode 235 (May 10, 2013) | Stan Deyo |
Impending Earth Changes & The Mysterious Roars, Cracks, & Booms | Stan Deyo has an uncanny ability to forecast seismic and volcanic activity, but he also knows history, and having held an above top-secret security clearance, he is aware of how the united states conquered anti-gravity propulsion since the 1950s. Imagine what we can do now. Is the planet getting ready for a change? Could we be rapidly approaching a time where wars may be a thing of the past, but one world government via 10 regions decided by the United Nations be a reality? Is the planet expanding and that is why we are hearing mother earth roar, crack and boom? What do the Hopi and even NASA know that they are not discussing? Why has Stan’s ability to extrapolate information for his forecasts been limited? Could comet ISON be the Blue Star Kachina the Hopi talked about and what could our solar system experience during its passing? What are the safe areas to endure any possible man-made or natural calamity? These are some of the questions addressed during this interview. | Link |
| Episode 236 (May 17, 2013) | Dr. Rita Louise |
Man Made: The Chronicles of Our Extraterrestrial Gods | A growing number of serious, level-headed researchers and academics are beginning to see a convergence of elements between the ancient spiritual/religious worldview with that of the current worldview promoted by modern science. The authors of "Man Made" are at the cutting edge of this promising new potential. All mankind stands to benefit if the divisive differences between religion and science can be logically and reasonably resolved. This book is highly understandable, concisely written and covers one of the major facets of this potential convergence ... the remarkable similarity between the classic mythology of our most ancient cultures. Separated by vast distances, oceans, distinct languages and millennia of time, the core elements of these legends are uncannily similar, yet come from highly disparate peoples. How can this be? The amount and degree of these similarities defy the mathematically statistical odds of simple coincidence. As an example, there are over 600 known variations of "Noah's Flood Story" from cultures as distinct and far ranging as the ancestral Australian Aborigines to the ancient North American Eskimo tribes, which reach back in time for as far as 6500 years and longer. There must be a better explanation than simple coincidence and this book will offer a logical and compelling alternative. However, it is very important for you to know that "Man Made" is directed toward the average reader in an effort to better describe a more accurate understanding of human history than the version we were taught in school, church, college and were "coerced" into accepting. The information in this book is one of the keys which will ultimately unlock the gate to a new, higher level of human evolution, which is about to shift and take place in the 21st Century. Read. Think for yourself. Enter the future. The future is here. | Link |
| Episode 237 (May 24, 2013) | Jose Escamilla |
Rods, The Moon, The Battle of L.A., & NASA UFOs | On March 5, 1994, Jose Escamilla videotaped sixteen minutes of UFO footage in broad daylight nine miles south of Roswell, New Mexico. He thought this would be the only UFO encounter he and his family would ever have. But fourteen days later he captured something on videotape that would forever change his life. He discovered something flying in the skies that just didn't look normal. At first, he thought they were insects flying close to the video camera. After a number of tests, he found out they were not insects. He found out they were not birds. Instead he discovered something that will forever change the way we accept reality. They are called Rods. And they are appearing everywhere, all over the world. We discuss NASA, The Moon, and the concerted effort by the intelligence apparatus to marginalize his work. | Link |
| Episode 238 (May 31, 2013) | F. William Engdahl |
Oil Wars, Gods of Money, and Seeds of Destruction | The myth of oil scarcity has allowed four giant corporations along with a handful of Wall Street banks to control the world's largest and most essential commodity, oil. The myth originated in the 1950's from a geologist at Royal Dutch Shell. It was revived in 2003 in time for the US invasion of Iraq. The reality is quite different from claims of Peak Oil. In reality the world is running into oil and not running out of oil. Oil does not come from the accumulation of algae, plankton or dinosaur remains. In fact, Russian researchers, over decades of testing and observation, concluded that oil fields dot die. They constantly renew themselves. But we are told otherwise to perpetuate the scarcity myth. The wars in Africa, the ‘Arab Spring’, Iraq—are all to maintain a lock-grip control of the world's known oilfields. The myth of scarcity has been a pillar of their power and in fact of the power-projection of the United States as sole superpower. As Henry Kissinger said, "If you control the oil you control entire nations." The opposite is also true--If oil cannot be controlled the controlling powers lose their control over other nations and the wars that go with it. The dollar financial system of Wall Street was born not at a conference in Bretton Woods New Hampshire in 1944. It was born in the first days of August, 1945 with the dropping of the atomic bomb on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. After that point the world was in no doubt of who was the power to reckon with. Tonight, we will trace the history of money as an instrument of power; and trace the evolution of that power in the hands of a tiny elite that regards themselves as, quite literally, gods- We will discuss how this group of psychopaths abused their power and how they systematically set out to control the entire world. We also discuss how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish its control over the very basis of human survival, the provision of our daily bread. Control the food and you control the people. There is a World of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life-forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. | Link |
| Episode 239 (June 6, 2013) | Neil Kramer |
The Science of Sacrifice, Liberation from Control, & Changing Reality with Will | 1. What is really occurring behind events like Newtown and Boston Marathon. Any disturbed mind can be picked up and programmed to do anything. Computer games and movies amplify violence, to enmesh itself in the inner landscape, and therefore it becomes concrete in the outer landscape. The imaginal is real. 2. Sacrifice events are multi-level ceremonies with (I) prefabricated terror pawns, (II) programming social consciousness to manifest terror as part of civil life, (III) political strategizing to target new global resources (to prolong the capitalist marketplace), (IV) Harvesting fear, spilling blood, as ritual sacrifice for the old Gods. (Ritual celebration of Ba'ast on 15th April for centuries). 3. Harvesting consent for dismantling the constitution. 1St and 2nd amendments are absolutely vital to the health of the reprivate. Without the 2nd amendment, there is no 1st amendment. There is an enormous difference between a written constitution (USA) and an unwritten one (UK). One reasonably represents the people, and one does not. 4. 2nd Amendment exists to protect the people from corrupt government. Without this potent and physical symbol of faith in personal liberty, there is no meaningful relationship. The government ceases to serve the people (it's only job), and becomes a rogue entity with a secret and dishonorable mandate. 5. Complete dissolution of credible mainstream media. No unbiased, clear reporting anymore. It's gone. Liberation from Control: 1. Creating a life that is aligned with noble spirit, truth, and authentic conduct. This means hard decision and brutal honesty in what we do, how we do it, and who we do it with. 2. Acknowledging that our innate divinity is the only single authority. Never envisage any outside agency as having authority over us. The only authority is within. 3. Making conscious growth the benchmark for honor in ourselves, our friends & family, our government, and our society. Is Obama consciously growing? Is Joe Biden? Is Hillary Clinton? Is Susan Rice? 4. Understand that the path of awakening, the journey of soul cultivation – is inherently, on earth, an independent one. Any political, religious or social doctrine, dogma, or piety that might be restricting the individual, must be cast off. 5. Should we vote? Withdrawing your vote is withdrawing your consent. We re-claim our power and do something better with it, in ourselves, with our families, with our communities, with our relationship with the divine. Paying for de-education: 1. The vigorous de-education program at work in our schools & colleges, conditioning young minds to stop engaging with natural organic human culture, and instead, position themselves for the corporate workplace and machine culture. 2. Gradual deletion of history, art, music, and literature, from standard elementary and high school education. Unless young men and women continue their own self-directed education, they go into the world with no context, no perspective, and no substantial knowledge. No sense of history = no sense of purpose. Changing reality with will: 1. Will in man is composed of (I) Divine will, (II) Soul will, and (III) Human will. All our "freewill" actions are therefore emanating from a number of different places simultaneously. 2. We think that human will is the major influencing factor in our reality. It is not. What manifests in the 3D consensus reality is coming "down" from Soul will, not human will. 3. Is everyone walking around a human being with a soul? Or are there other beings amongst us who do not possess an immortal soul. 4. As quoted in the Apocalypse of Peter, "Not every soul is of the truth, nor of immortality." 5. Ensouled humans, have a golden round-trip ticket, from and back to, the divine. Un-ensouled humans do not. They lack divine will as they were not created by the divine. The do however, have an opportunity to create a soul vehicle, and therefore have a shot at returning to the divine. | Link |
| Episode 240 (June 13, 2013) | Dr. Susan B. Martinez |
The Lost History of the Little People: Their Spiritually Advanced Civilizations Around the World | According to Dr. Susan B. Martinez, tonight’s special guest, there was an advanced species of little people that covered the face of the Earth before the advent of mankind. When mankind started taking over they started disappearing almost without a trace. Yet traces of a few of them were found. In certain parts of the United States mounds were found. They contained the bones of tiny elf like people. They were brushed off as the graves of children yet they showed signs of being Middle Aged adults. Cheyenne legend holds that there was a race of people who lived in barrow or underground. They taught the Native Americans about the use of herbs and medicines plus the use of tools and technology. They were the teachers of mankind. All around the world there are societies of little people. The bushmen of the Congo, Negritos in Indonesia, Negrillos in the Philippines and the Andamans in the continent of South America. There are legends of these little people documented all over the world, ranging from Greek, Roman, Sumerian, Irish, Norse and Native American. The little people of today live in forests, underground dwellings and high mountainous areas. As modern humans encroach they die off and their numbers become fewer. In the barrows that have been unearthed, advanced tools have been found indicating that they knew how to build and manufacture tools long before homo sapiens even appeared. They passed their skills to us. The little people came from an Island continent called Pan, also known as Lemuria or Mu, which like Atlantis was destroyed in a great flood. The survivors joined everyone on the mainland. Their skin was described as white or almost translucent, you could see through their veins. They people of peace, well-mannered and non-violent, due to the absence of weaponry in all their burial sites. Their society was egalitarian and their beehive societal structure puts the priority on the tribe instead of members venturing alone. They were nocturnal dwellers with moon like eyes. Their women were abducted by the homo erectus. This hybridization gave way to homo sapiens: the birth of man. The Little People were the catalyst for the emergence of the first known civilizations • Traces the common roots of key words and holy symbols, including the scarlet biretta of Catholic cardinals, back to the Little People • Explains how the mounds of North America and Ireland were not burial sites but the homes of the Little People • Includes the Tuatha De Danaan, the Hindu Sri Vede, the dwarf gods of Mexico and Peru, the Menehune of Hawaii, the Nunnehi of the Cherokee as well as African Pygmies and the Semang of Malaysia. All cultures have stories of the First People, the “Old Ones,” our prehistoric forebears who survived the Great Flood and initiated the first sacred traditions. From the squat “gods” of Mexico and Peru to the fairy kingdom of Europe to the blond pygmies of Madagascar, on every continent of the world they are remembered as masters of stone carving, agriculture, navigation, writing, and shamanic healing--and as a “hobbit” people, no taller than 31/2 feet in height yet perfectly proportioned. Linking the high civilizations of the Pleistocene to the Golden Age of the Great Little People, Susan Martinez reveals how this lost race was forced from their original home on the continent of Pan (known in myth as Mu or Lemuria) during the Great Flood of global legend. Following the mother language of Pan, Martinez uncovers the original unity of humankind in the common roots of key words and holy symbols, including the scarlet biretta of Catholic cardinals, and shows how the Small Sacred Workers influenced the primitive tribes that they encountered in the post-flood diaspora, leading to the rise of civilization. Examining the North American mound-culture sites, including the diminutive adult remains found there, she explains that these stately mounds were not burial sites but the sanctuaries and homes of the Little People. Drawing on the intriguing worldwide evidence of pygmy tunnels, dwarf villages, elf arrows, and tiny coffins, Martinez reveals the Little People as the real missing link of prehistory, later sanctified and remembered as gods rather than the mortals they were. | Link |
| Episode 241 (June 20, 2013) | David Allen Rivera |
Final Warning: A History of the New World Order | "Final Warning" is the definitive resource on the nature and origins of the movement towards a one-world government. A wealth of in-depth research explains the roles of the major arms of the conspiracy today, such as the Federal Reserve, the Committee on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberger Group. The history of the New World Order is traced, from the Illuminati and the fomenting of the French Revolution, to the 1913 takeover of the US government by the bankers, the world wars, the rise of communism and the United Nations. Little does this country know, it has been infiltrated by conspirators. Members of an organization, who, for over 237 years, have controlled the destiny of the United States– and are now poised for the establishment of a one-world socialist government– with them in control. It sounds unbelievable, like something out of a James Bond movie, yet, it is a fact. A fact that the media has refused to publicize, even attempting to cover it up and deny its very existence. In 1910, a group of International Bankers secretly met on a small island off the coast of Georgia. Their plan: to formulate a program to destroy the financial structure of America. To do that, they manipulated Woodrow Wilson into the presidency; and in 1913, Wilson signed into law the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Income Tax. In 1921, these International Bankers established the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). The U.S. Government took advantage of the CFR's experience in finance and foreign affairs, and one of their study groups became part of the State Department in 1941. The secret goal of this study group was to condition the Congress, and the people of this country to accept the establishment of the United Nations (UN). The UN, initiated in 1945, does not seek to promote world peace and cooperation– it was the first step towards a one-world government that is being sold to us as a New World Order. The CFR is a subsidiary of the Round Table Organization, a group of British elitists, who are a continuation of the Order known as the Illuminati. They have been controlling world events. They control world leaders and the money that runs their countries. They can elect a President, and they can kill a President. They can shut-off the oil, they can shut-off the food– they can plunge the world into war. Even though they operate under the strictest secrecy, their goals have been known for over 2,000 years. Henry Kissinger, the former Secretary of State, National Security Advisor and author of a number of books on foreign policy, who is a frequent guest with the PBS interviewer Charlie Rose; appeared on his show on Friday, March 23, 2007, in the first of a series of interviews with various politicians, on the future of America’s Foreign Policy and its role in the world, called A Memo to the Next President. Kissinger said (in the last few minutes of the show): “Yes, we are living in a period of tremendous turmoil now. But I think that at the end of this administration (Bush), with all its turmoil, and at the beginning of the next, we might actually witness the creation of a New World Order, because people, looking in the abyss, even in the Islamic world, have to conclude that at some point, ordered expectations must return under a different system.” Originally self-published in 1984 and 1994, it was published in 2004 by Conspiracy Books (Intelibooks) and in 2010, Part One (The Physical Conspiracy) was republished in a 366-page edition by Progressive Press, the leading source of books about the global conspiracy. This seminal work still stands alone as the definitive reference compendium on the origin and history of the Illuminati, the New World Order, and their efforts to establish one-world government. Approaching the subject from a pragmatic point of view, this book takes you step-by-step through history to give you a concise explanation about how their plan is being accomplished. Do you want to know why, even though a new President is elected or the majority in the Congress changes, things don't seem any different? When you hear that ‘They’ are responsible for something, do you want to know who ‘They’ are? Learn about the origin and history of the New World Order, and how they are driving an unsuspecting world towards the fulfillment of Bible prophecy. | Link |
| Episode 242 (June 27, 2013) | Paul Levy |
Dispelling Wetiko: Breaking the Curse of Evil | There is a contagious psych spiritual disease of the soul, a parasite of the mind, that is currently being acted out in masse on the world stage via a collective psychosis of titanic proportions. This mind-virus—which Native Americans have called "wetiko"—covertly operates through the unconscious blind spots in the human psyche, rendering people oblivious to their own madness and compelling them to act against their own best interests. Drawing on insights from Jungian psychology, shamanism, alchemy, spiritual wisdom traditions, and personal experience, author Paul Levy shows us that hidden within the venom of wetiko is its own antidote, which once recognized can help us wake up and bring sanity back to our society. | Link |
| Episode 243 (July 04, 2013) | Frank Joseph Hoff |
Atlantis: The Lost Continent Finally Found | Researcher of ancient mysteries, Frank Joseph Hoff, spoke about his contention that Atlantis is located on land under the South China Sea near Indonesia, based on the work of the late Brazilian geologist Arysio Santos. A continent that contained Lemuria was damaged around 74,000 years ago from volcanic eruptions, and the residents rebuilt their civilization over the next 60,000 years into what was known as Atlantis, he outlined. They were a seafaring trading empire, with their capital city using the Lombak Strait which connects the Java Sea to the Indian Ocean, he continued. The word Atlantis, first used by Plato, actually refers to the opposite side of the world from Europe, he noted. Atlantis was known for having huge elephants and at the Bandung Museum in Indonesia, there are fossil skeletons of giant elephants, close to the size of woolly mammoths, Hoff added. He also talked about the Indonesian Gunung Padang Pyramid Mountain (related images), which may date as far back as 14,000 to 16,000 years ago, according to carbon testing. Geologist Andang Bachtiar, a member of the Indonesian Task Force that studies ancient ruins in Indonesia, briefly joined the show, and reported there is evidence for a devastating ancient tsunami. In tandem with his 7/4/2/13 appearance, Frank Joseph Hoff sends several images from Indonesia. Click on images to view larger. | Link |
| Episode 244 (July 11, 2013) | Miriam Delicado |
Indigenous Cultures in an Interconnected Universe | The truth that Aliens exist is only the beginning. They are connected to our world, to humanity and they are contacting the people of Earth today. They share warnings about a possible future in which our existence as a species is at risk. Why are the Aliens’ messages so important to all of us now! Why are the Hopi so important to the future of our planet? Do extraterrestrial, alien contacts tie in with ancient cultures of indigenous people from around the world? | Link |
| Episode 245 (July 18, 2013) | Alan B. Jones |
How the World Really Works | More and more Americans are coming to feel that something has gone fundamentally wrong in our society. We have suffered repetitive wars, big and small, some won and some lost, but with the peace always lost. Our society has been drained of around $5 trillion in welfare costs since LBJ's War on Poverty was declared, but with no diminution in the incidence of "poverty". Our "War on Drugs" has also been lost, with its societal costs running around $500 billion per year. The cost of fixes for runaway environmentalism has reached about $1 trillion since the birth of the EPA in 1970. Our national debt is over $5 trillion and still going up. Two breadwinners per family has become normal, just to keep bread on the table. Americans feel put upon, and they are right, but they don't know who's doing it to them or why. Such issues have been pondered by researchers for many years, but the historical facts are finally bringing the pieces of the puzzle together. This book paints a picture of that largely completed puzzle, and lays out who the culprits are, why they are doing what they are doing, and how they are managing to pull off what is probably the biggest mass robbery of wealth and individual freedom in human history. This interview will help to expose and stop the destruction, and help to guarantee a future of freedom rather than slavery for your children. A crash course in the conspiracy field. Digests of twelve works like A Century of War, Tragedy and Hope, The Creature from Jekyll Island, and Dope Inc. yield an across-the-spectrum, composite profile of the suspect. Each covers a different aspect of the hydra-headed conspiracy that manipulates mankind in many different, even contradictory guises: it's the Anglo-American global power elite, hiding in plain view. Knowledge is power. Unmasking the tricks of the "wizard behind the curtain" offers us the way to neutralize its power, and get our destiny back on the right track. Alan B. Jones presents overwhelming evidence that the many misfortunes our country has suffered during this last century have not just happened by chance. He has researched the works of many writers seeking to find out WHO is impoverishing us, and WHY and HOW they are doing it. His findings are presented via a series of in-depth reviews of a carefully selected set of books, mostly little-known but a few famous, written by others. Taken together, a coherent picture emerges which precious few among even our political activists understand. | Link |
| Episode 246 (July 25, 2013) | John LeBoutillier |
U.S. Cover-Up of POW/MIA Abandoned in Southeast Asia | Former U.S. congressman John LeBoutillier (R) New York, for former U.S. congressman Bill Hendon (R) North Carolina, discussed the evidence for a sizable group of American POWs being left behind in Vietnam. LeBoutillier said that after the war, a deal was cut to pay billions to North Vietnam for rebuilding their country and returning the remaining POWs. But as the Watergate scandal broke, Nixon and Kissinger reneged on the arrangement, and around 700 prisoners were kept in Vietnam. Others have worked for 20 years in Washington DC to uncover the truth about the POWs, and there has been much intelligence that has referenced the missing soldiers. Specifically, spy satellite photographs, one of which (see below) showed "USA" spelled out in 12 ft. tall letters in a rice field, along with a 24-ft. tall "Walking K" an "escape and evasion" code only known to US pilots in N. Laos. In the early 80's, Reagan tried to get the POWs back, but advisors talked him out of it. By 1992, an investigation chaired by McCain and Kerry concluded there were no American refugees left in Vietnam. It is believed there could be as many as 500-600 POWs still alive there, and that the US government is engaged in a cover-up of the evidence for their existence. A terrible truth is now emerging: Recently declassified documents show that American prisoners are to this day still crying out for help in Vietnam. North Carolina congressman Bill Hendon and attorney Elizabeth A. Stewart- An Enormous Crime: The Definitive Account of American POW's Abandoned in Southeast Asia - presents evidence that 700 surviving U.S. airmen and infantry were marooned by the country for which they went to war, and to this day remain unacknowledged by that same country, the United States of America. In spite of decades during which these POWs have bravely signaled for help, and in which numerous refugees and visitors from Indochina have in turn corroborated their pleas, their heartrending tale has been dismissed as nothing more than conspiracy theory and rumor. Shockingly, the proof laid out in An Enormous Crime proves otherwise, such as the 1991 satellite images of two Americans in North Vietnam who had stamped out their pilot authenticator codes in the grass in the compound where they were being held. Another satellite photograph showed “USA” spelled out in 12-foot-tall letters in a rice field, along with a 24-foot-tall “Walking K” - an escape and evasion code only known to U.S. pilots in North Laos. To begin to understand this travesty, it’s important to go back to the beginning: In 1972, negotiations began with the Vietnamese to settle scores. At issue was the return of American POWs. During late 1972 and early 1973, a deal was struck whereby half of the 1,400 US POWs held by North Vietnam would be released once military withdrawal began. The initial 700 or so American soldiers held captive were flown out of Hanoi during Operation Homecoming later in 1973. It was agreed upon by the Nixon administration and the North Vietnamese that the other 700 POWs would be released upon delivery of $4 billion in war reparations from the United States to the North Vietnamese government. But as the Watergate scandal broke, Nixon reneged on the arrangement, and the last 700 POWs were kept in Vietnam. All future presidents after Nixon had their own reasons for failing to take notice off the 700 POWs left behind: For Carter it was the American public's desire to put Vietnam behind them, and later, the Iranian hostage crisis. In the early 80’s, Reagan tried to get the POWs back, but his advisors talked him out of it. The problem, the advisors told him, was that the fragile U.S.-backed El Salvadoran government was under serious threat of being overthrown by Russian and Cuban trained Communists, and Nicaragua didn’t look far behind. The advisors told Regan that it was necessary to overlook the POWs in order to put all American military efforts toward the darkening South American situation. As the 80’s gave way to the 90’s, re-engagement of Vietnam by the U.S. government became a priority. Thus George H.W. Bush helped maintain the cover up of mounting evidence that hundreds of POWs still survived in Indochina, as did Bill Clinton, who himself struck down all sanctions and embargoes against Vietnam in 1992. But even in that same year, satellite photos over Vietnam revealed airman-specific 4-digit authenticator codes proving almost conclusively that as of 1992, U.S. airmen downed in Vietnam during the war remained alive and were signaling for help. Yet, the Defense Intelligence Agency and the Clinton administration actively sought (as had prior U.S. governments) to close investigations in all of these cases. Even John Kerry and John McCain - both Vietnam veterans, McCain a former POW himself - were vigorous participants in “debunking” and even destroying documentation, intelligence reports, and satellite photography, often referring to the visible markings in such photos as “shading” or “anomalies”. I am haunted by these revelations. The average age of a U.S. soldier in Vietnam was 19. Those ignored boys have now grown into invisible men, their last memories of friends and family dim, sepia-toned recollections from a time when Lyndon Johnson and hippies and mini-skirts still walked the earth. They have spent 35 to 40 years or more in captivity - in dirty, dingy cells - under some of the harshest conditions imaginable. And the U.S. government, knowing this, has simply disregarded them as though they don’t exist. The POWs we left behind have been forced to perform backbreaking manual labor in jungles and rice fields as if they were little more than cattle. They have been marched from secret prison to secret prison, shuffled around like so many toy soldiers in some sadistic child’s game. They have been beaten, underfed, confined underground, and forbidden even the most meager of comforts. In a 21st Century world which has long since moved on, they signal for help. And still, no one comes. I hold little hope that those responsible will ever reverse course, or even be made to answer for leaving these poor souls behind to die in cages, broken and old. That leaves you and I to be the ones to change things. I've done what I can do. What about you? | Link |
| Episode 247 (August 1, 2013) | Robert W. Sullivan |
The Royal Arch of Enoch - The Impact of Masonic Ritual. Philosophy, and Symbolism | And Enoch walked with God: and he was not; for God took him. - Genesis 5:24. The Royal Arch of Enoch: The Impact of Masonic Ritual, Philosophy, and Symbolism documents an undiscovered historical anomaly: how a high degree Masonic Ritual - developed in France in the mid 1700’s - included elements of the Book of Enoch which was considered lost until Freemason and traveler James Bruce returned to Europe with copies from Ethiopia in 1773. These copies were not translated into English until 1821 at Oxford University. This high degree ritual - titled The Royal Arch of Enoch - documents the recovery of the Lost Word of a Master Mason, the Name of God. It is this ritual in particular that has defined, among other things, the American national character. The Royal Arch of Enoch also documents the symbolic restoration of the sun as the premier icon in all of Freemasonry and as the supreme emblem of imperial administration and religiosity lifted from the Ancient Mysteries, incorporated into the Abrahamic Faiths, and carried on in both Blue Lodge and High Degree Masonry. Robert W. Sullivan presents a real life Da Vinci Code/National Treasure mystery, previously unknown to history and historians in both the East and West. | Link |
| Episode 248 (August 5, 2013) | Pattie L. Brassard |
Second Sun; 7 planets + Fukushima | This is a Veritas Special Report. The information discussed during this interview is the opinion of the interviewee and not that of the host or Veritas Radio. This interview is being released for informational purposes only for a mature and discerning audience. | Members Only! |
| Episode 249 (August 8, 2013) | Susan Lindauer |
The Patriot Act: When Truth Becomes Treason | What if the government decided to invent a great lie to justify a disastrous war? What would happen to the people who know the truth? Susan Lindauer and her book, Extreme Prejudice, deliver an explosive, high tension expose of the real facts surrounding the CIA's advance warning of 9/11 and an insider's look at Iraqi Pre-War Intelligence, told by one of the very few U.S. Assets covering Iraq before the War. It reveals the depths of deception by leaders in Washington and London to promote a successful image of their terrorism policy, and the shocking brutality to suppress the truth of their failures from Americans and the world community. | Link |
| Episode 250 (August 11, 2013) | Mel Fabregas |
Reaction to the Pattie Brassard Interview | Even though I did not find it necessary to issue a response to the Pattie Brassard conversation, I would like to dispel some misconceptions and offer some verifiable facts for your consideration. As always, do your own research, use discernment, and more than anything, continue asking questions and questioning the answers. James Woolsey's video: Youtube | Members Only! |
| Episode 251 (August 15, 2013) | Stephen Bassett |
Ending The Truth Embargo | From April 29 to May 3, 2013 Paradigm Research Group produced its most ambitious project - the Citizen Hearing on Disclosure. Forty witnesses from ten countries were brought to the National Press Club in Washington, DC. Researchers, activist and military/agency persons of high rank and station testified for thirty hours over five days before six former members of the U. S. Congress regarding events and evidence supporting the extraterrestrial explanation for a range of unexplained phenomena. | Link |
| Episode 252 (August 22, 2013) | Jeffrey Grupp |
An Empirical and Philosophical Study of the Destruction of Consciousness | How the mass media brainwash us with consumerism, war propaganda, false history, fake news, fake issues, fake reality. TV is an addiction, an escapist fix. The Orwellian telescreen replaces the self, the family, nature, reality, and the mind with its non-stop absurdist patter of banality, violence, and vulgarity. The Telescreen is the pervasive media screen put in front of, and injected into, the eyes and ears of humans in the American electronic techno-culture. This begins from birth, and molds consciousness throughout life: not a genuine human consciousness, but rather is a less-than-human, despiritualized semi-consciousness. People today continually flood their consciousnesses with images and impressions from television, videogames, church, radio, billboards, textbooks, magazines, newspapers, etc.- the "telescreen world" of Orwell's 1984. The Telescreen is about how this pseudosphere destroys consciousness and society as humans give their attention, consciousness, and vital spirit to the telescreen. The result is a society of unholy sub-humans, who no longer act like they have souls: They cannot turn off the telescreen world even to have dinner and talk to each other or to their children. When they do talk it is mostly about impressions from the telescreen world. Their inner subjective consciousness is constructed and formed by the telescreen, leading to a world of de-spiritualization and warmongering by hordes of conformist, petty, unhappy troll-like "yes-men." The telescreens of 1984 substituted fiction lives for the empty ones of a brainwashed population, as in Plato's cave. Grupp drives it home that this is our world now. Some features of this dream-world of The Telescreen: Materialism and consumerism make people into robots, shallow stooges. Degrading self-images, down-dumbing education of drills, not thinking skills. War propaganda fed on pure fakery and repetition by the media, censored of truth and filled with non-news, gossip and can’t. Brainwashing underpinned by fallacious reasoning. Example: Iran and Iraq slandered as murderously planning to unleash WMDs, while the US really has and uses them for genocide against target nations. Information warfare: The bias of "educational" TV shows like the "History Channel." Trusted figures hired to peddle suspect messages. Journalists who stray from the party line into real issues are fired. Exploiting the herd instinct to impose conformity. Psychological tyranny is more effective than brute force. An artificial consciousness is dinned into people by constant electronic stimuli. They depend on it -- and on pharmaceutical drugs too -- for a feeling of well-being: they are addicts. Appendix -- Infowars articles: the NWO is taking over the patriot and truth movements, seemingly attacking itself. We need Jeffersonian militias, not gun control. | Link |
| Episode 253 (August 29, 2013) | Neil Sanders |
Your Thoughts Are Not Your Own | Mind Control is a documented fact. The control of the actions and emotions of an unsuspecting victim has been a reality since at least the 1950's. Tonight, we discuss the origins of mind control, propaganda, and the objectives and architects of mind control. | Link |
| Episode 254 (September 4, 2013) | John Paul Leonard |
Syria Update #1 | This is a discussion with John Paul Leonard, founder and CEO of Progressive Press. We discussed the geopolitical perspective of the conflict with Syria. This is update #1. | Members Only! |
| Episode 255 (September 5, 2013) | Joseph Atwill |
Caesar's Messiah: The Roman Conspiracy to Invent Jesus | Was Jesus the invention of a Roman emperor? The author of this ground-breaking book believes he was. "Caesar’s Messiah" reveals the key to a new and revolutionary understanding of the origin of Christianity, explaining what is the New Testament, who is the real Jesus, and how Christ's second coming already occurred. The clues leading to these startling conclusions are found in the writings of the first-century historian Flavius Josephus, whose "Wars of the Jews" is one of the only historical chronicles of this period. Closely comparing the work of Josephus with the New Testament Gospels, "Caesar’s Messiah" demonstrates that the Romans directed the writing of both. Their purpose: to offer a vision of a “peaceful Messiah” who would serve as an alternative to the revolutionary leaders who were rocking first-century Israel and threatening Rome. Similarly, "Caesar’s Messiah" will rock our understanding of Christian history as it reveals that Jesus was a fictional character portrayed in four Gospels written not by Christians but Romans. This Flavian Signature edition adds Atwill’s latest discoveries of numerous parallel events in sequence which ultimately reveal the identity of the true authors of the Gospels. | Link |
| Episode 256 (September 12, 2013) | Dr. Judy Wood |
Truth: The Pursuit of Evidence, Not Consensus | During this interview we discussed how consensus seems to be the preferred method for pursuing the truth. Conspiracy theorist: Someone who believes that an opinion and an internet connection make them an expert. They skip step #1 and start with one of the other three. Why is that a problem? If you begin with anything but #1, you must assume #1 (what happened) in order to claim #2, 3, or 4. So, you have not solved the real problem, only an imagined one. And with that approach, you can never ever solve the real problem. 1) What happened; 2) How it happened; 3) Who did it; 4) Why they did it. So, the next time you hear someone talking about 9/11 (or anything else) and is trying to convince you of something, pay careful attention to where they begin and what they have assumed. Magic tricks work because the audience member makes the wrong assumption - so tries to solve the wrong problem. We are never deceived; we deceive ourselves. -Johann Wolfgang von Goethe | Link |
| Episode 257 (September 19, 2013) | Ole Dammegard |
Coup d'Etat in Slow Motion | From the guest: For more than 20 years I have worked on solving the mystery behind the assassination of the Swedish Prime Minister Olof Palme, something that has turned out to be a very dangerous task and has cost the lives of two dear friends. My book “Coup d’etat in Slowmotion” / 'Statskupp I Slowmotion' is not just any book, but an intense study of one of the biggest murder investigations in modern history (with some 1000 pages with lots of photos, documents, detailed maps and images). What is still claimed to be the deed of a madman has turned out to have its roots within the international military complex and world finances at the very highest level. The book has been called 'a true Bomb of Truth' and my extensive research has revealed incredible links to other big political 'events' like the killing of JFK, John Lennon, Robert Kennedy, Che Guevara, Salvador Allende, and Pablo Neruda as well as the sinking of m/s Estonia, killing almost 1000 people. People in the publishing business have been interested, in Germany, England, Denmark, Holland, USA, Spain, France and on Ireland, but none has had the courage to be the first one to publish it. | Link |
| Episode 258 (September 26, 2013) | Darcy Weir |
The Mysterious Life and Death of Phil Schneider | Phil Schneider died on January 17, 1996, reportedly strangled by a catheter/surgical tube found wrapped around his neck – the bizarre death being dismissed by the authorities as suicide. If the circumstances of his death seem highly controversial, they are matched by the controversy over his public statements uttered shortly before his death. Phil Schneider was a self-taught geologist and explosives expert. Of the 129-deep underground facilities Schneider believed the US government had constructed since World War II, he claimed to have worked on 13. Two of these bases were major, including the much-rumored bioengineering facility at Dulce, New Mexico. At Dulce, Schneider maintained, "gray" humanoid extraterrestrials worked side by side with American technicians. In 1979, a misunderstanding arose. In the ensuing shootout, 66 Secret Service, FBI and Black Berets were killed along with an unspecified number of "grays". It was here he received a beam-weapon blast to the chest which caused his later cancer; many have confirmed that a large scar indeed existed. Schneider maintained that numerous previous attempts had been made on his life, including the removal of the nuts from one of the front wheels of his automobile. He had stated publicly he was a marked man and did not expect to live long. "If I ever 'commit suicide'," Schneider told a close friend, "I'll have been murdered." Some of Schneider's more major accusations are worthy of attention: 1) The American government concluded a treaty with "gray" aliens in 1954. This mutual cooperation pact is called the Grenada Treaty. 2) The space shuttle has been producing special alloys in orbit. A vacuum is needed for the creation of these special metals, thereby justifying the mandate for a large, permanently manned space station. 3) Much of our stealth aircraft technology was developed by back-engineering crashed alien craft. 4) AIDS was a population control virus invented by the National Ordinance Laboratory, Chicago, Illinois. 5) Unbeknownst to just about everyone, the US government has an earthquake device. Neither the 1995 Kobe earthquake nor the 1989 San Francisco quake had a pulse wave. 6) The World Trade Center bomb blast and the Oklahoma City blast were achieved using small nuclear devices. The melting and pitting of the concrete and the extrusion of metal supporting rods indicated this. (Schneider's forte, he claimed, was explosives.) Finally, Phil Schneider lamented that the democracy he loved no longer existed: we had become instead a technocracy ruled by a shadow government intent on imposing their own view of things on all of us, whether we like it or not. He believed 11 of his best friends had been murdered in the last 22 years, eight of whose deaths had been officially explained as suicides. Whatever one might think of Phil Schneider's claims, it's clear that he was of particular interest to the FBI and CIA. His widow has stated that intelligence agents thoroughly searched the premises shortly after his death and made off with at least a third of the family photographs. | Link |
| Episode 259 (October 1, 2013) | Mel Fabregas |
Introduction to Sanitas Radio | This is an introduction Sanitas, including previews to the first 12 programs. This premiere episode is available to everyone without any cost. Feel free to share the link to both segments of this program. You can subscribe and listen to three full seasons of Sanitas by clicking below. Sanitas Radio | Link |
| Episode 260 (October 3, 2013) | Dr. Richard Alan Miller |
Fukushima, Nutrition, Water, & The Grid | Dr. Richard Alan Miller returns to discuss Fukushima, nutrition, water, and the grid. He also discusses his new book 'Power Tools for the 21st Century'. Seal Corp. wanted to develop a special group within the military, with skills verging on the paranormal. These are the basic tools they discovered in the 1970s to create supermen. They are now made available to duplicate that training (protocols), for use in our daily life. The goal, of course, would be take personal responsibility for our own evolution, by using the toys (power tools) of this century. | Link |
| Episode 261 (October 10, 2013) | Michael Levine |
Drug War: Confessions of a Former Undercover DEA Agent | Tonight’s discussion takes us deep inside the true underworld. The undercover world of a former DEA agent, who at one point was responsible for what could be the biggest drug deal in history. $3.6 billion dollars and bringing multiple countries down for a real win on the side of the people, only to find out our own government is really not interested in winning this war or any war. We discuss a first-hand account of the sabotage of a DEA undercover sting operation that threatened to expose us government ties to drug financed governments of multiple countries. Like Vietnam, the Drug War is not intended to be won. | Link |
| Episode 262 (October 17, 2013) | Dr. Karen Hudes |
Confessions of a Former World Bank Insider | In 2007 Karen warned the US Treasury Department and US Congress that the US would lose its right to appoint the President of the World Bank if the current American President of the World Bank did not play by the rules. The 66-year-old Gentlemen’s Agreement that Europe would appoint the Managing Director of the IMF and US would appoint the World Bank President ended in 2010. In 1999 Karen reported the corrupt take-over of the second largest bank in the Philippines. Lucio Tan, a crony of Joseph Estrada, then President of the Philippines, acquired stock owned by government employees in Philippines National Bank (“PNB”) valued more than 10% of PNB’s outstanding capital without disclosure, as required by Philippines securities laws. Tan owned Philippines Airlines, in default on its loans from PNB. The government of the Philippines loaned $493 million to PNB after PNB’s depositors made heavy withdrawals. $200 million of a loan from the World Bank and a $200 million loan from Japan were cancelled. Estrada was ultimately impeached, and in 2007 an anti-corruption court in the Philippines required Estrada to refund graft he had plundered. The Bank’s Country Director in the Philippines reassigned Karen when she asked him to sign a letter warning the Philippines’ government that the Bank could not disburse its loan without a waiver from the Board of Executive Directors since the loan conditionality was not met. The World Bank’s Internal Audit Department refused to correct the satisfactory evaluation of the Bank’s supervision performance or the flawed report of the Institutional Integrity Department to the Audit Committee of the Board of Executive Directors. When the Audit Committee requested an audit of internal controls over financial reporting, KPMG, the external auditors, circumscribed the scope of their audit in violation of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and Generally Accepted Auditing Standards. Two days after informing the Board’s Audit Committee of the cover-up in the Philippines, Karen was reprimanded and placed on probation. The Dutch Ministry of Foreign Affairs requested the World Bank’s Audit Committee to look into the cover- up. Instead, the Chair of the World Bank’s Audit Committee requested an inquiry into the World Bank’s Institutional Integrity Department. The Senate Committee on Foreign Relations followed up with three letters to the World Bank. The World Bank forged documents and fired Karen in contempt of Congress. The World Bank also fired the Staff Association’s lawyer. The Staff Association stated that what had happened to Karen had damaged staff morale and prevented others from reporting misconduct. The World Bank’s Ethics’ Officer left in frustration after her request for an investigation by the World Bank’s Institutional Integrity Department was turned down. Mr. Paul Volcker headed the 2007 inquiry into the Institutional Integrity Department. The Volcker Panel was discredited after sixteen staff employed in the Institutional Integrity Department received significant damage awards in compensation for abuses of authority to intimidate them during the Volker Panel investigation. A staff-member of the EU’s anti-fraud agency, Office Lutte Anti-Fraude, on the Volcker Panel wrote to Karen: My Director General and I met with a number of European Executive Directors of the World Bank a few weeks ago to discuss the Volcker Panel report. At the meeting there was also discussion about governance issues. My impression was that the European Executive Directors are well apprised of all relevant issues at the Bank and no further comment by OLAF is warranted even if it was within our legal competence.” Karen informed Senator Bayh, “the ongoing cover-up is an indictment of the probity of US oversight at the Bank and I would encourage the Senate to request GAO to look into it.” Senators Richard Lugar, Evan Bayh and Patrick Leahy requested GAO to investigate “internal resistance to increased transparency and accountability at the World Bank.” In 2008 Karen’s Congressman, Representative Chris Van Hollen, noted “that (Karen's) claims and concerns have already been provided to the GAO…. and to the relevant congressional committees.” In 2009 GAO stated that it could not commence the inquiry “because of challenges we recently faced in gaining access to World Bank officials.” Senator Lugar asked what was delaying the GAO review during hearings on the World Bank’s capital increase. Mr. Pieter Stek, then Executive Director for the Netherlands, and Chair of the Board Committee on Development Effectiveness, said: “In a multilateral institution which should be governed by the rule of law and high standards of probity the charge of concealment from the Board of Executive Directors of information relevant to the exercise of its duty of supervising management and the persecution of the person who brings this to light is extremely serious. If correct, which I believe, this poisonous cocktail undermines good governance and ultimately the effectiveness of the Bank in fulfilling its mandate. I shall continue to assist Ms. Hudes in her efforts to have due process brought to bear, preferably by the Bank itself, on these issues of governance.” David Brooks wrote: “Then there are violations, when someone intentionally breaks the rules. Errors can be very hard for outsiders to detect. It was people inside the companies who were most likely to report fraud, because they have local knowledge. And yet 80 percent of these whistleblowers regret having reported the crimes because of the negative consequences they suffered. This is not the way to treat people who detect error.” | Link |
| Episode 263 (October 24, 2013) | Colin Andrews |
On The Edge of Reality | The main topic of discussion was Truth vs. Belief, and what we need to do to cross the threshold out of belief systems which limit our consciousness and hold us back from Truth. No one likes to have their beliefs questioned. Everyone must do what is necessary to determine for themselves the truth in order to come to a new understanding in their personal search for truth. Only truth can set you free. Everyone should seek their own answers and trust nothing over their own personal experience. What makes more sense being held accountable for believing another or being responsible for your own decisions and judgments? Among many topics, we discussed: * The left/right brain imbalance. * The difference between Light and Dark Occultism. * How the brain and its balance or imbalance play a role in human behavior. * How the New Age Movement/Religion acts as part of the control system. * How to remove the shackles of beliefs and see the unbiased objective truth; essentially freeing yourself from this mental slavery. A great interview revealing the mindfields of information we are programmed with. | Link |
| Episode 264 (October 31, 2013) | Garnet Schulhauser |
Dancing on a Stamp: Startling Revelations from the Other Side | Garnet Schulhauser, a retired corporate lawyer, had an experience that changed his life. His Spirit Guide appeared in the guise of a homeless man, and revealed answers to "the big questions." This interview discusses that experience and reveals universal wisdom. The spirit guide (Albert is his name) revealed information that is antithetical to everything that Christian holy men have preached for thousands of years and provides refreshing new insights into the journey of the soul. Some topics covered: * Life Plans and Free Will * Overcoming Evil * Sex Taboos * Karma * The Illusion of Time * The Law of Attraction | Link |
| Episode 265 (November 7, 2013) | Timothy Good |
Earth: An Alien Enterprise: The Shocking Truth Behind the Greatest Cover-Up in Human History | Timothy Good is back to discuss a shocking new exposé of the twentieth century’s extraterrestrial visitations (and cover-ups). We discuss the fascinating story of contact between aliens and humans from all across the globe, dating back to 1932, including meetings with military personnel and American presidents such as Eisenhower and Kennedy. For the first time, a former member of MI6 reveals her conversation with Neil Armstrong at a NASA conference, when he confirmed that there were “other” spacecraft on the Moon when Apollo 11 landed in 1969. Armstrong also confirmed that the CIA was behind the cover-up. In a further admission in December 2012, Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev revealed that “the president of Russia is given a special top secret folder (that) in its entirety contains information about aliens who have visited our planet. Along with this, the president is given a report of the Special Service that exercises control over aliens in our country. I will not tell you how many of them are among us because it may cause panic. | Link |
| Episode 266 (November 14, 2013) | Mark Passio |
Truth vs. Belief = Freedom vs. Slavery | The main topic of discussion was Truth vs. Belief, and what we need to do to cross the threshold out of belief systems which limit our consciousness and hold us back from Truth. No one likes to have their beliefs questioned. Everyone must do what is necessary to determine for themselves the truth in order to come to a new understanding in their personal search for truth. Only truth can set you free. Everyone should seek their own answers and trust nothing over their own personal experience. What makes more sense being held accountable for believing another or being responsible for your own decisions and judgments? Among many topics, we discussed: * The left/right brain imbalance. * The difference between Light and Dark Occultism. * How the brain and its balance or imbalance play a role in human behavior. * How the New Age Movement/Religion acts as part of the control system. * How to remove the shackles of beliefs and see the unbiased objective truth; essentially freeing yourself from this mental slavery. A great interview revealing the mindfields of information we are programmed with. | Link |
| Episode 267 (November 21, 2013) | Dr. Michael Salla |
Kennedy's Last Stand: UFOs, MJ-12 & JFK's Assassination | Just before beginning his first term on January 20, 1993, President-Elect Clinton made a very strange request to close family friend and lawyer Webster Hubbell: “If I put you over there in justice I want you to find the answer to two questions for me: One, who killed JFK. And two, are there UFOs.” According to Hubbell, “Clinton was dead serious.” The key to unlocking the mystery of President Kennedy’s assassination and a possible UFO connection lie in events that occurred 18 years earlier in post-war Germany. In 1945 John F. Kennedy was a guest of Navy Secretary James Forrestal, where he personally witnessed technological secrets that have still not been disclosed to the world. These secrets stemmed from extraterrestrial technologies that Nazi Germany had acquired and were attempting to use in their weapons programs. In searching for answers to who killed President Kennedy we need to start with the death of his mentor, James Forrestal in 1949. Forrestal became the first Secretary of Defense in 1947, a position he held until March, 1949. Forrestal was a visionary who thought Americans had a right to know about the existence of extraterrestrial life and technologies. Forrestal was sacked by President Truman because he was revealing the truth to various officials, including Kennedy who was a Congressman at the time. Forrestal's ideals and vision inspired Kennedy, and laid the seed for what would happen 12 years later. After winning the 1960 Presidential election, Kennedy learned a shocking truth from President Eisenhower. The control group set up to run highly classified extraterrestrial technologies, the Majestic-12 Group, had become a rogue government agency. Eisenhower warned Kennedy that MJ-12 had to be reined in. It posed a direct threat to American liberties and democratic processes. Kennedy followed Eisenhower’s advice, and set out to realize James Forrestal’s vision. The same forces that orchestrated Forrestal's death, opposed Kennedy's efforts at every turn. When Kennedy was on the verge of succeeding, by forcing the CIA to share classified UFO information with other government agencies on November 12, 1963, he was assassinated ten days later. Kennedy’s Last Stand is the story of how an American President tried to realize his friend and mentor’s vision of a world where humanity openly knows about extraterrestrial life; and of the government officials responsible for denying that vision. | Link |
| Episode 268 (November 28, 2013) | Sanni Ceto |
An Alien Hybrid with a Message for Humankind | This is an encore presentation from the Veritas Vault. Sanni Ceto is the author of two books: Stranded on Earth: The Story of a Roswell Crash Survivor, Zeti Child, Lost Upon a One Star World. Both autobiographies of her experiences and past-life memories. A hybrid is technically a cross between two different species of plants, animals or beings. ET hybrids comprise a blending of characteristics from both species. In the case of an Esassani, which is a cross between a human and a Gray, such traits include the narrow face and albino hair from the Gray species, combined with earthling traits, such as being prone to earthling illnesses, and other things. Hybrids are not as robust as their full-blood parents. This mixture of their genes and DNA is flawed, due to interspecies incompatibility. Hybrids are created to prolong the Grays' existence as a way to carry on their dominant DNA into the future, by combining both species, which ultimately will enable the Earth people's DNA to survive as well, even after their planet and culture have been destroyed. | Link |
Season 6
| Episode (Air Date) | Guest | Title | Synopsis | Link to the Interview |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Episode 269 (December 5, 2013) | Clif High |
Web Bot Trends 2014 | During this 5-Year Anniversary presentation with Clif High, we discussed (among many topics): BRICS, Bitcoin, ISON, FEMA, US/NSA surveillance, Fukushima, strange weather patterns due to the expanding Earth, the dying mainstream media and financial system, meteors, simultaneous volcano eruptions, chemtrails, the Federal Reserve and the new soon-to-become chairman Janet Yellen. | Link |
| Episode 270 (December 12, 2013) | Matthew Brownstein |
The Starchild Project | The Starchild Skull is a 900-year-old bone skull found in Mexico in the 1930s. The Starchild Project has been working with independent researchers attempting to determine what this unusual skull is since 1999. The results uncovered by the research team ruled out all known deformities, and presented the scientific community with a genetic and physical profile so different from human that it could be a new species. Ongoing DNA testing has already discovered a high percentage of unusual DNA, and the Project aims to recover the entire genome, which will allow experts to determine if the Starchild Skull is a new species. Eventually we hope that this Skull will assist in the development of scientific and medical advances. The Starchild Project is staffed entirely by unpaid volunteers, and all research is conducted by independent labs and experts. Some of the topics discussed: * History of the Starchild Project * Physical Anomalies * Tests that were carried out * Medical expert opinions * Why it is not a human deformity * What the DNA tells us * Why it costs so much to sequence the DNA * What others can do to help * What is different now than during the 14 years of the Project’s history * The new website and social media presence | Link |
| Episode 271 (December 19, 2013) | David Paulides |
Strange Disappearances in National Parks | David Paulides’ meticulous research into the thousands of mysterious disappearances in U.S. national parks should be an object lesson on how the paranormal should be investigated. Paulides does what most paranormal researchers fail to do: First, he examines a phenomenon that is truly unique, without defaulting to the unofficial canon of New Age explanations for such, and second, his research is so thorough, objective, and vetted that it cannot be debunked. Many paranormal researchers try to explain one unknown with another unknown. Paulides does not do this. Others have speculated that the disappearances were caused by Bigfoot, or "aliens." Paulides refuses to go there. He seems to intuitively understand that when we are confronted by a mystery that has no logical, physical explanation, a phenomenon that seemingly originates outside of our known reality, one that defies physical laws, then any attempt to define or understand it will fail--we simply lack the conceptual vocabulary. Paulides has done a great service by bringing forth his Missing 411 books and showing the reluctance of the National Parks Service to come clean on the records of missing persons, and he shows the feds are more interested in covering their derrières than doing what's right. There seems to be a pattern here. | Link |
| Episode 272 (December 26, 2013) | Dr. Fred Bell |
The Inside Track | This is an encore presentation from the Veritas Vault. Dr. Fred Bell was a former NASA rocket scientist, healer, inventor, musician, international renowned speaker, and much more. He discussed a plethora of topics, ranging from the secret space program, weather and bio-warfare, NAZI UFOs, Martial Law, virus manufacturing, how to live a balanced life, his contacts with extraterrestrial and much more. Topics discussed: * MKUltra * NASA * Mind control * UFO cover-up * Secret Space Program * Anti-gravity * Aurora top-secret spy plane * Operation Paperclip * Semjase * Fema Internment Camps * Wernher Von Braun * High Energy Particle Physics * Cold War * Contactees * Pleiadians * Telepathy * Operation/Project Blue Beam * The Tavistock Institute * The Bilderberg Group * North American Union * Red, Green, Blue Zones * Treblinka In The U.S.A. * Fema Railroad Cars, Gas Furnaces, Loading Zones * Brave New World * Virus Manufacturing: A.i.d.s. / Swine Flu * HAARP * Keyhole Satellites * 432hz Music Frequency | Link |
| Episode 273 (January 2, 2014) | Dr. Semir Osmanagicyh |
Recorded History is Wrong | Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture. Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history. An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago. "Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,” explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich. “Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.” The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiev, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008. Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.” The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years. “The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,” said Dr. Osmanagich. Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power. Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States. H2 (History 2) popular series (Unearthing Ancient America) recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground. The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future? Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of (National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed) -Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says, "Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.” Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm. Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals. (The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids) now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth. The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids, the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet. Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex. "This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,” comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site. The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the (Pyramid of the Sun) the team has unearthed several megalith stones. In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kg’s was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. “This is a hugely significant find,” comments Moon. “Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material. We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls. Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past. "It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.” Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September. | Link |
| Episode 274 (January 9, 2014) | Jeff Harman |
Decoding the Future with Astrology: 2014 Edition | Jeff Harman is back to decode the future with astrology. Some of the questions presented: 1. Your Jan. 1 newsletter cited some serious issues coming up in the next several years, particularly this year. Could you elaborate on some of the details that the astrology shows for 2014? 2. How does the astrology for the world in general differ from the astrology for the United States this year? 3. What's more likely to be a problem--war, natural disasters, or economic disasters? 4. What's in store for Obama? 5. How does the first half of the year compare with the second half? 6. How can a person use astrology to strategize in these times? 7. Is there any good astrological news for 2014? 8. How can we think positively when so much difficulty seems to lie ahead? We also discussed the perilous situation brewing between China and the United States and the global ramifications this possible divorce may have in the geopolitical arena. | Link |
| Episode 275 (January 16, 2013) | James Gilliland |
Archons, Anunnaki, and Awakening Within | James Gilliland returns after three years to discuss the archons, the Anunnaki and awakening from within. How these waves affect us in a multitude of ways. The social, economic and physical earth changes underway. Who is helping, who is deceiving. The new age traps, belief systems created in psyops programs. How to heal unseen negative influences, who can we call on for help. The Anunnaki Return the real story of out ancient past, who are they now and what are their intentions. What kind of future we have available to us. Free energy, new healing technologies, life extension, environmental cleanup, why we need to rise to the occasion. | Link |
| Episode 276 (January 23, 2013) | Ed Haslam |
Dr. Mary's Monkey: The Link Between Polio Vaccines, Cancer, & JFK's Murder | Former advertising executive Ed Haslam discussed how his investigation of the 1964 murder of a cancer researcher led him to a story which connects a massive contamination of the polio vaccine to our current cancer epidemic and even the JFK assassination. "When you look at the story, each piece fits in with each other piece, very cleanly and very logically," Haslam observed, "it's only when you stand back and look at it, that it looks as strange as it does." While researching the mysterious death of Dr. Mary Sherman, Haslam discovered that polio vaccines created in the 1950's had been tainted with a cancer-causing virus. This contamination, he said, was detected after half of the doses - a staggering 100 million vaccines - had been administered to an unwitting public. Allegedly, the creators of the vaccine were afraid to admit the error and subsequently distributed the remaining half of the "medicine" as well. Having studied data on cancer diagnoses, Haslam noted that a "massive epidemic" of soft tissue cancers "erupts in the years following the polio vaccines." Making matters worse, he said, the cancer-causing virus could be transmitted sexually and has even appeared in grandchildren of people who received the compromised vaccine. Realizing their grave mistake, Haslam said, those "in the know" about the widespread inoculation tried to develop a vaccine against it by mutating the virus using a particle accelerator. According to his research, it was during this process that they discovered that the radiation caused the virus to become even more aggressive. It was at that point, Haslam said, the project shifted over to weaponizing the cancer-causing virus. Eventually, the weaponized virus was so powerful that it would kill a human in 28 days. He claimed that this number was derived from a clandestine test of the virus on inmates from a Louisiana prison. The end result was a potent weapon that was virtually untraceable. Making the story even more bizarre, many of the players in the cancer-causing virus story have connections to the JFK assassination. For instance, one of the researchers in the weaponization project had Lee Harvey Oswald as her bodyguard and handler. Additionally, one of the bases of operation for these studies was the home of longtime Kennedy assassination suspect David Ferrie. And, bringing the tale back to where it all started, on the very day that the Warren Commission began their investigation of the JFK assassination, Dr. Mary Sherman was murdered. | Link |
| Episode 277 (January 30, 2013) | Anthony Peake |
A Life of Philip K. Dick - The Man Who Remembered the Future | Philip K. Dick was a hugely influential writer who drew upon his own life to address the nature of drug abuse, paranoia, schizophrenia, and transcendental experiences of all kinds. He was a prolific author and many of his books were turned into popular films such as Blade Runner, A Scanner Darkly, Total Recall, and Minority Report. This book has been written with the cooperation of several close acquaintances and looks to examine his work as well as the socio-political-cultural environment in which he lived. It will be of great interest to any fan of Philip K. Dick or science fiction in general, as well as anyone who grew up the 1950s, 1960s, and 1970s. Peake attempts to place Dick's extraordinary experiences known as 2-3-74 in a broader picture. He will also present fascinating evidence that Dick may have been, as he termed the state in many of his novels and short stories, a "precog" - a person that can see the future. | Link |
| Episode 278 (February 6, 2014) | Glen Yeadon |
The Nazi Hydra in America: Suppressed History of a Century | When fascism comes to America, it will come wrapped in an American flag. Huey Long, an assassinated American maverick politician of the 1930's, famously foretold. It arrived ceremoniously on the morning of September 11, 2001. Three thousand perished in the flames as the nation watched the tragedy unfold in shock and horror. Predictably, Americans rallied around the flag. America's new century had a new Pearl Harbor, and the media beat the war drums to the thunderous applause of flag-waving armchair patriots. Within 45 days of the atrocity, Congress passed the ill-named Patriot Act - without a single congressman reading the bill. It was a full-scale assault on our rights and freedoms. This act eliminated our rights to unwarranted searches, the right to legal counsel, the right to a trial. It greatly expanded the government's ability to spy on citizens without a warrant. That was the beginning of "The Nazi Hydra." | Link |
| Episode 279 (January 30, 2013) | Peter Christ |
Law Enforcement Against Prohibition: The Case Against The War On Drugs | Founded on March 16, 2002, LEAP is a 501(c)3 nonprofit organization made up of current and former members of the law enforcement and criminal justice communities who are speaking out about the failures of our existing drug policies. Those policies have failed, and continue to fail, to effectively address the problems of drug abuse, especially the problems of juvenile drug use, the problems of addiction, and the problems of crime caused by the existence of a criminal black market in drugs. Although those who speak publicly for LEAP are people from the law enforcement and criminal justice communities, a large number of our supporting members do not have such experience. You don’t have to have law enforcement experience to join us. By continuing to fight the so-called "War on Drugs," the US government has worsened these problems of society instead of alleviating them. A system of regulation and control of these substances (by the government, replacing the current system of control by the black market) would be a less harmful, less costly, more ethical, and more effective public policy. Please consider joining us and helping us to achieve our goals: 1) to educate the public, the media and policy makers about the failure of current policies, and 2) to restore the public’s respect for police, which has been greatly diminished by law enforcement’s involvement in enforcing drug prohibition. | Link |
| Episode 280 (February 20, 2014) | David Brin |
The Future, Sousveillance, Privacy and the Transparent Society | David Brin discussed how 2014 might be the real start of the 21st Century and how the planet may be on the cusp of a brighter future. He noted that, in the last 60 years, violence has "plummeted every decade," despite how it is portrayed in the media. In fact, he argued that the relentless depiction of violence, as well as poverty, has fueled the public to "feel bad" about these issues and take steps to improve them. He also credited the sacrifices of the "Greatest Generation" for helping to create the wealth which allowed subsequent generations to be able to focus on solving social issues. Reflecting on the journey of the human race over the last sixty years, Brin marveled that, despite humanity's foibles, "we are capable of beginning to get things right." That said, he warned that "self-righteous indignation" has become an addiction that is gripping America and is worse that "heroin, cocaine, and alcohol combined." Brin explained that the thrill derived from being sanctimonious was beneficial in previous years when warfare was more commonplace, but has become crippling to the psyche of the modern population and has given rise to an "outrage industry" which fuels political polarization. "If you're constantly returning to the sense of pleasure that you get from being so right," he cautioned, "there is a real chance that you're a junkie." He blamed this paradigm for causing the death of negotiation and the inability to spawn conversations about problems which "could easily be solved if we just talked to each other." One positive aspect of this institutionalized self-righteousness, he said, is that "you create an atmosphere of suspicion of authority" which can lead to whistleblowers speaking out against what they see as unjust actions by the government. Regarding recent whistleblowers like Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning, Brin observed that most of their revelations were of actions that were actually not illegal, but spawned discussion over "whether or not these things should be legal." Ultimately, he pointed to such conversations, aimed at finding a middle ground, as the key to overcoming the obstacles which still challenge the country. Brin suggested that listening and acknowledging the opposite viewpoints of our political adversaries could lead to a society where people realize that "it's a complicated world and we're going to have to guard each other's backs." We discussed the concept of surveillance (looking down from the top) and sousveillance (looking up from the bottom) so that citizens can watch the watchers. | Link |
| Episode 281 (February 27, 2014) | Ty Bollinger |
Monumental Myths of the Mainstream Media and the Multitude of Lying Liars That Manufactured Them | In the words of George Noory, "Monumental Myths, is a veritable buffet for so-called conspiracy theorists." So, put on your seatbelt and prepare to be thrust headlong into the world of "conspiracy reality." "In Monumental Myths, Ty Bollinger welcomes you into a scenic tour of some of the most outrageous events in our modern history - and he is an excellent tour guide. You'll move at a good pace, knocking back topic after topic with gusto. You won't be bogged down with the kind of tedious excess that is the death of most PBS-endorsed political guidebooks, but neither will you lose essential and enlightening detail. And Ty's good-humored, common-sense but well-reasoned approach will keep you involved (and smiling) throughout, wanting to see what big lie gets skewered next. The events are covered, major and minor, from JFK to GMO, Boston to Waco, aspartame to Oklahoma City, fluoride to Monsanto-land, MLK, chemtrails and beyond. The book functions as a kind of 'greatest hits,' or sportsman's guide to a 'World Series of Conspiracy.' Ty brings that feeling to his work: the love of a good sports writer for a game. The game here is our history of national and international deception, played by the jackals who've manipulated their way into power. Most authors take on one issue to excess, burying us in useless and irrelevant data, without drawing our eye to the hundred similar (or identical) events on the horizon. But what we really want - and what Ty delivers - is a compendium, a means to compare and contrast the lies of history: how much better it is to have it all laid out in one, colorful, entertaining volume. And what's wrong with being entertaining? The bad guys don't know what to do when the truth-tellers crack wise and get funny - it throws them off their pitch. So much the better for the truth-seekers that we keep our sense of humor - and Ty certainly does. Even when the material goes into dark country, even when we're faced with acts of willful destruction so callous, brutal and monstrous you'd think we'd just lay down and give up, Ty marshals us on by shining a light on the things that make us human: our curiosity, wit and humor, compassion, integrity, critical thinking; and, thank goodness, the thing that governments and media ignore - our irreplaceable common sense." ~ Liam Scheff, author of Official Stories. "Why did Monumental Myths need to be written? To fill the monumental gaps in the real history not taught to most Americans! And Ty Bollinger is just the man for the job, covering a comprehensive array of events from perspectives unapproved by any government agency, but guaranteed to cure your historical deficiency diseases. The time is right and the people are finally hungry enough to see through the empty calories fed to us by the mainstream media. What Ty has done with this book is to satisfy the most voracious of appetites for those who are the hungriest to know what has gone wrong over the last 100+ years right up until today. With great breadth, depth and humor, prepare to have your historical and contemporary chakras aligned to see through some of the most monumental myths that, up until this point, have misled generations of freedom-loving people into 'misinformational' bondage. I can't thank Ty enough for putting all of this information into one book!" ~ Robert Scott Bell, Syndicated host of the "Robert Scott Bell Show." | Link |
| Episode 282 (March 6, 2014) | Jim Marrs |
Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? And who really killed JFK. | For years we've been taught that human progress has been a long, slow climb from the primordial ooze to hunter-gatherers to empires. But what if that's only part of the story? Bestselling author and legendary conspiracy researcher Jim Marrs now takes on his biggest subject: the history of humankind. Offering mind-blowing information that will radically alter the way we think about the world and our place in it, Marrs goes beyond the revelations of his classic Alien Agenda, interweaving science and authentic archaeological finds with provocative speculation to show how human civilization may have originated with nonhumans who visited earth eons ago... and may still be here today. Marrs sifts through the historical, scientific, and cultural record, showing how numerous ancient texts and tablets tell of visitors from the stars colonizing the earth. From the flying vimanas of the Hindu Vedic literature and the flying shields reported by the Romans to the mysterious airships of the 1800s and the UFOs of today, he argues that someone other than us is still present on this planet. But are these visitors simply observers—or do they play a much more active and controlling role? Jim Marrs raises this shocking question and more in the provocative and persuasive Our Occulted History. The truth is out there... What really happened in Dallas on November 22, 1963? Was the assassination of John F. Kennedy simply the work of a warped, solitary young man, or was something more nefarious afoot? Pulling together a wealth of evidence, including rare photos, documents, and interviews, veteran Texas journalist Jim Marrs reveals the truth about that fateful day. Thoroughly revised and updated with the latest findings about the assassination, Crossfire is the most comprehensive, convincing explanation of how, why, and by whom our thirty-fifth president was killed. | Link |
| Episode 283 (March 10, 2014) | Wolfgang Halbig |
Threatened for Investigating the Sandy Hook Event | Former police officer, school principal and national school safety consultant shares his views and his effort to investigate the Sandy Hook Coverup. If you have read the news, then you know where Connecticut is today as it relates to gun control. This seems to be a beta test. Let's expose this so that the beta test is not rolled out nationwide. Thanks to Wolfgang Halbig for his bravery and for speaking the truth. | Members Only! |
| Episode 284 (March 13, 2014) | Louis Proud |
The Secret Influence of the Moon: Alien Origins and Occult Powers | The Moon is not a cold, dead rock but a rich, fascinating world just as alive as Earth. • Investigates the Moon as the home of an alien intelligence who controls humanity • Examines several of NASA’s Apollo missions and the findings they concealed • Reveals the many holes in the “Giant Impact” theory about the Moon’s origins and the evidence for a hollow, artificial Moon • Explores the deep influence of the Moon on the collective mind of humanity and occult teachings about the Moon from the Qabbalah, tarot, and other sources. Despite being the most prominent celestial body after the Sun, the Moon has many qualities that science has yet to explain. Lunar rock samples reveal the Moon once had a magnetic field like the Earth, and seismic experiments by NASA suggest the Moon is at least partially hollow. For centuries people have observed lights, moving clouds and shadows, and even the disappearance of entire craters via telescope. Apollo astronauts repeatedly felt the presence of a “non-human intelligence” during their Moon visits, and many indigenous traditions speak of malevolent visitors from the Moon. A growing body of astrophysical and geological evidence shows the Moon is not an entirely natural world--that someone or something altered it long ago. Louis Proud explores the phases and movements of the Moon along with its ancient and mysterious features--its craters, maria, rilles, tunnels, and domes. He examines several of NASA’s Apollo missions, showing not that NASA faked the Moon expeditions but that they concealed what the astronauts found there. He explains the many holes in the commonly accepted “Giant Impact” theory of the Moon’s origins and reveals the evidence for a hollow, artificial Moon placed in orbit eons ago to observe Earth. Examining the deep influence of the Moon on the collective mind of humanity, Proud looks at what the Qabbalah, the tarot, and other occult traditions say about the Moon and interprets G. I. Gurdjieff’s teachings that “we are food for the Moon.” He investigates the Moon as a gateway to another realm, as the Purgatory of Christianity, and as the home of an alien intelligence who controls and exploits humanity. Examining the Moon from both scientific and esoteric perspectives, Proud shows the Moon is not a cold, dead rock but a rich, fascinating world just as alive as Earth. | Link |
| Episode 285 (March 20, 2014) | Clyde Lewis |
Malaysia Airlines Flt. 370, Banker Suicides, Ukraine & Echoes of 1914 | Clyde Lewis returns to discuss the strange disappearance of Malaysia Airlines Flight 370. We also discussed the unprecedented number of banker suicides. As of March 12, 2014, 11 suicides have been reported around the world. What do they know? Are they foreseeing a global crash? Ukraine seems to be a geopolitical point of convergence where east meets west. Could the west be poking the proverbial bear enough times for the 'bear' to become disagreeable? What's at stake there, and is Crimea Putin's last stop? Estonia is also reporting the persecution of their ethnic Russians. Many scenarios are reminiscent of 1914 and the precursors to World War 1, even though WW1 was not technically a global war. We also discuss cognitive liberty. Does the government or someone else have the power to invade your mind? | Link |
| Episode 286 (March 27, 2014) | Dr. Courtney Brown |
The Great Pyramid of Giza: The Mystery Solved | The Great Pyramid of Giza, sometimes called the Pyramid of Khufu, or the Cheops Pyramid, is truly one of the most amazing mysteries on Earth. This is the definitive breakthrough study of how it was built. It is huge, and it was built with gigantic stone blocks that seem nearly impossible to cut, transport, and assemble even today on such a massive scale as must have occurred long ago when this pyramid was originally constructed. Until now, no one on Earth really knew how these big structures were assembled, at a time when tools were rudimentary, camels and wooden or reed boats were the primary forms of transportation, and manual labor was the only means available to construct anything. This is a breakthrough scientific study that combines the use of remote viewing on an unprecedented scale to solve the mystery of the Great Pyramid of Giza. Remote viewing is a mental procedure that was originally developed by the United States military and used for espionage purposes. Now, civilians employ the same methods, or procedures that are derivative of those methodologies, to study human history. In a project completed at the Farsight Institute using remote-viewing data collected by two of the most accomplished "military grade" remote viewers of the day, the true story of how the Great Pyramid of Giza was actually constructed using a combination of exotic advanced technology and brutal manual labor can finally be told. Very little of what most people learned in school about the origins of the Great Pyramid of Giza is correct. Our civilization needs to uncover its true history without bias and with an open mind. Now is not the time to censor new knowledge. Now is the time to face our past. | Link |
| Episode 287 (April 3, 2014) | Tony Ortega |
Scientology: Behind the Glitter - Beyond the Cult | Tony Ortega, executive editor of The Raw Story, covered for Jamie DeWolf, the great grandson of L. Ron Hubbard, founder of the Church of Scientology. DeWolf was involved in a car accident and was not able to participate. Nonetheless, Ortega did a magnificent job taking us deep inside Scientology; its beginnings, phases, and where it stands today. This is a fascinating interview for anyone who wants to understand Scientology. Its founder was also responsible in writing the necessary protocols to address dissent inside and outside the organization. | Link |
| Episode 288 (April 10, 2014) | Sandra Champlain |
We Don't Die: A Skeptic's Discovery of Life After Death | If you realized that you could never die, how would you live your life? Every second, 4 human beings are born and every 1.8 seconds, one dies. As natural as death is, dying is the most common fear that we all share. With every loss comes the most painful emotion called grief, which can cause break ups of relationships, depression and even suicide. Over 100 million suffer from grief daily, although it is a subject not often spoken of, until now. The fear of dying led Sandra Champlain on a 15-year journey to find evidence of the afterlife. Courageously, she now shares her personal story from skeptic to believer, along with proof that our deceased loved ones can still see, hear and communicate with us. Sandra also shares new information on the how our brains function during the grieving process and provides tools that ease pain and saves lives. It is now your time to find out who you really are and discover for yourself that "We Don’t Die". Discover... * Amazing Evidence That You Will Survive Physical Death * Your Deceased Loved Ones Are Still With You * The Purpose Of Your Life And Why You Are Here * How To Ease The Pain Caused By Grief * ‘Remote Viewing’ And Experience Who You Really Are * How To Create A Powerful Life and Produce Extraordinary Results | Link |
| Episode 289 (April 17, 2014) | Nick Redfern |
For Nobody's Eyes Only: Missing Government Files and Hidden Archives That Document the Truth Behind the Most Enduring Conspiracy Theories | It was on Independence Day, 1966 that United States President Lyndon B. Johnson signed a historic piece of documentation that brought into being the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). The FOIA permits members of the general public and the media the right to file a request with government agencies to (a) obtain copies of files that may already be de-classified; or (b) request that files which are currently withheld – either in whole or in part – be declassified into the public arena. The FOIA is not a magic-like tool that is guaranteed to open all doors, however. There are many clauses within the act that permit government, military, and intelligence-based bodies to withhold their files, if they deem it appropriate to do so. The grounds for denial of access to files via the Freedom of Information Act include national security concerns, matters having a bearing on the defense of the nation, privacy issues, data relative to legal and criminal subjects, and the internal operations of the relevant agency or agencies. While there certainly are ways and means by which government-based Top-Secret government files may be declassified, there are also stringent laws available and in place that allow for the continued non-disclosure of records for many, many years to come – decades, in some cases, and particularly so when and where agency chiefs have deemed the papers to be super-sensitive in the extreme. It is very much the same in other countries, too. Under the terms of Freedom of Information Act rules, numerous government agencies – from equally numerous nations - have declassified into the public domain tens of millions of pages of documents on many and varied subjects that were once considered to be highly secret in nature. But there are other files, many of a far more intriguing nature than those the government has already released. They are the ones that agencies haven’t released. They include the many and varied files that supposedly can’t be found, the ones that are suspiciously “missing,” as well as the Top-Secret papers that agencies admit exist but which they are determined to keep hidden from us all. The reason: to prevent the truth behind some of the world’s biggest conspiracies of all time from ever surfacing. For Nobody’s Eyes Only includes fascinating new information on: The conspiracy-filled story of the buried files and photos documenting the legendary Roswell UFO crash of 1947; the truth about the secret records of the JFK assassination that still remain sealed from public view; the sensational and missing data behind the Watergate scandal that brought down President Richard M. Nixon; and the mysteriously vanished documents on the CIA’s controversial “mind-control” operation, Project MKUltra. The deaths of several famous faces, such as Diana, Princess of Wales and Marilyn Monroe, also feature heavily in the pages of For Nobody’s Eyes Only, as Nick Redfern reveals the missing evidence, documents and data relative to both legendary figures. | Link |
| Episode 290 (April 24, 2014) | Steve Richards |
Holographic Kinetics and Advanced Aboriginal Healing | Holographic Kinetics is a combination of over 40 years of researching, by its founder Steve Richards it covering areas such as; Metaphysics, Religion, Spirituality, Hypnosis, Kinetic energy, Kinesiology, Quantum physics, Russelian physics, Radionics, Gravit-O-Biology, Body Electronics, Iridology, Sclerology, Health and the human mind and many other modalities in understanding the power of the subtle bodies--from a holistic approach--in the creation and removal of internal-created realities, within their own separate dimensions of time. As well as the understanding and removal of other dimensional forces that can enter through drugs, alcohol, trauma and certain medication, which our research has found is the main reasons for most mental illness. Pain is trapped energy. Forget about pain management, take out the trapped energy or trauma of the spirit and the energy is once more free to leave and so is the pain. At times pain may not even belong to you, you may have been responsible for the death of another or taken pity on another that has died and that gave that Spirit the rights under LORE to enter your body and you may be experiencing its pain through you, until that Spirit is bought up and time enfolded back to its trauma and changed and then released, only then will the pain cease. Steve Richards mentioned that Planet Armenia is also The Alpha Draconis planet (home of the Draconians that invaded planet earth thousands of years ago). Armenia is where the first Draco aka Catholic Roman Church was founded and the first pope came from Armenia. Steve said they have changed the names of the planets to hide themselves from the people. This also explains the Gargoyles and Serpents on the old churches worldwide. | Link |
| Episode 291 (May 1, 2014) | Judyth Vary Baker |
Me & Lee: How I Came to Know, Love and Lose Lee Harvey Oswald | In the spring of 1963, Judyth Vary Baker was invited to New Orleans by Dr. Alton Ochsner, which led to what many believe, based on her documentation and witness statements, to involvement, after nearly two years of training at Roswell Park Institute and the University of Florida, in a biological warfare project aimed to eliminate Cuba's Fidel Castro, in New Orleans. It is not clear to what extent the CIA may have been involved, but author Edward T. Haslam has linked a linear particle accelerator that Baker said was involved in the project to Drs. Ochsner and Sherman, through a detailed study of Dr. Sherman’s brutal and unsolved murder on July 21, 1964, the day the Warren Commission came to New Orleans to solicit testimonies. Baker has further stated that in New Orleans, while working with Dr. Mary S. Sherman and Ochsner, in association with David Ferrie and others, she met and fell in love with Lee Harvey Oswald, the accused assassin of President John F. Kennedy. She has produced witnesses corroborating her claim. She says that Oswald was framed for Kennedy’s murder. She joins former Secret Service agent Abraham Bolden in confirming that Oswald was the informant named "Lee" who saved Kennedy’s life in Chicago three weeks prior to the assassination. In 2003, Baker was filmed saying Oswald called the operation to kill Kennedy "The Big Event," several years prior to CIA’s E. Howard Hunt identifying the CIA operation to kill Kennedy by the same name. For a number of such reasons, Baker’s claims are being more widely supported than when she first spoke out, except by those defending the Warren Commission’s conclusions, which Baker calls "An obsolete failure and an odious obstruction of justice for Kennedy and Oswald." Baker was ejected from the project to kill Castro, she said, because of her ethical objections to use one of more volunteers to test the material. "They wouldn’t have volunteered to be tested for something that would kill them," she states. Baker says she was forced to return to Florida, where she was placed in a high-end chemistry laboratory, Peninsular ChemResearch, to hide her being "blackballed" from cancer research. She was then forced to leave the field altogether. Bitter over being banned from cancer research, she was devastated when she saw Oswald shot on TV. Baker says he was part of an "abort team" that he described to her only 37 ½ hours before the Kennedy assassination. When Baker told researcher Jim Marrs about the "abort team" in late 1999 or early 2000, at this time only a handful of insiders knew of its existence. In 2000 Baker was nearly filmed three times by Sixty Minutes in a 14-month investigation that Sixty Minutes’ founder, Don Hewitt, said was the most expensive investigation in the history of the program up to that time. He stated to C-Span that "the door was slammed in our faces." But then Gerry Hemming, a legendary name in Kennedy assassination research, met Baker, examined her notebooks of evidence, and told British documentary maker Nigel Turner about her. Baker was interviewed, she says, for "many hours," and then filmed by Turner for 38 hours, culminating in a 44-minute film, "The Love Affair." Baker objected to the fact that none of her witnesses were removed or not included in the documentary. Nevertheless, by November, 2003, Turner had nine documentaries (collectively called The Men Who Killed Kennedy), being aired on The History Channel. While six had been running for years, the three new segments, especially "The Guilty Men" (Episode 9) quickly generated lawsuit threats from former President Lyndon Johnson’s widow, family and closest supporters. Segments 7-8-9 were quickly banned, including "The Love Affair" concerning Baker’s love affair with Lee Harvey Oswald and his innocence, as The History Channel apologized to the Johnsons. Over the next few years, all of the other segments of The Men Who Killed Kennedy which had been showing over a decade on the History Channel, were also removed. But Baker had written a 700-page book, which she withdrew after it was published by researcher Harrison E. Livingstone over disputes about editing and finances. In 2010 and 2011, her 508-page book Me & Lee: How I came to know, love and lose Lee Harvey Oswald was printed in paperback and hardback editions and became an underground high-ranking book about the Kennedy assassination. In 2012m Me & Lee was adapted into a three-act play ("The Sniper’s Nest") by noted playwright Lisa Soland. It has been produced in the United States and overseas. Many people met the reclusive Judyth Baker for the first time in a ten-week-long tour of the US during the 50th anniversary of the Kennedy assassination, financed by numerous donations. In 2014, Me & Lee was also produced as an audio book, and translations began in German, Farsi, Swedish and French. Baker’s information has been quoted in books such as Jim Marrs’ new edition of Crossfire, Phillip Nelson’s LBJ: Mastermind, Jesse Ventura’ They Killed our President, and Dr. Mary’s Monkey by Edward T. Haslam, which devotes significant chapters to her story. Baker’s book David Ferrie-Mafia Pilot will be released by Trine Day in summer, 2014. Baker is also the author of two books of poetry When the Clouds Came Flying By (for drama students) and A Dangerous Thing to Do; she was co-author of a three-act play, Castles in the Sky with John MacLean for the Texas regional LDS Sesquicentennial. Baker’s name is on a monument erected for the US Bicentennial in Stafford, TX for her civic service as a newspaper reporter dedicated to the community. Baker’s paintings and lithographs have long sold worldwide. Baker was married to Robert A. Baker, III in Mobile, Alabama in 1963. She had five children between 1968-1978. Baker says she was warned not to speak of what she knew, if she wished to stay alive. She remained silent for 35 years. Baker decided not to speak out until her last child left home on Dec. 26, 1998. Since then, after initial doubt and attacks on her character by Warren Commission defenders, typified, Baker says, by a large website written by people who never met her, Baker has continued to gain support. However, she was hospitalized five times in four years by "accidents" that finally forced Baker to live overseas permanently by 2007. By the 50th anniversary of the Kennedy assassination, hundreds of supported donated funds to finance a ten-week tour of the United States, beginning with a symposium at Loyola University and ending at the grave of Lee Harvey Oswald, where a Memorial Service was held. Today, Baker lives in four different countries overseas. "I do regret that I haven’t been able to be a grandma and great grandma," she says. "Some of my family has not forgiven me for speaking out." Baker is currently working on three more books –one about Lee Harvey Oswald’s writings, one about her close friend, Lt. Col. Dan Marvin, a green Beret who worked as an assassin for the CIA, and a third book about economics and linguistics ("My real avocation is in linguistics," Baker says).Baker can be contacted on Facebook at "Judyth Baker" or by contacting Trine Day Publishers. See evidence files, and also, how to get a book at (meandlee.com), Amazon, Barnes & Noble, or Trine Day. | Link |
| Episode 292 (May 8, 2014) | Dane Wigington |
Chemtrails: Geoengineering, 21st Century Plague, & the New Sky | Everything is connected, all is intertwined in regard to the all-out assault on life we face from the global power elite. If populations of the Earth are to have any chance of even short-term survival, they had better wake and take action now, we cannot afford to waste a single day in this desperate fight. Researcher and activist Dane Wigington has been documenting disturbing changes in the environment known as geoengineering. This includes various weather modification techniques such as chemtrails and HAARP. Through efforts such as chemtrails that place metal particulates in the atmosphere, we are now experiencing "global dimming," in which 20% of the sun's rays no longer reach the direct surface of the planet, he reported. Geoengineering's covert programs have been enacted as a means of control, and possibly to lessen the effects of global warming, but these efforts have backfired and become a dire threat to life on Earth, he warned. "At a certain point when you realize can't walk out the door and breathe without sucking in a lung full of heavy metal," you know you have to take a stand, he said. Lab tests associated with chemtrails have found such chemicals as aluminum, strontium, barium, and now fluoride in Europe, and he connected this to soil and water contamination, and the decline of various forms of life. Artificially induced snowstorms are another harmful form of weather modification that has been seen in places where snow falls even though temperatures are above freezing, he revealed. Wigington cautioned that geoengineering could be pushing Earth into a "Venus Syndrome," in which climate feedback loops are triggered that begin to feed on themselves, eventually creating a hellish climate like that of Venus. A NOAA scientist told him off the record that they are aware of these programs but afraid to step forward because of no 1st amendment protections. At this juncture, Wigington believes there is a panic in the power structure. "Even those who were orchestrating these programs now are realizing that they cannot control the beast they have let out of the cage, and they are now frantically trying to refreeze the Arctic with ice nucleation," he commented. Could chemtrails be the new delivery system for a 21st Century plague? | Link |
| Episode 293 (May 15, 2014) | Linda Moulton Howe |
Earth Changes, Government Secrecy, UFO & E.T. Cover-Up | During this riveting interview, Lind Moulton Howe returns with new information that shows the undeniable fact that earth changes are occurring. From the mysterious booms, explosions and trumpets heard around the world, government secrecy and a whistleblower who shares why the United States continues its cover-up on UFOs and the E.T. reality. Who or What is Behind the Cattle Mutilations? | Link |
| Episode 294 (May 22, 2014) | George Green |
The Big Picture | For years, George Green has been illustrating what is wrong with the world economy and what is behind the artificiality of it all. We discuss current geopolitical developments that lead to what seems to the rise of a new world power: China. The pieces have been in place for quite some time, and the architects are the same. From Rome, to the British Empire, to the United States of America. The western hemisphere has ruled for millennia. China has patiently awaited for their turn, even beating the expectations of economists who predicted that China would overtake the United States' economy by 2019. They have now confirmed that as of 2014, China is now the world's financial superpower. The United States continues to instigate a new world war with Russia. From Iran, to Syria, to Ukraine. Every time the threat of sanctions erupt, Russia responds in kind. The European Union is waking up to the fact they have more to lose if the United States continues to pressure Russia. Europe imports 30 percent of its gas from Russia, half of which crosses Ukraine. In a sign of defiance and as a show of where the alliances truly are, France defied the United States by selling While it has not sparked new calls for “freedom fries”, France’s sale of cutting-edge warships to Russia amid tensions over Ukraine is not going down well with its Western allies. The United States economy has been propped by fake money. It is the equivalent of a family who no longer has the means to pay for their credit card, but they are able to increase the credit card limit so they can continue spending. Even though the IRS has reported record collection of tax revenue, the government is still reporting deficits and overspending. This trend is unsustainable and Russia and China are carefully crafting their new relation. The middle class is a dying breed, and as more people wake up to this fact, the engineers are prepared and could use a designer virus, man-made catastrophe, economic collapse, etc. The key is to wake up to this fact. Don't be scared, be prepared. George mentioned the cloning program multiple countries have. They simply take two cells of a body and hit is with electricity. To transfer memories, they use a machine similar to a CAT/CT machine. He says Henry Kissinger died with his wife in a car crash and what we see today is a clone. George also discussed how he saw his first extraterrestrial craft while in the 1950s while in the Air Force. Decades later he had his own contact after visiting with Billy Meier in Switzerland. | Link |
| Episode 295 (May 29, 2014) | Sofia Smallstorm |
Chemtrails, The Great Culling, Synthetic Biology, and Agenda 21 | How do artificial clouds form? As power plants belch vast quantities of steam skyward, aerosol particulates sprayed through the atmosphere cause the vapor to nucleate around them into white haze, which can then be concentrated into man-made clouds. WeatherWar101 has identified and explains this process (using Nexrad/Doppler technology) in his detailed videos. The feathery, streaky things you see in the sky these days are most likely not clouds. They are the result of material left in the wake of jet aircraft, and are referred to by government agencies as mere "contrails," but the jet contrails we saw as children never ended up as clouds. Do airplanes make clouds, Mommy? NASA would have us think so, but as someone once said, you can't fool all of the people all of the time. 9/11 was a covert operation that birthed the US police state. While many people -- distracted by entertainment, sports and shopping -- are blissfully unaware that their freedoms are being stripped from them, you would think they might look up in the sky and notice the very strange clouds above their heads. Not so. The spraying is in some ways like the emperor's new clothes -- someone has to point it out before we can see it for ourselves. Once you can see, you then begin to notice. We discussed how chemtrails could be the great culling. This delivery mechanism could be responsible for a new breed of humans - transhumanism - via Nano technology particles that could alter our DNA. Genetically modified organisms, Agenda 21, and much more. | Link |
| Episode 296 (June 5, 2014) | David Paulides |
More Strange Disappearances: Missing 411: The Devil's in the Detail | During this interview we discussed David Paulides’ fourth book (Missing 411: The Devil's in the Detail), the latest in the blockbuster “Missing 411” series that describes unusual incidents of people that have disappeared in National Parks and forests of the world. It is a significant step forward in the understanding of the missing phenomena that adds several new elements never before identified. As in the book, the interview discusses additional victims, new locations and circumstances while outlining new geographical clusters. The number of people that fit the identified profile and the distances and elevations covered during their journeys will mesmerize you. It is highly recommended that you listen to our prior interview and/or read the other “Missing 411” books prior to this so that you can have a background on the topic prior to listening to this new interview. The prior interview can be accessed {here} David Paulides returns to discuss more strange disappearances in national parks. The new material spans six continents. As in the previous interview and books, the little pre-teens seem to be the largest targets of some entity that concentrates on kidnapping and leaving the victims often, dead or alive, and missing articles of clothing or shoes without any indication of molestation. Usually the victim has no idea what happened, is dazed, or can’t tell. David mentions that the last-in-line of hiking groups often disappears, and comments on the number of missing people found at the base of steep cliffs, found near water or swamps, in brier patches (victims often found with horrible scratches), have traveled many miles, or have unknowingly traveled uphill. Often their pets disappear with them and come back confused or never do return. Search dogs cannot find their scent of the missing and bloodhounds and cadaver dogs appear baffled. And in so many cases, an area previously searched multiple times eventually turns up a victim that’s in plain sight. In many occasions the victims are found without their shoes or their shoes are found in the area the subjects were lastly seen. As of right now the total list is of cases investigated is 1,240. Looking at the “Devil’s Detail,” an introductory page has a long listing of place names with Devil in them. David covers interesting facts that boggle the mind: Like little 7-year-old Jack who in two days managed to get 50 miles from where he was lost. And he was found in good condition! How can that be? Another 11 were found 20 or more miles from where they had disappeared. Not all of them were as lucky as Jack. Many other interesting listings are tabulated: Weather conditions turn inclement when lost; occasions when the first or last in a line of hikers vanishes; there are those that turn up missing from in the home (in one case a house alarm failed to ring); or from a locked car with no inside door handles, or the puzzler of the disabled disappearances; and the “climbers”-those that when lost go uphill, often being found on top of a barren peak (20 in four books climbed 1,000 feet or more). Impossible cases are cited, like 2-year-old Ryan, sleeping with his sister Shawna next to the wall. On awakening he was gone, only to be later found dead under a dock at a nearby lake. And then there was the mystery of Megumi. Hiking on a well- used trail in New Mexico, when lost she simply dialed 911 on her cell phone (need to triangulate). She was forwarded to the non-emergency dispatcher…not once but seven times! It had never happened before or since! Finally routed correctly search teams found Megumi. It started to snow! A helicopter is called in for evacuation of the cold and weak graduate student in physics nanotechnology and optics. The tail rotor of the helicopter hit a tree! In debris field 800 feet down the 12,000-foot mountain the bodies of the pilot and Megumi were found. It appears that at times the well-educated are targeted! What’s happening to all these people? David wisely doesn’t speculate. It’s just too crazy. In one case you think a Bigfoot has kidnapped them. Then in the next a UFO has abducted them, or they vanish into a dimensional hole or orb, or the culprit is an entity that reaches through from a black hole that grabs them and transports them for miles, dragging them unmercifully through briers. I can only scratch my head and ponder. Don’t know how much just plain old bad luck is involved either. One can only offer a silent prayer for all the unfortunate missing people, past and present, especially the children…the poor little babies, etc. And those left behind to suffer: spouses, siblings, mothers, grandparents, friends…all of those and more. More cases are discussed during the interview but the book goes beyond the boundaries covered by their predecessors. | Link |
| Episode 297 (June 12, 2014) | Christopher O'Brien |
Stalking the Herd: Unraveling the Cattle Mutilation Mystery | Who or What is Behind the Cattle Mutilations? The cattle mutilation phenomenon is an ongoing mystery that has endured for almost 50 years. What have we learned, if anything, from the countless reports filed? Who or what is behind the death and disfigurement of livestock reported as mutilated around the globe? Are these deaths simply attributable to natural predators and scavengers? Or is the military/government somehow involved? Are the deaths the action of ritual "cultists" as police say the evidence would suggest? Is it possible that alien predators are involved, as some researchers and the media have suggested? Are mystery helicopters or UFOs related to the cattle mutilation phenomenon as many witnesses have claimed? Regardless of who or what is responsible, what are the motivations behind perpetrating what may be the greatest unsolved serial crime spree of all time? Stalking the Herd addresses these questions in depth and also offers an objective look at the history of our venerated relationship with cattle, among the first domesticated livestock. Is there a connection between these ritualistic cattle deaths and humankind's ancient practice of animal sacrifice? Why are there no Brahman cattle mutilations in India where cattle are revered to this day? Are aliens gathering genetic material for unknown purposes? What about the thousands of pounds of scientific forensic evidence? Are some hidden sections of the military conducting secret projects that--for some reason known only to them-- involve the mutilation of hundreds of livestock and other warm-blooded animals. Are they monitoring the spread of "mad cow" disease? Stalking the Herd is an in-depth examination and analysis of this complex, multi-layered mystery and this book scrutinizes the various explanations that have been proposed over the years and proposes new theories that have chilling implications. | Link |
| Episode 298 (June 19, 2014) | Dr. Scott McQuate |
The Tribulation: Hidden Secrets Revealed From Texts Predating The Bible | The Tribulation is a real event of earth-altering importance that is said to take place after the Rapture during the End Times and it is something that will affect everyone, regardless of their religious affiliations or beliefs. If you are a Christian, however, who thinks you already understand the Tribulation or are a non-religious person who thinks it is a myth, either way, you need to think again. The Tribulation period is highly-misunderstood because of many doctrinal lies and misconceptions that have been touted as fact and unbeknownst to present-day Scholars, Pastors and Theologians, the subject of the Tribulation is not unique to the Bible. The shocking facts of this epic, all-important event was also spoken of within cultures long pre-dating the Bible, such as the Mayan, Sumerian, Hindu, Canaanite and others but, just as prophesied in Daniel 12:4, Proverbs 25:2 and elsewhere in the Bible, they have been intentionally concealed for millennia...until now. For a watered-down and tremendously adulterated understanding of the Tribulation, we can look to the current version of the Bible and to those who teach the tribulation 'doctrines' that have been corrupted, but if we want to understand the Tribulation accurately and truly know what this imminent, earth-altering event is about, we must look to not only the un-adulterated words of Jesus, but to other cultures pre-dating the Bible from which nearly all of the Biblical stories were taken. These are the 'old paths' spoken of by Jesus, which He stated were 'good'. The portrayal of events within the Bible, as a fact, have been twisted and filled with leaven as Jesus warned they would be, but just as prophesied, the veil is being lifted in these Last Days and 'The Book' is being opened. This is where Dr. Scott McQuate's research is crucial. As an author and researcher who has spent many years and hundreds of thousands of hours asking, seeking and knocking to delve into the deeper, hidden meaning of this and other ancient stories, his works finally explain the Biblical riddles that have never been understood by the teachers, pastors and theologians of our world. | Link |
| Episode 299 (June 26, 2014) | Sherry Wilde |
Lessons Learned from Contact with Beings from Another World | This is the story of one woman's life-long interaction with beings from another world, and her journey to go beyond the fear to find meaning and purpose. In this book she explores the abduction experience and shares with you the three important things they insisted she learn. "This is my story. I cannot prove any of it. For years I was encouraged to write about these experiences, but I resisted. This is not an easy story for me to write, and it might not be easy for you to read or believe. I understand that. . . This book is not only a recounting of my experiences but also the story of how I discovered that, like most things, it is possible to turn the worst thing in your life into something positive just by choosing to look at it from a different perspective." -from the author. What a wild roller coaster ride of alien abduction and self-exploration. This is as true an account as one could possibly give of such extraordinary experiences. Sherry describes what she endured being repeatedly abducted by ETs but there is an extremely positive outcome. Decades after the first abductions Sherry’s perception of her experience shifts. No longer seeing herself as a victim, she focuses on the positive aspects of what she was taught during her interactions with the ETs. Once she looked beyond the distortion created by her visceral fear, she was aware of the depth of knowledge that was being imparted to her. This knowledge, like the ETs, originated from higher vibrational realms. It was being given to her for the benefit of humanity. Sherry explains the "3 Important Things to Know", which are concepts about which volumes of spiritual texts have been written. | Link |
| Episode 300 (June 26, 2014) | Dean Henderson |
Big Oil, Central Banks, & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network | Big Oil... pulls back the covers to expose a centuries-old cabal of global oligarchs, whose control over the global economy is based on hegemony over the planet's three most valuable commodities: oil, guns and drugs- combined with ownership of the world's central banks. Henderson implicates these oligarchs in the orchestration of a string of conspiracies from Pearl Harbor to the Kennedy Assassination to 9/11. He follows the trail of dirty money up the food chain to the interbred Eight Families who- from their City of London base- control the Four Horsemen of Oil, the global drug trade and the permanent war economy. | Link |
| Episode 301 (July 10, 2014) | Ole Dammegard |
False Flags, Bilderberg Update & Silencing the Truth Movement | Ole Dammegard returns with an update of his visit to the 2014 Bilderberg meeting. It was peculiar that this event usually takes place with marked security, this year's event took place in central Copenhagen. Ole theorizes that perhaps a false flag event was defused. The event could have been a massacre of large proportion aimed at demonizing the Truth movement in one single blow, leading to the ban of rights to demonstrate, protest, gather in large groups as well as a new major reason to censor the Internet. A re-run of the False Flag-templates, encouraging normal people to become aware of the ‘signs’ and start filming any kind of ‘drill’, ‘odd filmset’ or possible upcoming false flag, so that we by pre-exposure can make it a lot more difficult for the Elite to carry them out and in the long run even stop them. At the moment their agenda is saying “scare of the week” so we are looking at significant staged mass shootings in the near future. Probable patsies: The Truth movement, veterans, the homeless, etc. The ultimate agenda? Listen to find out! | Link |
| Episode 302 (July 17, 2014) | Neil Kramer |
Roots of Hidden Reality | Neil Kramer returns to discuss Roots of Hidden Reality: The great ontological questions. These questions should be asked and answered -personally - on a regular basis. See how they change and how the quality of answer improves. Why are we here? What are we supposed to do? What are we? What does it mean? How can we know more? Philosophy teaches us how to think about these things. It is abstract. Mysticism teaches us what to do about them. It is experiential. The mystic uses their own self and being as the instrument for inquiry. The root teachings. What are they? Their contemplation and resolution through direct human experience. Three kinds of happiness. Pleasure (diversion). Passion (engagement). Higher Being (transformation). The "fulfillment-distraction" equation. Are we expressing and satisfying ourselves? Is everything OK? The drug of phenomenal information. What helps and what doesn’t? Gauging quality, relevance and truth. Universal safety valve of ego positioning. Without higher being, no higher knowledge can be understood or transmitted. Governmental authority starting to fail. Loss of faith. Political meltdown. Middle class losing belief in authority. Philosophically, there are no rights. This is a good thing. We are just here. There are only guidelines for lucid thoughts and noble deeds. Where are the wise elders? The presence and absence of wise elders in our communities. How it influences our behavior and maturation. Spiritual development determines wholeness and fragmentation. Fragmentation is painful. People in pain behave badly. We call that evil. Evil people are simply disoriented fragmented people. I might kill such a person myself if they got in my way or threatened my peace, but I know they’re not evil. On the other hand, there is wholeness. Wholeness feels good. Whole people behave well. Wholeness stems from spiritual development. Fragmentation from the lack of it. | Link |
| Episode 303 (July 24, 2014) | Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton |
Punk Science: Inside the Mind Of God (Beyond the Quantum) | Punk Science demonstrates that ideas from the cutting-edge of science actually explain phenomena that have previously been thought of as paranormal. Dr. Samanta-Laughton offers a new model of the universe, where consciousness generates life, where black holes exist inside our bodies as well as far out in space, and where the same science explains galaxies and planets as well as human evolution, auras and chakras. Drawing on the very latest in scientific understanding, the Black Hole principle outlined by in this book, represents the next leap forward in both human understanding and living, and gives a closer approximation to scientific reality than the macho-approach of the old-style physics. | Link |
| Episode 304 (July 31, 2014) | Cathy O'Brien |
Trance Formation of America: Ex-Illuminati Mind Control Victim | During this interview, we discussed the autobiography of a victim of government mind control. Cathy O'Brien is the only vocal and recovered survivor of the Central Intelligence Agency's MKUltra Project Monarch mind control operation. Chiseled deep into the white stone of the CIA's Langley, Virginia headquarters is a partial verse lifted from the Holy Bible and writings of Saint John...""and the truth shall set you free." This statement, like the agency, is total reality. The building that it is engraved upon houses the world's most successful manufacturer of lies to facilitate psychological warfare. The "Company" uses truth and technology as their raw materials to produce "pure" lies for control of you and America's allies. | Link |
| Episode 305 (August 7, 2014) | Chris McCleary |
National Dream Center (Dream Bot) Predictions | Chris McCleary, the Director of the National Dream Center, which collects, analyzes, and reports daily on various types of dream topics, discussed his Dream Bot experiments, which focus on precognitive dreams. One of the biggest themes or linguistic phrases that's popped up in his database, is "Sky flash," which he connected to a subsequent volcanic eruption in Italy. "Running from violence" is another phrase that came up. McCleary also spoke about his Project August, in which people incubate dreams (place an intention before going to sleep) about newsworthy events that will happen in August 2014, and then record in his database. He believes that dreaming, like remote viewing, accesses a different brain state, which can put people in touch with a "timeless nature." | Link |
| Episode 306 (August 14, 2014) | Rosa Koire |
Behind the Green Mask: U.N. Agenda 21 | Although the United Nations, largely with the help of an interloper named Maurice Strong, had been discussing the bogus but communistic notion of "sustainable development" since the late 1970s, it wasn't until 1992 and 1993 when Presidents George Herbert Walker Bush and William Clinton, respectively, hoisted this foreign and insidious entity onto the backs of the American people by executive order, particularly President Bill Clinton's biodiversity treaty and his President's Council on Sustainable Development. Almost twenty years later now, nearly every county across all the States in the United States of America has been infiltrated, particularly on the local level, by the lynx-like activities of the United Nation's Agenda 21-link to a One World Government through the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), a usurpatious, parasitic non-government organization (NGO) that floats and slinks between federal and local government control in your city in order to maintain a base of control of its own -- over your lives as well as your money and land. UN Agenda 21/Sustainable Development is the action plan implemented worldwide to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, all information, and all human beings in the world. Inventory and control. Have you wondered where these terms 'sustainability' and 'smart growth' and 'high density urban mixed-use development' came from? Doesn't it seem like about 10 years ago you'd never heard of them and now everything seems to include these concepts? Is that just a coincidence? That every town and county and state and nation in the world would be changing their land use/planning codes and government policies to align themselves with...what? In a nutshell, the plan calls for governments to take control of all land use and not leave any of the decision making in the hands of private property owners. It is assumed that people are not good stewards of their land and the government will do a better job if they are in control. Individual rights in general are to give way to the needs of communities as determined by the governing body. Moreover, people should be rounded up off the land and packed into human settlements, or islands of human habitation, close to employment centers and transportation. Another program, called the Wildlands Project spells out how most of the land is to be set aside for non-humans. U.N. Agenda 21 cites the affluence of Americans as being a major problem which needs to be corrected. It calls for lowering the standard of living for Americans so that the people in poorer countries will have more, a redistribution of wealth. Although people around the world aspire to achieve the levels of prosperity we have in our country, and will risk their lives to get here, Americans are cast in a very negative light and need to be taken down to a condition closer to average in the world. Only then, they say, will there be social justice which is a cornerstone of the U.N. Agenda 21 plan. Agenda 21 policies date back to the 70's but it got its real start in 1992 at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro when President Bush signed onto it. Click here to see a list of the countries that signed UN Agenda 21. President Clinton took office the following year and created the President's Council on Sustainable Development to implement it in the United States. Made up of federal agencies, corporations, and non-profit groups, the President's Council on Sustainable Development moved quickly to ensure that all federal agencies would change their policies to comply with UN Agenda 21. A non-governmental organization called the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives, ICLEI, is tasked with carrying out the goals of Agenda 21 worldwide. Remember: UN Agenda 21/Sustainable Development is a global plan that is implemented locally. Over 600 cities in the U.S. are members; our town joined in 2007. The costs are paid by taxpayers. It's time that people educate themselves and read the document and related commentary. After that, get a copy of your city or county's General Plan and read it. You will find all sorts of policies that are nearly identical to those in U.N. Agenda 21. Unfortunately, their policies have advanced largely unnoticed and we are now in the end game. People need to identify their elected officials who are promoting the U.N.'s policies and hold them accountable for their actions. Only when we've identified who the people are and what they are trying to do will we be able to evaluate whether or not we approve of the policies they are putting forward. Some people may think it's appropriate for agencies outside the United States to set our policies and some people will not. The question is, aren't Americans able to develop their own policies? Should we rely on an organization that consists of member nations that have different forms of governments, most of which do not value individual rights as much as we do? It's time to bring U.N. Agenda 21 out in the open where we can have these debates and then set our own policies in accordance with our Constitution and Bill of Rights. | Link |
| Episode 307 (August 21, 2014) | Xaviant Haze |
Aliens in Ancient Egypt | The alien influences behind the rise and fall of Egypt’s Golden Age. • Explains how Akhenaten was the last pharaoh entrusted with the sacred and ancient alien knowledge of stargates, free energy, and antigravity technologies • Reveals how the Brotherhood of the Snake, a secret society of reptilian aliens, sought to destroy Akhenaten and suppress the sacred knowledge of the pharaohs • Explores the original purpose of the pyramids--to transmit energy to expand consciousness--and how they were decommissioned after the Great Flood The sophisticated civilization of ancient Egypt arose seemingly overnight, complete with advanced levels of art, agriculture, astronomy, and physics. Then, with the death of Pharaoh Akhenaten, much of this higher knowledge was lost--or suppressed. But evidence of this former Golden Age, the alien visitors behind its rise, and those behind its decline still exists--some of it in plain sight. Examining the purposefully obscured reign of Akhenaten and Nefertiti, Xaviant Haze explains how they represent the last dynasty with access to the sacred knowledge of stargates, free energy, and antigravity technologies, knowledge handed down from an advanced interstellar race in the remote past. He reveals how the reptilian race known as the Shemsu Hor infiltrated the Egyptian priesthood and banking systems and formed the Brotherhood of the Snake--a secret society set on destroying Akhenaten’s flourishing kingdom and suppressing the sacred knowledge of the pharaohs. Haze examines the evidence of aliens in ancient Egypt, such as the reptilian beings depicted in the Temple of Hathor and Thutmose III’s alien encounter. He shows how Akhenaten and his family are always portrayed with elongated skulls and explores the connection between ancient aliens and Mars, including the Martian materials used in Egyptian monuments. He explains the original purpose of the pyramids--to transmit uplifting energy throughout the planet to help expand consciousness--and explores how they were decommissioned after the Great Flood of prehistory. He reveals how the original builders of the pyramids foresaw humanity’s fall from the Golden Age and strategically encoded these magnificent structures to wake humanity from the depths of the Dark Ages. | Link |
| Episode 308 (August 28, 2014) | Dr. Angela T. Smith |
Remote Viewing Interviews with Members of 18 Extraterrestrial (E.T.) Races | Have you ever wondered what it would be like to talk to our cosmic neighbors? Dr. Scott Jones and Angela Smith did and found that what they have to say is exciting and challenging! We discussed remote viewing/telepathic interviews with members of 18 extraterrestrial (ET) races, including the Large Grays, Nordics, Small Grays, Annunaki and others. These interviews provide answers to some of the perennial ET questions such as: "Who are they?", "Where are they from?", "What, if anything, is their agenda?", "Are they friendly or unfriendly?", "Do they have an interest and stake in sound human development processes on Earth?" etc. Also addressed is the ET link with the Outer Space Security and Development Treaty. This treaty bans all space-based weapons and at their request, Cosmic Cultures are identified as Parties to the treaty. Crafted by Jones, Dr. Carol Rosin, Astronaut Edgar Mitchell, and other colleagues, it is clear that the ETs are concerned with keeping space a weapon free zone. It is a safe assumption that the ETs can easily verify that the Treaty is being honored. Their request to be included in the Treaty is a very positive sign that other cooperative ventures are in our future. The guests are joined by the ETs in a call for a pre-disclosure dialogue on the anticipated consequences of established contact, and a detailed plan of how this can be accomplished is provided. Academe at all levels must play a leading role. Drs. Jones and Smith have drawn from a lifetime of contact and moved into a rich, largely unexplored area of research. Direct communication and dialogue with sentient life in the cosmos that is complex, ancient, and apparently waiting for the opportunity to tell their stories. Followers of this field and those who are ready to join this enlightened community will be fascinated by what the little Grays say about what most earth authors call abductions, and the purpose of them. These "take and return" operations are to produce a hybrid race of pioneers that explores and settles throughout multiple universes. Drs. Jones and Smith are uncommon in their contributions that come from both heart and mind. Their combined experience supports critical assessment of the Planetary Plight and the activities of military and government leaders. This is presented with courage, competence and compassion. The huge bonus of this book is the unfiltered voices from the cosmos. | Link |
| Episode 309 (September 4, 2014) | Michael S. King |
The War Against Putin: What the Government-Media Complex Isn't Telling You About Russia | In the West, politicians and journalists of all stripes have referred to Russian President Vladimir Putin as a "thug", a "tyrant", a "murderer", a "Communist", a "Nazi", the next "Hitler" and more. But amongst the Russian people, his popularity rating has reached levels as high as 85%. There is even a very popular hit 'disco' song about him - 'A Man Like Putin'. So, who's right? Why such hatred for Vladimir Putin? Is it justified? Or has Putin been targeted merely for standing up the US-EU Axis of Internationalism? This interview takes you through 'crash course' journey from Russia's Medieval founding, through the days of the Czars, through the Communist Revolution and bloody Civil War, through Stalin & World War II, through the Cold War, through the Soviet collapse, through the Yeltsin disaster, and finally the Putin-led rebirth of the Russian nation. It is one of the "greatest stories never told", and will shed badly needed light on the new Russia, its dynamic leader, the dark forces aiming to bring about its demise, and maybe even World War III. | Link |
| Episode 310 (September 11, 2014) | Matthew Stein |
What if a Solar Storm, EMP or Financial Collapse Happened Today? | Small solar storms strike our planet every year, that the most recent extreme solar storm hit the earth in 1921, and the one before that struck in 1859. Records indicate that even though most of the planet’s evening skies were lit up with incredible multicolored auroras during these two extreme geomagnetic disturbances (GMD), they apparently caused few major problems on the planet. This makes today’s situation very different from that of 90 and 150 years ago. How could our country protect itself from the worst effects of an extreme solar storm or EMP attack, and why would this discourage such an attack? For the price of a single B2 bomber ($2bn - worth more than its weight in gold) America could implement a program to avert the worst effects of an extreme solar storm or EMP attack, such as extended grid collapse and a nuclear Armageddon resulting from most of our country’s reactors melting down spontaneously. Is the worst of the financial crisis is over, or is it yet to come? What kinds of skills should I have that could help me survive a full-blown economic collapse? What about trade and barter? Are there any specific types of items that would be particularly valuable in a barter system if the financial meltdown gets worse? From looking at your list of natural and manmade disasters, it appears that pandemics and plagues have been the biggest killers of all time. How could the average person prepare in such event? | Link |
| Episode 311 (September 11, 2014) | Robert W. Sullivan IV, Esq. |
Cinema Symbolism: Esoteric Imagery in Popular Movies | Have you ever wondered why 007 is James Bond's numerical designation? Or where the name Luke Skywalker comes from? How about all those giant faces that pass judgment on General Zod and his lieutenants at the beginning of 1978's Superman? What's behind the symbolism of all those mirrors in Black Swan? Cinema Symbolism: A Guide to Esoteric Imagery in Popular Movies answers these questions; it is about occult, numerological, astrological, mythological, alchemical, Tarot, and cabbalistic iconography and symbolism contained within popular movies. Films analyzed include The Exorcist, Back to the Future, Star Wars (Episodes I-VI), The Lord of the Rings, The Wizard of Oz, Black Swan, Monty Python and the Holy Grail, the James Bond movies, The Matrix, among many others. “The esoteric symbolism surrounding the Overlook Hotel is this: it represents the dark side of the United States of America. It is explained that the Overlook Hotel was “built over an Indian burial ground” just as the United States was established on what was once native Indian land; the establishment of the United States allegorically and literally “buried” the Indian Nations. Symbolizing the United States it is opulent; “Four Presidents, movie stars. ..All the best people,” have patronized the Overlook according the hotel’s manager Stuart Ullman (Barry Nelson, 1917-2007). Likewise the specters that haunt the Overlook are extravagant and elegant yet demonic. Being the Overlook’s only inhabitants during the film - serving as its winter caretakers - the family of Jack Torrance (Jack Nicholson), his wife Winifred or Wendy (Shelley Duvall), and their son Danny (Danny Lloyd) are often seen wearing red, white, and blue clothing emblematizing the United States flag and American patriotism. There is an intentional overuse of red, white, and blue color schemes throughout the film, the most famous is when the Overlook’s elevator doors open unleashing gallons of red blood down its corridors. Likewise the twin daughters of Delbert Grady (Philip Stone, 1924-2003) are seen wearing blue dresses with white knee high socks. | Link |
| Episode 312 (September 25, 2014) | Dannion Brinkley |
Secrets Revealed From Near-Death Experiences | In 1975, during a thunderstorm, Dannion Brinkley was talking on the telephone when a bolt of lightning hit the phone line, sending thousands of volts into his head and down through his body. Brinkley was thrown across the room, and later reported seeing his lifeless body spread prone, as his then-girlfriend found him and paramedics arrived. Obviously disoriented, in his spirit-form above the scene, he wondered what the excitement was about, since (as he put it) "Everybody was okay...." He saw auras around everybody in the room except his own body below -- a pretty big hint that he was, in fact, dead. We discussed, not only the first event in 1975, but two more near-death experiences. During these experiences Dannion was infused with knowledge about our future and what his purpose in returning to life would be. He calls the source of this information the "Box of Knowledge". Among the visions given to him, he saw a North American Union; the militarization of our southern border; and even an implantable nanochip that would be forced on the population. This nanochip would be controlled at long distances and it could be either used for positive or negative purposes. Negative purposes could be used to release cyanide to any "undesirable" or anyone wishing to remove the chip. It can also be used to locate lost children or even military personnel captured by the enemy. It can also be used to eliminate military personnel that goes rogue. Imagine the implications. There is no reason why so many people have to wait until they pass on to enjoy life. We are promised a paradise in heaven. We can make that heaven right here on Earth. The biggest obstacle is chronic stress. Dannion's mission, in addition to help those who are close to dying, was to put into place an environment of peace. His message is very simple. We have no idea how lucky we are to be alive and be ourselves right here and right now. | Link |
| Episode 313 (October 2, 2014) | Randy Cramer |
Operation Moon Shadow, Earth Defense Force, & Mars Colony Corp. | In the 1960’s there was a plan devised by the U.S. Government to have in place a conspiracy of denial with regards to the possibility that a new space program would discover the possibility of life elsewhere in the universe. This plan, provided by the Brookings Institute, was completed in December of 1960 and pointed out the very real fear of social disintegration if humanity discovered in its cosmic sojourn proof of extra-terrestrial life. The Brookings report was very clear when it suggested that “Anthropological files contain many examples of societies sure of their place in the universe which have disintegrated when they had to associate with previously unfamiliar societies espousing different societies in different ways.” Needless to say, the guardians of intelligence suggested that if the U.S. space program found evidence of alien life or technology that it would be advisable to withhold that information. Nearly five decades later, much of what the Brookings Institute laid out for the space program still holds and science is still in the act of denial of any intelligent life in space. Since the Curiosity Rover landed on the surface Mars, there have been a number of curious anomalies being sent back to earth that have created all sort of buzz on the Internet. Observers have seen anything from strange human looking statues on Mars, to strange lights beaming up from the surface and of course various Unidentified flying objects that come and go and are recorded. NASA has done its best to explain that what is being seen is some sort of lens flare or pareidolia much like was done at the time that curious mars watchers saw a face in the Cydonia region of Mars. In an email published by The Virtually Strange Network, “Brookings Report Re-examined,” Keith Woodard writes that the Brookings Report “did raise the possibility of withholding information, but took no position on its advisability. ‘Questions one might wish to answer by such studies,’ intoned the report, ‘would include: how might such information, under what circumstances, be presented to or withheld from the public for what ends? What might be the role of the discovering scientists and other decision makers regarding release of the fact of discovery?’ Those two sentences comprise the report’s entire commentary on the subject of covering up the truth.” It was after the Hurricane Katrina Disaster that George W. Bush announced that United States was once again preparing to go to the moon and then explore Mars. It was a One hundred and four-billion-dollar plan to get men back on the Moon by 2015. The next challenge would be Mars in 2015. In the meantime, there were private companies asking people to take part in experiments to see if the average human could withstand and or participate in a Mars expedition. There were even all sorts of polls taken where people would volunteer to go to mars and not return. The Netherlands-based nonprofit Mars One, which aims to establish a Red Planet settlement beginning in 2025, announced that it had sliced its pool of potential colonists from 1,058 down to 705. The remaining astronaut candidates now advance to an interview round with Mars One’s selection committee. With all of the anomalous coincidences there has always been the question in the back of a few people’s minds as to whether or not off planet settlements exist or if our Military have secretly established small bases or scout encampments on the Moon or even on Mars. There have been plenty of weird statements by Astronauts and others about how the space program is neglecting its responsibility to Mars. Which once again is curious because the Mars Rover and the saucer experiments. Apollo Astronaut Buzz Aldrin has mentioned many times about anomalous artifacts found on Phobos including a monolith structure, and how a settlement on mars should be led by the United States and that historians will record our success in leaving earth for mars sooner than later. When hacker Gary McKinnon breached security on a so called “secure” NASA computer network he happened to hack into a series of computers in the Pentagon, NASA, and other sensitive military locations. McKinnon claimed he was seeking information on UFOs and says he found files dealing with “non-terrestrial officers” and “fleet-to-fleet transfers” involving ships not on any U.S. Navy registry. This story makes us wonder if we are being told everything about what is going on above us. The McKinnon story is just one of the many that provide circumstantial evidence which points to the possibility that there are secret weapons and stations above us in space and possible settlements or micro bases on either the moon or Mars. NASA is a military installation claiming to be civilian. The billions of dollars going to “philanthropic space programs” are mostly funneling into the military industrial complex. Sure, there are missions to send probes out in space. But the real reason for NASA is to research the idea of using space as the new battlefield. The dreams get the good press but the nightmares are performed in secret. You may not believe in Aliens, but it is evident that space agencies around the world do and that the United States Military, NASA and other black ops organizations have sensitive information that they have kept from the American people regarding strange anomalous activities in space. It is getting to the point where NASA is no longer capable of keeping everything “top secret.” Some things cannot easily be explained by science. NASA is finding it harder to hide the truth about an “alien” presence on earth and in the solar system. They are also finding it harder to hide the fact that perhaps they have kept under wraps secret space missions and off world battalions that may have secret bases either on the moon or even Mars. Now I know at first that the idea of a secret space port or even a settlement on Mars or the moon sound outrageous, but just before Barack Obama cut funding for some of the more challenging space projects many astronauts and other were kind of hinting at the idea that NASA is not telling the truth about what is above us in space. The most “earthlike” planet in terms of gravity and distance from the sun, Mars has long been considered the best bet for extraterrestrial life and the possibility of a settlement of humans living on the red planet. I am sure many of us are familiar with William Cooper. He is the well-known former U.S. Naval Intelligence officer that shot by police officers in 2001. He is the author of the book Behold a pale Horse. In Bill Cooper’s 1989 lecture and affidavit, he states that the U.S had first landed on Mars on May 22, 1962 and that, by the time the U.S./NASA public space program landed on the moon in 1969, the U.S. already had a moon base there, since the mid-1950s... “The first moon landing was May 22, 1962 … or excuses me that was the first landing on Mars. I’m sorry, May 22, 1962, was the winged probe that used a hydrozine propeller, flew around approximately three orbits and landed on May 22, 1962, was a joint United States/Russian endeavor. The first time that we landed on the moon was sometime during the … probably middle 50s, because at the time when President Kennedy stated that he wanted a man to set foot on the moon by the end of the decade we already had a base there.”—William Cooper 1989. Well, if you believe William Cooper, then perhaps it is not much of stretch to announce that a new whistle-blower has stepped forward and has made the claim that he served in a military capacity on Mars and that he has done so for 17 years. A former active duty -marine using the Pseudonym “Captain Kaye” claims that he spent 17 years on Mars serving at a secret military base whose main mission was to protect five civilian space colonies Kaye claims that he served with the Mars Defense Force and that they recruit personnel from different military services for off earth activity. If true, his testimony would back up Gary McKinnon’s case, William Cooper's claims and the vague Mars comments offered by the likes of Astronauts Gene Cernan and Buzz Aldrin. Captain Kaye reports that he was recruited from a covert branch of the U.S. Marine Corps called “Special Section.” Captain Kaye’s testimony reveals that the main human colony on Mars is called Aries Prime which is located inside a crater. Aries Prime serves as the headquarters for the Mars Colony Corporation. According to Captain Kaye, the air is breathable on the surface of Mars, and the temperature could be warm at times. He claims that there are two indigenous species on Mars, both of which are highly intelligent. One of these was a Reptilian species that was very aggressive in defending its territory. The other was an Insectoid species that was equally capable of protecting its territory. He said that indigenous Martians are not particularly interested in expanding their territory, only maintaining it. Captain Kaye said that as long as the Mars Defense Force and Mars Colony Corporation did not encroach on the territory of the indigenous Martians, there would be stable relations. Captain Kay first made his case and reported his experiences to Dr. Michael Salla of Exo-politics. Kaye reported to Salla that after serving 17 years of a 20-year tour of duty, events changed dramatically when virtually all combat personnel from the Mars Defense force were asked to retrieve an extraterrestrial artifact from a cave sacred to the indigenous Reptilians. Captain Kaye described how over 1000 men and women were killed in a subsequent battle and only 28 of his colleagues, including himself, survived. It is important to understand that there have been others who also have made claims of being used for experiments in a simulated Martian environment that has affected them psychologically. There have been claims by Andrew D. Basagio and Arthur Neumann, that they were part of experiments that placed them on mars working with extraterrestrial beings. Part from the outrageous claims of these possible Martian astronauts are recent experiments that NASA has conducted for future visits to Mars. NASA successfully launched and recovered a “flying saucer” into Earth’s atmosphere to test technology that could be used to aid astronauts working on the planet. The experiment off the coast of the Hawaiian island of Kauai tested the disc-shaped vehicle and a giant parachute. The parachute did not fully deploy but NASA still deemed the mission a success. The ‘flying saucer’ splashed down in Pacific. Dr. Tom Van Flandern has argued for many years that mankind and science should always keep an open mind when it comes to Mars. We see a lot of people who claim to be scientists or claim to be skeptics, and yet in the same breath become unscientific, rigid, and malicious. They throw insults at people who have imaginations. They laugh at people who see faces in Martian soil, and artificial structures. They laugh at those who wonder about microbial life forms on the planet. They belittle those who speculate. However, how are we supposed to react to those who claim to be part of secret space programs where we may already have bases planted in the regolith of the moon or the red soil of Mars? In a free and open society where communication spreads as fast as one can hit enter on a keyboard mankind goes from rudimentary space explorers to fully fledged pioneers into the final frontier. We have been warned that Mars is a hostile place and that we do not have a fighting chance at living there, but we are told that someday we may have to live there if earth becomes too hostile. If we intend to live on Mars, and stay there permanently, we’ll be leaning hard on our technology to keep us alive. However, that may all change because there are always those who came before us that have said, we have been there, done that and now it is time to go back and show that living on Mars is not as bad as we have thought. Perhaps we will have to change ourselves to adapt to what Mars has to offer. | Link |
| Episode 314 (September 30, 2014) | Dr. Carmen Boulter |
Unlocking Pyramid Code | The case is made that a very long time ago, human beings were much more peaceful, spiritual, healthy, and technologically advanced - in a sustainable way- than we are today. What if the function of the pyramids was never to be "tombs" for ancient pharaohs? What if they were built for a very different purpose, not by slaves, but by citizens who valued their function so much that they willingly participated in their construction? This discussion will provide you with a perspective of how today's world (war, poverty, fear) fits into a much larger picture, and explains why the end of the Mayan calendar (December 21st, 2012) points us all toward a different, and much better, future. While there are obviously still areas of Egyptian history that need more investigation, there are so many aspects of the history that get properly updated on this video from a wide variety of sources in almost total general agreement (some specifics they discuss and don't totally agree on), it leaves me very excited to dig further. The Sphinx and pyramids, along with many other ancient locations and constructions around the globe (such as Newgrange, Stonehenge), were related to the astronomical events and quite advanced application of some sciences in the ancient past. The fog is lifting rapidly! Bringing a thorough knowledge of the past together from a wide variety of disciplines such as archeology, geology, cultural anthropology, symbols of writing (ancient method different than modern), global climate changes over time, oceanography, shifting location over time of the Nile River (and how that relates to activity on the pyramids and Sphinx), times of the Golden Ages and what they were like and evidence for them, how the pyramids relate to activity seen in the stars relative to annual and longer term cycles. The long-term stability and thriving of those cultures I personally found to be the most important aspect of this video. We need to answer a critical question: How can mankind live beyond the barbaric stage, to develop societies that can survive for long periods of time instead of quickly destroying themselves or their environments? Has it ever been done and how did they do it? The Egyptians did it more than once. The time spans are amazing and how their societies appreciated life, what their psychology was like, what their worldview and sense of life were like, is indicated with many bits of evidence, and once again, from many disciplines working both separately and together to understand it. | Link |
| Episode 315 (October 16, 2014) | Brad Steiger |
Real Encounters, Different Dimensions and Otherworldly Beings | An expert on the unexplained and paranormal research, Brad Steiger and Sherry Steiger turn their unique and remarkable talents to the bold storytelling of encounters with the unknown from throughout the ages. From mysterious strangers and unpredictable beings to weird behavior and paranormal phenomena, they investigate claims of visits from ghastly ghosts, otherworldly creatures, aliens living among us, phantoms, spirits and other accounts of encounters with the unexplained. Over 130 astounding accounts of Real Encounters with the supernatural, such as ... *Visitors from others worlds who have had Earth under surveillance for centuries, conducting their activities in secret-- even abducting humans for their own research and undeclared ends. *Members of secret societies who developed an advanced technology, centuries ago which has been kept hidden in underground or undersea cities. *Time Travelers from the Future. Beings who claim to be our descendants from the future who are returning to study the true destiny of humankind. *Ghosts that haunt people, places, and things--and poltergeists that create havoc. *Beasties and monsters found in everyone’s worst nightmares--and sometimes in their campsites, fields, and yards. *Other Dimensional Visitors, Beings, Creatures, or Entities that come not from a faraway world in our solar system or any other, but from an adjacent space-time continuum existing on another vibrational/dimensional frequency or level. *Previously unknown, unidentified terrestrial life-forms, such beings as "sky-critters," "sky fish,” “rods,” and “orbs.” *As yet unknown physical energies that may be activated by the psyche, the unconscious level of the human mind. *Archetypal creatures and entities of the collective unconscious that are the result of energies that are accessible through dreams, meditations, and other states of altered consciousness. *Interactions with beings that have been dubbed elves, fairies, devas throughout the centuries. *The marvelous, creative facet of dreams. *Out-of-body mind-traveling through Time and Space. *Majestic beings who are described in the scriptures of many world religions as angels or demons. | Link |
| Episode 316 (October 23, 2014) | Dr. Chris H. Hardy |
DNA of the Gods: The Anunnaki Creation of Eve and the Alien Battle for Humanity | An in-depth study of humanity's Anunnaki origins and the Anunnaki battle for an intelligent versus enslaved humanity. • Explains the genetic engineering of humanity by an Anunnaki scientist Ninmah • Shows how the concepts of sin and the inferiority of women arose from Enlil's will to keep humanity underdeveloped, clashing with Enki's and Ninmah's plan to make us equal in intelligence • Reveals how humanity's long history of conflict was shaped by the battle between Enki and his brother Enlil. Further developing the revolutionary work of Zecharia Sitchin, Chris Hardy shows that the "gods" of ancient myth, visitors from the planet Nibiru, created us using their own "divine" DNA--first through DNA extraction from their own ribs' marrow and later by direct relations with early human females. Drawing upon multiple sacred texts, Hardy details the genetic engineering of humanity by Anunnaki scientist Ninmah, with the help of Enki and Hermes. She reveals how Ninmah's first female human creation, Tiamat/Eve, contained more alien DNA than the earlier male one, Adamu, and how the biblical Noah represents the perfection of her work. Examining the war between Anunnaki brothers Enki and Enlil, Hardy reveals how the concepts of sin and the inferiority of women were born out of Enlil's attempts to enslave and then wipe out humanity, repeatedly thwarted by Enki and Ninmah. The author further explains how the sacred sexuality taught to humans--still seen in Tantric practice--became suppressed millennia later by the patriarchal concept of original sin and how innocent Eve took the blame for the expulsion from Eden and fall from Grace. Showing that the god who created us was not the same god who expelled us from Eden, Hardy explains that there will be no apocalypse because the Good/Evil duality has never truly existed--it has been only enemy gods fighting and implicating humanity in the wake of their own competition for power. With a full psychological understanding of how the ancient "gods" have shaped humanity's ongoing history of conflict, we can move beyond the framework of "(my) Good versus (your) Evil" imposed by Enlil and begin to steer our own planetary destiny. | Link |
| Episode 317 (October 30, 2014) | Max Igan |
Disconnecting from the Matrix & Reconnecting with Consciousness | Max Igan is back to discuss his latest journey throughout Europe where he planned to be mostly an observer and gauge where people stood as it relates to our current paradigm. We also took a geopolitical journey around the world and discussed the creation of ISIS/ISIL, Ebola, Syria, Ukraine, and who could be pulling the strings and why. In order for people to become change agents, we need to remove the notion that we don't have the power to effect change. Change usually happens with one person's idea. People need to experience truth for themselves. Sharing the truth with them is not enough. We can show them the door; but it is up to them to open it and go through it. Most importantly, it is up to the individual to disconnect from the matrix and reconnect with consciousness. Every human is born with unlimited possibilities. | Link |
| Episode 318 (November 6, 2014) | Col. Kevin Randle |
The Government UFO Files: The Conspiracy of Cover-Up | The files of the CIA, the FBI, the FAA, NASA, the Army, Navy, Air Force, and other U.S. government agencies all have documents relating to UFOs, UFO investigations, and UFO activities that have affected their operations. There are 12,000 UFO reports in the “Project Blue Book” file alone. Other files were renamed and reclassified. The Air Force set up the Condon Committee to research UFO reports, but it disbanded within two years. And, what are we to make of the government's decades late acknowledgment of Area 51? The Government UFO Files: The Conspiracy of Cover-Up by Kevin D. Randle looks at the suppressed evidence, the hidden plots, cover-ups, misleading statements, and documented connections to government intrigue. Foo Fighters, Silver Disks, Ghost Rockets, Mountain Crashes, Fireballs, the Men in Black, and nearly 100 sightings and occurrences are thoroughly investigated. Hundreds of historical documents are examined. Countless in-person interviews are conducted. Every lead is painstakingly followed to sometimes shocking conclusions. Is the government being deliberately misleading, or have the conspiracy theories gotten out of control? This book takes a hard look at the files and uncovers evidence long hidden from the public to untangle the truth. Since the 1940s, the government has been collecting information and assembling files on unidentified objects, extraterrestrial encounters, and strange convergences in the skies. The Government UFO Files: The Conspiracy of Cover-Up sorts through the information, sources, and files to help develop a fuller picture of government activities. | Link |
| Episode 319 (November 13, 2014) | Thomas Goodrich |
Hellstorm: The Tragic Aftermath of Post-WW II Germany | It was the most deadly and destructive war in human history. Millions were killed, billions in property was destroyed, ancient cultures were reduced to rubble--World War II was truly man's greatest cataclysm. Thousands of books, movies and documentary films have been devoted to the war. There has never been such a terrible retelling of the story, however, as one will find in Hellstorm. In a chilling "you-are-there" style, the author places the reader at the scene, in the moment. Throughout this book readers will see what Allied airman saw as they rained down death on German cities; or the reader will experience what those below experienced as they sat trembling in their bomb shelters awaiting that very same death from above. The reader will view up close the horrors of the Eastern Front during the last months of fighting and through the mud, blood and madness of combat they may come to understand how the same German soldiers, who only moments before had destroyed an enemy tank, could now risk their own lives to rescue the trapped Soviet crew inside. Readers will witness for themselves the fate of German women as the rampaging Red Army raped and murdered its way across Europe--all females, from "eight to eighty" feared the dreaded words, "Frau Komm." The worst nautical disasters in history which claimed thousands of lives, the greatest mass migration known to man in which millions perished, the fate of those wretched victims in post-war death camps and torture chambers, these and many other dark secrets of World War II now come to light in Hellstorm. | Link |
| Episode 320 (November 20, 2014) | Shirley Andrews |
Lemuria & Atlantis: Studying the Past to Survive the Future | Was Atlantis real? We'll probably never be able to prove such a rich and powerful land that suddenly went belly up in the Atlantic Ocean never existed. The story of Atlantis is usually referred to as a parable and as such is not intended to be taken literally, but there is nothing in the story that proves it's made up. Even serious geologists can't entirely debunk it. In 2005, according to About.com's Geology Guide, there was a conference to discuss possible locations for Atlantis. The story of Atlantis comes to us from Timaeus, a Socratic dialogue, written in about 360 B.C. by Plato. Are Atlantis and Lemuria simply mythology or were they real? The mysterious civilizations of Lemuria and Atlantis become reality as Shirley Andrews combines details from scholars, scientists and the respected psychic Edgar Cayce. Her sober portrayal of disturbing parallels between the spiritual decay of Atlantis and our modern world, and her reasonable explanations for the vivid dreams and past life memories recounted by numerous people about life on the lost lands enhance this fascinating discussion. Widespread myths and legends, the most ancient texts in the Far East, writings on stone in Central America, and esoteric sources (inner secret knowledge of the initiated) all describe a land of considerable size that was once above the surface in the Pacific Ocean. During its long history, this missing country has acquired a variety of names: sacred Tibetan texts remember it as "Ra-Mu"; inscriptions on the American continents refer to it as the "lost Motherland of Mu"; and Edgar Cayce, who had access to the Akashic Records, names it "Muri" or "Lemuria." "Lemuria" may have originated from the word lemures, which the Romans used to describe the spirits of their dead ancestors who walked by night. "Lemuria" also stems from the nineteenth century, when scientists unexpectedly found small nocturnal animals called lemurs living on Madagascar and New Guinea. They believed the original home of these monkey-like mammals was 250 miles away in Africa, and there was no obvious explanation of how they had traveled so far. The missing land was named "Lemuria" in honor of the lemurs. Today the ancient sunken country in the Pacific Ocean is a place with two names; "Lemuria" and "Mu" are used interchangeably. During the hundreds of centuries of its existence, the Motherland of Mu, like everywhere else on the fragile surface of our planet, changed in size and shape. Between 50,000 B.C. and10,000 B.C, when an immense amount of water from the oceans was incorporated in the snow and ice of the glaciers, sea levels were hundreds of feet lower. Islands everywhere were much bigger and ocean waters ceased to cover the fertile continental shelves. Scholar Egerton Sykes (see appendix II) believes that during this time various separate cultures lived on the large masses of land in the Pacific. They formed a kingdom that was linked by the sea, and communicated freely with each other in their sophisticated ships that held as many as 500 people. Reading the ocean currents and studying the constellations, these earliest navigators of the vast oceans skillfully took advantage of prevailing winds to travel wherever they wished to go. Col. James Churchward first learned about Mu from records on sacred Naacal tablets in India. (The biography of Col. James Churchward in appendix II will help to confirm that Mu is not just a legend-it was a real place.) After many years of searching in Asia and Central America for further information about the lost country, Churchward believed that, until 10,000 B.C., the largest remaining island of the Motherland of Mu lay in the southeastern Pacific on a broad area of uplifted sea-floor. It extended southeast from Hawaii to Easter Island, with its center somewhat south of the equator. Narrow channels of ocean divided the land into three sections. To the west, Lemuria's several thousand square miles included the Society, Cook, Austral, Tuamotu, and Marqueses islands, all of which are relatively close together, south of Hawaii and south of the equator. Discoveries of coal and a long history of floral growth on the island of Rapa, one of the Austral Islands, suggest that this portion of the Pacific Ocean was once above the surface. The western section of the large island of Lemuria gradually sank and, as ocean waters threatened their homes and temples, people moved to the higher, safer ground of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, New Guinea, and Australia. Churchward determined that four major cataclysms, in 800,000 B.C., 200,000 B.C., 80,000 B.C., and 10,000 B.C., were the culprits responsible for nature's tearing the beautiful land in the Pacific Ocean to pieces. Numerous volcanic islands and coral atolls, which endure where Lemuria once stood, confirm the instability of the region. The tiny animals that produce coral only survive in 150 feet or less of water. Since remains of coral are found at depths of 1,800 feet in the Pacific, it indicates that the land that is now 1,800 feet deep was once shallow water, close to the surface. The instability of the ocean floor in the southeast Pacific constantly subjected the Lemurians to the problems of unexpected earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. As an illustration of the instability, sailors traveling in that vicinity sometimes report islands that are not on maps but, before long, the greedy ocean devours them and they are never seen again. In 1836 the island of Tuanaki, south of the Cook Islands, suddenly disappeared with all but one of its inhabitants, who was luckily visiting a nearby island at the time of the surprising disaster. Gently rolling hills and tumbling rivers that circled through the land characterized the countryside of early Lemuria. The vaporous steam rising from the abundant, bubbling hot springs gave a surreal, misty impression to the landscape. Gradually, the environment changed as sections of our planet's crust shifted and pushed against each other and forced mountains up from the depths of the Earth. Lemuria became a more hilly country. Some of the islands in the Pacific today are the rocky summits of its mountains. The Ring of Fire, a chain of active volcanoes that surrounds a large section of the Pacific Ocean, demonstrates the presence of the frightening hot molten lava that was never far beneath the surface in Lemuria. A theory proposes that El Niño and La Niña, weather patterns that occur every four to twelve years, originate in this troubled area. When portions of the Earth's crust expand and contract, it increases or decreases the amount of volcanic activity in the Ring of Fire. As hot lava from deep inside the planet shoots out, it changes the temperature of the ocean water. When the water grows warmer, it produces El Niño. A decrease in ocean temperature induces La Niña. The lush tropical vegetation of giant ferns and evergreens that covered most of Mu made it a country of unsurpassed beauty. Sacred lotus flowers, one of the first flowers to appear on our planet, glistened like jewels along the shores of its shallow lakes. Coconut palms lined the rivers and fringed the ocean beaches. Just as plant life flourished in the warm climate, so insects grew to an enormous size. Fossilized specimens from islands in the Pacific reveal that in the tropical climate of Mu, roaches were four to five inches long, and two-inch ants with large wings were capable of flying long distances. Archaeologist Stacy-Judd reports that the natives of Easter Island (Rapa Nui) have said that they are living on the peak of a holy mountain of Mu. They believe Easter Island, which is formed from three extinct volcanoes, is the only portion of their motherland that the sea has not covered. Located 2,300 miles from the coast of Chile, the mysterious island has some of the most impressive structures in the Pacific. Enormous monuments to the dead in the form of huge burial platforms line its thirty-six miles of coastline. The carefully shaped stones of the four- or five-hundred-feet- long platforms weigh two to twenty tons apiece and were put together without mortar in polygonal fashion. Gigantic statues of human figures without legs that once topped some of these platforms, and others that now lie on the ground, are a tribute to the skills of these long-ago sculptors. At one time, 624 of these huge statues faced the sea, and unfinished ones lay in the quarry of volcanic rock from which they were carved. It is impossible to explain how some of the stone sculptures, which are ten to forty feet tall and range from fifteen to thirty-five tons, were moved to their current locations on steep hillsides, high above the ocean. The local people say these statues walked up, gaining their strength from mental powers. Many of the figures are unfinished, which indicates that a severe cataclysm interrupted the builders of this tremendous undertaking. Colossal platforms and statues of legless men are not the only mystery of Easter Island. In 1868, newly converted Easter Islanders sent to the bishop of Tahiti, as a token of respect, an ancient piece of wood with long strands of human hair wrapped around it. After removing the hair, the bishop discovered that the small board was covered with writing. An investigation revealed that at one time there were over 500 of these boards or tablets on Easter Island, but only twenty-one have survived, scattered worldwide in museums and private collections. No one has successfully translated Rongorongo, the tiny, strange writing on the tablets, although it so closely resembles script from the Indus Valley in India that it must have had a common origin. Evidence of a similar written script has survived in remote Oleai Island, many thousands of miles away from Ponape. There is a theory that to read Rongorongo, the writing on the tablets from Easter Island, one starts from the left-hand bottom corner, and proceeds from left to right. At the end of the line, you turn the tablet around before reading the next line. It's like reading a book in which you begin at the bottom of the page and every other line is printed back-to-front and upside-down. Since tiny Easter Island is only seven by thirteen miles, it has never had the means of supporting a population of sufficient size to build the immense statues and their platforms. It is assumed that it was once a large religious center for the surrounding area and temporary residents participated in creating its remarkable stone constructions. When a Dutch navigator discovered Easter Island in 1722, it had a population of about five thousand people. Within 150 years, deadly smallpox and greedy, unscrupulous slavers reduced the number of its inhabitants to 111 destitute individuals. Cyclopean ruins that survive on numerous other Pacific Islands suggest the skills of Lemurians and their descendants so long ago. On Ponape, in the Caroline archipelago 3,400 miles from Easter Island, remnants of the partially sunken city of Nan Madol cover eleven square miles. The megalithic remains of Nan Madol bear a striking resemblance to Plato's... | Link |
| Episode 321 (November 27, 2014) | Dolores Cannon |
Past Lives and The Convoluted Universe | This is an encore presentation. Dolores recounted how she discovered the "Lost Knowledge" by tapping into the subconscious minds of her subjects. Many messages from the spirit/alien world came loud and clear and sometimes the same, although the subjects being regressed were different and had no connection with each other. During this show we discussed the purpose of reincarnation and what the final goal is for all of us. | Link |
External Links
Veritas Radio Official Site
Veritas Radio Blog
Veritas Radio YouTube Channel
Veritas Radio on FaceBook
